CS Professional

Corporate Governance Forums – CS Professional Study Material

Chapter 11 Corporate Governance Forums – CS Professional Governance, Risk Management, Compliances and Ethics Notes is designed strictly as per the latest syllabus and exam pattern.

Corporate Governance Forums – Governance, Risk Management, Compliances and Ethics Study Material

Question 1.
Write short note on the following:
National Foundation for Corporate Governance. (June 2012, 3 marks)
Answer:
National Foundation for Corporate Governance:
With the goal of promoting better corporate governance practices in India, the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Government of India, has set up National Foundation for Corporate Governance in partnership with confederation of Indian Industry, Institute of Company Secretaries of India, Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, ICWAI and the National Stock Exchange.

Mission of NFCG:
(i) To foster a culture for promoting good governance, voluntary compliance and facilitate effective participation of different stakeholders;
(ii) To create a framework of best practices, structure, processes and ethics.
NFCG endeavours to built capabilities in the area of research in corporate governance and to disseminate quality and timely information to concerned stakeholders. It works to foster partnerships with national as well as international organizations.

Corporate Governance Forums - CS Professional Study Material

Question 2.
Write short note on the following:
ICSI Motto, Vision Statement and Mission Statement (Dec 2018, 2 marks)
Answer:
Motto of ICSI
Speak the Truth, Abide by the Law

Vision statement of ICSI
To be a global leader in promoting Good Corporate Governance

Mission statement of ICSI
To develop high calibre professionals facilitating good Corporate Governance.

Question 3.
Write short note on:
Mission and objectives of International Corporate Governance Network (ICGN). (Dec 2020, 3 marks)
Answer:
The International Corporate Governance Network (“ICGN”) is a not-for-profit company limited by guarantee and not having share capital under the laws of England and Wales founded in 1995.
ICGN’s mission is to promote effective standards of corporate governance and investor stewardship to advance efficient markets and sustainable economies world-wide.
ICGN’s positions are guided by the ICGN Global Governance Principles and Global Stewardship Principles, which were first published in 2003, as a statement on shareholder stewardship responsibilities both of which are implemented by:

  • Influence policy by providing a reliable source of investor opinion on governance and stewardship;
  • Connect peers at global events to enhance dialogue between compani >s and investors around long term value creation; and
  • Inform dialogue through education to enhance the professionalism of governance and stewardship practices.

It has four primary purposes:

  1. to provide an investor-led network for the exchange of views and information about corporate governance issues internationally;
  2. to examine corporate governance principles and practices; and
  3. to develop and encourage adherence to corporate governance standards and guidelines;
  4. to generally promote good corporate governance.

Question 4.
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) defines corporate governance as “a system by which business corporations are directed and controlled.” In the light of this statement, enumerate the principles of corporate governance as evolved by OECD. (June 2012, 6 marks)
Answer:
OECD has defined corporate governance to mean “a system by which business corporations are directed and controlled
Thus corporate governance structure specifies the distribution of rights and responsibilities among different participants in the company such as board, management, shareholders and other stakeholders, and spells out the rules and procedures for corporate decision making. By doing this, it provides the structure through which the company’s objective are set along with the means of attaining these objectives as well as for monitoring performance.

As the globalisation expanded to make the world more interdependent, the need for internationally accepted forms of corporate governance become more apparent and found expression in private sector, public sector and the Government Thinking. The focal point of official efforts has been the OECD principles of corporate governance endorsed by OECD ministry in May 1999 and thereafter revised in 2004.

The following principles are covered with the respective areas by OECD:

  1. They call on government to have in place an effective institutional and legal framework to support good corporate governance practices by insuring the basis for an effective corporate governance framework which is to be consistent with the rule of law and clearly articulate the division of responsibilities among different supervisory, regulatory and enforcement authorities to provide transparent and efficient markets.
  2. They call for a corporate governance framework that protect and facilitates the exercise of shareholders right and very ownership function.
  3. They also strongly support the equal treatment of all shareholders including minority and foreign share-holders. All shareholders should have the opportunity to obtain effective redress for violation of their rights.
  4. They recognise the importance of the role of stakeholders in corporate governance and encourage active cooperation between corporations and stakeholders in creating wealthy jobs.
  5. They look at the importance of timely, accurate and transparent disclosure mechanism.
  6. They deal with board, structure, responsibilities and procedures.

Corporate Governance Forums - CS Professional Study Material

Question 5.
Discuss briefly the following:
National Foundation for Corporate Governance (Dec 2013, 3 marks)

Question 6.
Discuss in brief the following:
OECD Was the first organisation to spell out the principles of good corporate governance. [Old Syllabus] (June 2014, 2 marks)
Answer:
The OECD Principles of Corporate Governance set out a framework for good practice which was agreed by the governments of all 30 countries that are members of the OECD. They were designed to assist governments and regulatory bodies in both OECD countries and elsewhere in drawing up and enforcing effective rules, regulations and codes of corporate governance. They also provide guidance for stock-exchanges, investors, companies and others that have a role in the process of developing good corporate governance.

Question 7.
Briefly discuss the scope of work of the International Corporate Governance Network (ICGN). (Dec 2014, 5 marks)
Answer:
The International Corporate Governance Network (“ICGN”) is a not-for-profit company limited by guarantee and not having share capital under the laws of England and Wales founded in 1995. It has four primary purposes:

  1. to provide an investor-led network for the exchange of views and information about corporate governance issues internationally;
  2. to examine corporate governance principles and practices;
  3. to develop and encourage adherence to corporate governance standards and guidelines; and
  4. to generally promote good corporate governance.

The Network’s mission is to develop and encourage adherence to corporate governance standards and guidelines and to promote good corporate -governance worldwide.
Membership of ICGN is open to those who are committed to the development of good corporate governance. The Membership section explains the benefits of membership, the different types of membership and how to join the ICGN. The ICGN is governed by the ICGN Memorandum and Articles of Association.
The management and control of ICGN affairs are the responsibility of the Board of Governors. The Board in turn appoints a number of committees to recommend policy positions, to implement approved projects and to perform such functions that he Board may specify.
The functions of the ICGN Secretariat were first undertaken by the Association of British Insurers (ABI) and then in 2000, by the Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators (ICSA) in London.

Question 8.
Explain the following:
Mission of National Foundation for Corporate Governance. (Dec 2014, 3 marks)
Answer:
Mission of National Foundation for Corporate Governance:

  • To foster a culture for promoting good governance, voluntary compliance and facilitate effective participation of different stakeholders;
  • To create a framework of best practices, structure, processes and ethics;
  • To make significant difference to Indian Corporate Sector by raising the standard of corporate governance in India towards achieving stability and growth.

NFCG endeavours to build capabilities in the area of research in corporate governance and to disseminate quality and timely information to concerned stakeholders. It works to foster partnerships with national as well as international organisations.

Corporate Governance Forums - CS Professional Study Material

Question 9.
Briefly explain OECD principles of Corporate Governance. (June 2015, 5 marks)
Answer:
OECD Principles of Corporate Governance: The organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) was established in 1961. The OECD was one of the first non – government organizations to spell out the principles that should govern corporate.
The OECD principles of Corporate Governance set out a framework for good practice which was agreed by the governments of the 30 countries that are members of the OECD. They were designed to assist government and regulatory bodies in both OECD countries and elsewhere in drawing up and enforcing effective rules, regulations and codes of corporate governance. They also provide guidance for stock exchanges, investors, companies and others that have a role in the process of developing good corporate governance.

The original OECD Principles were issued in 1999, they became a generally accepted standard in this area. The original principles of OECD were revised and the revised principles were issued in 2004. The revision of the original principles was to take into account the developments and the corporate governance scandals highlighted the need for improved standards. It was recognized that the integrity of the stock market was critical and the revised principles were designed to underpin this integrity.
The OECD Principles of Corporate Governance cover six main areas:
(a) They call on governments to have in place an effective institutional and legal framework to support good corporate governance practices.
(b) They call for a corporate governance framework that protects and facilitates the exercise of shareholder’s rights.
(c) They also strongly support the equal treatment of all shareholders in corporate governance.
(d) They recognise the importance of the role of stakeholders in corporate governance.
(e) They look at the importance of timely, accurate and transparent disclosure mechanisms.
(f) They deal with board structures, responsibilities and procedures.

Question 10.
Explain the focus areas of Global Corporate Governance Forum. (June 2016, 5 marks)
Answer:
The Global Corporate Governance Forum is the leading knowledge and capacity building platform dedicated to corporate governance reform in emerging markets and developing countries. The Forum offers a unique collection of expertise, experiences, and solutions to key corporate governance issues from developed and developing countries.

The Forum’s mandate is to promote the private sector as an engine of growth, reduce the vulnerability of developing and emerging markets to financial crisis, and provide incentives for corporations to invest and perform efficiently in a transparent, sustainable and socially responsible manner. In doing so, the Forum partners with international, regional, and local institutions, drawing on its network of global private-sector leaders.

The Forum is a multi-donor trust fund facility located within the IFC, co-founded in 1999 by the World Bank and the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD).

Question 11.
The Organisation of Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) was established in 1961. The OECD was one of the first non-government organisations to spell out the principles that should govern corporate. What are the existing OECD principles of corporate governance? (Dec 2016, 5 marks)
Answer:
The OECD Principles of Corporate Governance are:
1. The Rights of Shareholders and Key Ownership Functions: The corporate governance framework should protect and facilitate the exercise of shareholders’ rights.

2. Disclosure and Transparency: The corporate governance framework should ensure that timely and accurate disclosure is made on all material matters regarding the corporation, including the financial situation, performance, ownership and governance of the company.

3. The Role of Stakeholders in Corporate Governance: The corporate governance framework should recognise the rights of stakeholders established by law or through mutual agreements and encourage active co-operation between corporations and stakeholders in creating wealth, jobs and the sustainability of financially sound enterprises.

4. Ensuring the Basis for an Effective Corporate Governance Framework: The corporate governance framework should promote transparent and efficient markets, be consistent with the rule of law and clearly articulate the division of responsibilities among different supervisory, regulatory and enforcement authorities.

5. The Responsibilities of the Board: The corporate governance framework should ensure the strategic guidance to the company, the effective monitoring of management by the board and the board’s accountability to the company and the shareholders.

6. The Equitable Treatment of Shareholders: The corporate governance framework should ensure the equitable treatment of all shareholders, including minority and foreign shareholders. All shareholders should have the opportunity to obtain effective redress for violation of their rights.

Corporate Governance Forums - CS Professional Study Material

Question 12.
(a) With the goal of promoting better corporate governance practices in India, the Government of India has set up National Foundation for Corporate Governance (NFCG). Explain in brief the mission of NFCG. (June 2018, 5 marks)
(b) What is Asian Corporate Governance Association (ACGA)? Discuss the scope of work of ACGA. (5 marks)
Answer:
(a) Mission of NFCG

  • To foster a culture for promoting good governance, voluntary compliance and facilitate effective participation of different stakeholders;
  • To create a framework of best practices, structure, processes and ethics;
  • To make significant difference to Indian Corporate Sector by raising the standard of corporate governance in India towards achieving stability and growth.

At the national level, NFCG works with premier management institutes as well as nationally reputed professional organisations to design and administer Directors Training Programmes.
NFCG also would work to have arrangements with globally reputed organisations with the aim of promoting bilateral initiatives to improve regulatory framework and practices of corporate governance in a concerted and coordinated manner

(b) Asian Corporate Governance Association’s scope of work covers three areas: •
(1) Research
Tracking corporate governance developments across 11 markets in Asia and producing independent analysis of new laws and regulations, investor activism and corporate practices.

(2) Advocacy
Engaging in a constructive dialogue with financial regulators, stock exchanges, institutional investors and the implementation of better corporate governance practices in Asia.

(3) Education
Organizing conferences and seminars that foster a deeper understanding of the competitive benefits of sound corporate governance and ways to implement it effectively.

Question 13.
Describe the role of International Corporate Governance Network (ICGN) governed by the ICGN Memorandum and Article of Associations. (Dec 2018, 5 marks)
Answer:
The International Corporate Governance Network (“ICGN”) is e. not-for-profit company limited by guarantee and not having share capital under the laws of England and Wales founded in 1995. It has four primary purposes:

  1. to provide an investor-led network for the exchange of views and information about corporate governance issues internationally;
  2. to examine corporate governance principles and practices;
  3. to develop and encourage adherence to corporate governance standards and guidelines; and
  4. to generally promote good corporate governance.

The Network’s mission is to develop and encourage adherence to corporate governance standards and guidelines, and to promote good corporate governance worldwide.

The Institute of Company Secretaries of India is a member of ICGN and also the country correspondent from India.
The ICGN Global Governance principles describe the responsibilities of board of directors and investors respectively and aim to enhance dialogue between the two parties. They embody ICGN’S mission to inspire effective standards of governance and to advance efficient markets worldwide. The combination of responsibilities of boards of directors and investors in a single set of Principles emphasizes a mutual interest in protecting and generating sustainable corporate value. These principles were first initiated in 1995. The fourth edition fo Principles was released in 2014.

Corporate Governance Forums - CS Professional Study Material

Question 14.
Write a brief note on ‘The ICSI National Awards for Excellence in Corporate Governance”. (June 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
The ICSI National Awards for Excellence in Corporate Governance: In pursuit of excellence and to identify, foster and reward the culture of evolving globally acceptable standards of corporate governance among Indian companies, the “ICSI National Award for Excellence in Corporate Governance” was instituted by the ICSI in the year 2001. The Awards are based on the outcome of concerted and, comprehensive process of evaluation which enables the Jury to judge on the basis of parameters, the practices of corporate governance as followed by Indian corporates and acknowledge the best practices worthy of being exemplified. The underlying guideline for the Corporate Governance Award is to identify the corporates, which follow the best corporate governance norms in letter and spirit. The institution of the Award aims at promoting the cause of Corporate Governance by:

  • Recognizing leadership efforts of corporate boards in practising good corporate governance principles in their functioning
  • Recognizing implementation of innovative practices, programmes and projects that promote the cause of corporate governance
  • Enthusing the corporates in focusing on corporate governance practices in corporate functioning and
  • Implementation of acknowledged corporate governance norms in letter and spirit.
    The Institute also annually bestows upon a corporate leader the “ICSI Lifetime Achievement Award for Translating Excellence in Corporate Governance into Reality” keeping in view the attributes like:
  • Outstanding contribution to social upliftment and institution building
  • Exemplary contribution in enhancement of stakeholders’ value
  • A visionary with innovative ideas
  • Long tradition of trusteeship, transparency and accountability
  • Qualities of leadership, team spirit, integrity and accountability
  • Proven track record of adherence of statutory obligations; and
  • Social acceptance and approval.

Question 15.
With what mission, International Corporate Governance Network (ICGN) was incorporated? Describe the purpose of the ICGN. (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
The International Corporate Governance Network (“ICGN”) founded in 1995 is a not-for-profit company limited by guarantee and not having share capital under the laws of England and Wales.
ICGN’s mission is to promote effective standards of corporate governance and investor stewardship to advance efficient markets and sustainable economies worldwide. ICGN’s positions are guided by the ICGN Global Governance Principles and Global Stewardship Principles, which were first published in 2003, as a statement on shareholder stewardship responsibilities both of which are implemented by:

  • Influence policy by providing a reliable source of investor opinion on governance and stewardship.
  • Connect peers at global events to enhance dialogue between companies and investors around long term value creation.
  • Inform dialogue through education to enhance the professionalism of governance and stewardship practices. It has four primary purposes:
    1. To provide an investor-led network for the exchange of views and information about corporate governance issues internationally;
    2. To examine corporate governance principles and practices;
    3. To develop and encourage adherence to corporate governance standards and guidelines; and
    4. To generally promote good corporate governance.

Question 16.
Prepare a brief note on National Foundation for Corporate Governance (NFCG) and Board of Trustees of NFCG. (Dec 2019, 3 marks)
Answer:
With the goal of promoting better corporate governance practices in India, the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Government of India, has set up National Foundation for Corporate Governance (NFCG) along with Confederation of Indian Industry (CII), Institute of Company Secretaries of India (ICSI) and Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICA1). In the year 2010, stakeholders in NFCG have been expanded with the inclusion of Institute of Cost Accountants of India and the National Stock Exchange of India Ltd. The Vision of NFCG is “Be the Key Facilitator and Reference Point for highest standards of Corporate Governance in India.”
The internal governance structure of NFCG consists of Governing Council, Board of Trustees and Executive Directorate.

Board of Trustees:
Board of Trustees deal with the implementation of policies and programmes and lay down the procedure for the smooth functioning. It is chaired by Secretary, Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Government of India.

The members of the Board of Trustees are:

  • Director General, Confederation of Indian Industry (CII)
  • Secretary, Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI)
  • Secretary, Institute of Company Secretaries of India (ICSI) and
  • Secretary, The Institute of Cost Accountants of India (ICAI-CMA)
  • Representative, National Stock Exchange (NSE)
  • Director General & CEO, Indian Institute of Corporate Affairs (IICA)

Corporate Governance Forums - CS Professional Study Material

Question 17.
Prepare a brief note on Corporate Secretaries International Association Limited. (Aug 2021, 3 marks)
Answer:
Corporate Secretaries International Association Limited (CSIA) was established on February 10, 2017 as a Company limited by Guarantee in Hong Kong. It is an international federation of governance professional bodies for corporate secretaries & governance professional and represents those who work as frontline practitioners of governance throughout the world. CSIA is governed by a council consisting of the honorary members (President, Vice-President, Secretary and Treasurer as elected from the member bodies), past presidents, co-opted members and representatives of each national member organisation.

CSIA is an international association of 14 national professional bodies, representing more than 1,00,000 corporate secretaries and governance professionals in more than 70 countries throughout the world. CSIA has 10 full members which include Institute of Chartered Secretaries from South Africa, Hong Kong, Kenya, Nigeria, Zimbabwe, UK, Bangladesh, India, Malaysia and Singapore.

Objectives of CSIA are:

  • To promote the professional status of suitably qualified chartered secretaries, Corporate Secretaries, Company Secretaries, board secretaries and other governance professionals.
  • To establish and maintain good relations and exchanges between organisations dedicated to the promotion and practice of secretaryship and/or the promotion of good governance.
  • To develop and improve their services and professionalism of their members.
  • To assist in the creation of such organisations in countries or regions in which they do not currently exist.
  • To promote the growth, development, study and practice of secretaryship and assist their members develop and improve their services and professional standards.
  • To advocate for good governance through carrying out research, developing standards and raising awareness.
  • To promote the recognition and influence in respect of secretaryship and its professional practitioners to national governments and their supplementary/sponsored organisations, international organisations and the global business community.

Question 18.
Prepare a detailed note on Institute of Directors for promoting good corporate governance for UK business. (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
The Institute of Directors (IOD) is a non-party-political business organisation established in United Kingdom in 1903. The IOD is charged with promoting good corporate governance for UK business. The board of IOD is responsible for the overall leadership of the Institute of Directors (IOD) and setting its values, standards, aims and objectives and delivering them in line with the objects of the Royal Charter. The board is composed of the chair, a majority of non-executive directors, and the director general and executive directors. It acts as a unitary board and has the following powers and responsibilities:

  • to manage the affairs and long-term success of the Institute
  • to approve the strategy of the Institute, business and financial planning, to hold the executive to account and ensure financial and risk stewardship
  • to approve the annual report and accounts
  • to appoint, reappoint and remove (acting by the non-executive directors only) the director general and other executive directors, as the board permits
  • to ensure open and transparent engagement with all stakeholders when carrying out its duties .
  • to establish and dissolve committees and groups of the board

The council is the guardian of the IOD constitution, ensuring that the objects of the lOD’s Royal Charter are delivered. It comprises 11 members of geographical areas, 13 elected members and the IOD chairman. The council carries out the following responsibilities:

  • to appoint, reappoint and remove the non-executive directors and to determine their independence, having considered any recommendations of the nomination Committee
  • to hold the board to account for the delivery of the charter objects and adherence to the laws of the institute
  • to provide critique and opinion to the board on the overall progress of the institute to monitor the board’s engagement with membership and stakeholders
  • to appoint and remove senior independent council member who will act as deputy chair of the council The IOD seeks to provide an environment conducive to business success.

Corporate Governance Forums - CS Professional Study Material

Question 19.
Explain the areas briefly in which Asian Corporate Governance Association (ACGA) works. (Dec 2021, 3 marks)
Answer:
The Asian Corporate Governance Association (ACGA) is an independent, non-profit membership organisation dedicated to working with investors, companies and regulators in the implementation of effective corporate governance practices throughout Asia.
ACGA’s scope of work covers three areas:

  1. Research: Tracking corporate governance developments across 12 markets in Asia Pacific and producing independent analysis of new laws and regulations, investor activism and corporate practices.
  2. Advocacy: Engaging in a constructive dialogue with financial regulators, stock exchanges, institutional investors and companies on practical issues affecting the regulatory environment and the implementation of better corporate governance practices in Asia.
  3. Education: Organising conferences and seminars that foster a deeper understanding of the competitive benefits of sound corporate governance and ways to implement it effectively.

Question 20.
Corporate Secretaries international Association Limited (CSIA), a body for Corporate Secretaries & Governance Professionals was established in the year 2017 as a company limited by guarantee in Hong Kong with certain objectives. Discuss the main objectives of CSIA. (June 2022, 5 marks)

Question 21.
2014 – Dec [4] (a) In pursuit of excellence and to identify, foster and reward the culture of evolving globally acceptable standards of Corporate Governance among Indian companies, the ICSI National Award for Excellence in Corporate Governance was instituted by ICSI in the year 2001. You being the Company Secretary of Adherence India Ltd., are asked by the Board to prepare a note on the attributes which the Institute annually looks for, before it bestows upon the corporate leader the “ICSl Lifetime Achievement Award for Translating Excellence in Corporate Governance into Reality.” (Dec 2014, 4 marks)
Answer:
The Board of Directors
Adherence India Limited.

Sub: Attributes for obtaining “ICSI Lifetime Achievement Award for Excellence in Corporate Governance”

Respected Sires,
As desired by you to prepare a note on the captioned subject, please be informed that the following are the major attributes a corporate leader should posses for acquiring “ICSI Lifetime Achievement Award for Excellence in Corporate Governance”.

  • Outstanding contribution to social upliftment and institution building;
  • Exemplary contribution in enhancement of stakeholders’ value;
  • A visionary with innovative ideas;
  • Long tradition of trusteeship, transparency and accountability;
  • Qualities of leadership, team spirit, integrity and accountability;

Corporate Governance Forums Notes

ACGA’s scope of work covers three areas

  • Research
  • Advocacy
  • Education

International Corporate Governance Network(“ICGN”):
The International Corporate Governance Network (“ICGN”) is a not-for-profit company limited by guarantee and not having share capi’.al under the laws of England and Wales founded in 1995.

The Common wealth Association of Corporate Governance (CACG):
The Commonwealth Association of Corporate Governance (CACG) was established in 1998 with the objective of promoting the best international standards germane to a country on corporate governance through education, consultation and information throughout the Commonwealth as a means to achieve global standards of business efficiency, commercial probity and effective economic and social development.

The CACG had two primary objectives:

  • to promote good standards in corporate governance and business practice throughout the Commonwealth; and
  • to facilitate the development of appropriate institutions which will be able to advance, teach and disseminate such standards.

Corporate Governance Forums - CS Professional Study Material

IoD:
The IoD is a non party-political business organisation established in United Kingdom in 1903. The IoD seeks to provide 40 environment conducive to business success.

Supply – CS Professional Study Material

Chapter 2 Supply – CS Professional Advance Tax Law Notes is designed strictly as per the latest syllabus and exam pattern.

Supply – CS Professional Advance Tax Law Study Material

Question 1.
State with reasons, whether the following statements are true or false under GST law:
(ii) Supply of newspaper in trains shall be taxed at ‘nil’ rate of GST. (Dec 2019, 1 mark)
Answer:
True. Supply of newspaper invoiced separately shall be taxed at ‘nil’ rate of GST. (Notification dated 28th June, 2017).

Question 2.
State with brief reasons whether the following are true or false; as per GST law:
(v) Rendering service by way of fumigation in a warehouse of agricultural produce is exempted service. (Dec 2019, 1 mark)
Answer:
True. As the services by way of fumigation in a warehouse of agricultural produce is an exempted service by Notification No.12 of 2017.

Question 3.
State with reasons whether the following statement is true or false under GST Law:
(v) Malaysia was the first country to have Anti-profiteering provisions. (Aug 2021, 1 mark)
Answer:
False Australia was the first country to have anti-profiteering provision (Australian Competition & Consumer Commission) in 2000.

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 4.
Write short notes:
(ii) Deemed Export (Dec 2017, 1 mark)
Answer:
“Deemed Exports” means such supplies of goods as may be notified under Section 147. [Section 2(39)]

Question 5.
Write the difference between zero rated supply and exempted supply under the GST Law. (June 2022, 5 marks)
Answer:
The difference between Exempted Supplies and Zero rated Supplies is tabulated as below:

S. No. Basis of Difference Exempted Supplies Zero Rated Supplies
1. Meaning As per Section 2(47) of the Central Goods and Services Tax Act, “Exempt supply” – means supply of any goods or services or both which attracts nil rate or tax or which may be wholly exempt from tax under section 11 of Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 or under section 6 of IGST Act, 2017 and includes non – taxable supply. As per Section 16 of Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, “Zero-rated supply” – means export of goods or services or both or supply of goods or services or both to a SEZ developer or a SEZ unit.
2. Tax Treatment No tax on the outward exempted supplies, however the input supplies used for making exempt supplies are not exempt automatically. No tax on the outward supplies; input supplies also to be tax free by way of refund.
3. Input tax credit No ITC on the exempted supplies. Therefore, Credit of Input tax needs to be reversed, if taken. Credit of Input tax may be availed for making zero-rated supplies, even if such supply is an exempt supply. ITC if taken, allowed on zero-rated supplies by way of set off or refund.
4. Registration requirement Any person engaged exclusively in the business of supplying goods or services or both that are not liable to tax or wholly exempt from tax under the Central Goods and Services Tax or Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, shall not be liable to registration. A person exclusively making zero rated supplies may have to register as refund of utilized to register as refund of utilized ITC or integrated tax paid shall have to be claimed.
5. Tax invoice/bill of supply A Registered person supplying exempted goods or service or both shall issue, instead of a tax invoice, a bill of supply. Normal Tax invoice shall be issued with declaration – Supply meant for Export/Supply to SEZ unit or Developers.

Question 6.
Explain in the context of CGST Act, 2017 the following:
(i) The liability on composite and mixed supplies (Dec 2017, 2 marks)
Answer:
The tax liability on a composite or a mixed supply shall be determined in the following manner;
(a) a composite supply Comprising two or more supplies, one of which is a principal supply, shall be treated as a supply of such principal supply.
Hence, in case of composite supply, tax rate as applicable to principal supply would apply to entire supply; and

(b) A mixed supply comprising two or more supplies shall be treated as a supply of that particular supply which attracts the highest rate of tax.
Hence, in case of mixed supply, highest tax rate as applicable to any single supply would apply to all supplies forming part of mixed supply.

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 7.
Explain the procedure of furnishing details of outward supplies and of revision for rectification of errors and omissions as per CGST Act, 2017. (Dec 2017, 5 marks)
Answer:
Furnishing Details of Outward Supplies [Section 37]
Every Registered taxable person [other than an Input Service Distributor, a non-resident taxable person and a person paying tax under Section 10 (composition scheme) or section 51 (TDS) or section 52 (TCS by e- commerce operator)] shall furnish electronically in such form and manner as may be prescribed details of outward supplies of goods or services or both effected during the tax period by 10th of the month succeeding the tax period.

Details of outward supplies will include invoices relating to zero rated supplies, inter-state supplies, intra state supplies, Goods/Services returned, Exports, supplementary invoices, debit notes and credit notes.

Once return is filed/uploaded it cannot be revised. The mechanism of filing revised returns for any correction of errors/ omissions has been done away with. The rectification of errors/ omissions is allowed in the subsequent returns.

Question 8.
Decide the following transactions in the context of GST law:
(a) When would a discount be excluded from the value of supply? Will secondary discount issued for goods supplied be reduced in determining the value of supply?
(b) Determination of value of supply when TCS under Income-tax Act, 1961 is charged separately in the invoice. (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
(a) Determination of the value of supply:
The value of supply shall not include any discount which is given before or at the time of supply if such discount has been duly recorded in the invoice issued in respect of such supply [Section 15(3)(a)].

The value of supply shall also not include any discount issued after the supply if such discount is established in terms of an agreement entered into at or before the time of supply and specifically linked to relevant invoice and input tax credit as is attributable to the discount on the basis of document issued by the supplier has been reversed by the recipient of supply. [Section 15(3) (b)].

As such GST law does not distinguish between secondary discount and primary discount. In the present case, if the secondary discount is issued after the supply is completed and does not fulfil the conditions laid down under Section 15(3)(b), it shall not be excluded while determining the value of supply. In other words, the value of supply shall not include any discount by way of issuance of credit notes except where it is covered by section 15(3)(b).

(b) Vide C.B.I. & C. Corrigendum F.No. 20/16/04/2018-GST, dated 7-3-2019, this aspect has been clarified as under;

Section 15(2) of the CGST Act says that the value of supply shall include ‘any taxes, duties, cesses, fees and charges levied under any law for time being in force other than under CGST, SGST and UTGST, if charged separately by the supplier.

For the purpose of determination of value under GST, Tax collection at source under the provisions of the Income-tax Act is deductible as it is an interim relief not having the character of tax.

Hence TCS charged under Income Tax Act is not includible in determination of the value of supply.

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 9.
State which of the following is composite supply or mixed supply under the GST law:
(i) Sale of car with warranty coverage.
(ii) Gift pack with chocolates and books.
(iii) Sale of Refrigerator with power stabilizer.
(iv) Hotel accommodation with complimentary breakfast.
(v) Doctor providing consultancy and dispensing medicines. (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
Composite Supply or Mixed Supply:

(i) Composite Supply : Sale of car with warranty coverage is a composite supply as both supplies are naturally bundled and sale of car is a principal supply.
(ii) Mixed Supply : Gift pack with chocolates and books are not bundled due to natural necessities and hence they are mixed supply.
(iii) Mixed Supply: Refrigerator and power stabilizer are not inseparable and are not bundled due to natural necessities. They are mixed supply.
(iv) Composite Supply : Hotel accommodation with complimentary breakfast is a composite supply as the principal supply is supply of service i.e. accommodation.
(v) Composite Supply : Doctor providing consultancy and dispensing medicine is a composite supply as the principal supply of service is medical service.

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 10.
What do you mean by zero rated supply? List the essential features of zero rated supply. Explain the procedure for claiming refund for zero rated supply. (Aug 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
Zero rated Supply – Section 16 of the Integrated Goods and Services Act, 2017
Zero rated Supply – Section 16 of the Integrated Goods and Services Act, 2017
“Zero rated supply” means any of the following supplies of goods or services or both, namely: –
(a) export of goods or services or both; or
(b) supply of goods or services or both for authorized operations to a Special Economic Zone developer or a Special Economic Zone unit.

Essential Features of Zero rated supply:

  • Zero rated supply connotes the situation where output as well as input tax effectively remains Nil.
  • The exporter has been given an option to either pay Integrated Goods and Services Tax (IGST) on exports and claim refund or opts to export without payment of IGST under Letter of Undertaking (LUT) or bond.
  • The inward supplies to the exporter are charged to normal tax but the exporter is entitled to avail input tax credit of such tax and can use it for other tax liabilities and the credit remaining utilized can be claimed as refund.

Procedure to claim refund:
Procedure to claim refund: Rule 96 & 96A of CGST Rules
The exporters of goods and services can claim refund of Input Tax paid by them on Zero rated goods or services as follows:

i. According to Rule S6A of CGST Rules an exporter may export the goods /services under a letter of undertaking without payment of GST and claim refund of unutilized Input Tax Credit.

In this respect the exporter has to:

  • Ensure that No GST is charged in the export – import.
  • Submit proof of export and satisfy all other conditions prescribed.
  • Claim Input Tax credit relates to the outward export supply.
  • File form GST RFD-01 for claiming refund.
  • The exporter may supply goods or services or both after payment of GST charged on tax invoice in INR meant only for GST purpose and their claim refund thereof.

ii. In this respect the Exporter has to file the Shipping Bill in respect of exports of goods / services and such application of refund is deemed to have been filed when:

  • The person in charge of the conveyance crossing the exported goods file an export manifest or export report giving the number and date of shipping bills or bills of export; and
  • The applicant furnishes a valid return in FORM GSTR-3 or FORM GSTR- 3B, as the case may be.

iii. The details of the relevant export invoices in FORM GSTR-1 shall be electronically transmitted by the common portal to the designated system of customs where in return shall confirm that the goods covers by this proposed invoices have been exported out of India.

Question 11.
Explain in brief the meaning of the following terms in the context of the provisions contained under the CGST Act, 2017 :
(i) Goods
(ii) Services. (Dec 2021, 4 marks)
Answer:
(i) Goods as per Section 2(52) of Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 means every kind of movable property other than money and securities but includes; actionable claim, Growing crops, grass and things attached to or forming part of the land which are agreed to be served before supply of under a contract of supply.

(ii) Services as per Section 2(102) of Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 means anything other than, goods, money and securities but includes activities relating to;
(a) the use of money, or
(b) its conversion by cash or by any other mode, from one form, currency or denomination, to another form, currency or denomination for which a separate consideration is charged.

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 12.
Decide as per provisions contained under the CGST Act, 2017 whether the following activities constitute supply or not:
(i) Services received from Government against taxes paid.
(ii) Buying a new car in exchange of old car. (Dec 2021, 4 marks)
Answer:
(i) Not a Supply. Tax payer pays different types of taxes to the government treasury and government performs welfare activities out of such taxes. There should be a direct link and a not any casual link between activity and consideration. Therefore, such activities do not constitute service as there is no direct link between such services and taxes; hence, such activities would not qualify as supply.

(ii) Supply. As per Section 7(1)(a) of Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, supply includes exchange of goods for a consideration by a person in the course or furtherance of business. Thus, buying a new car in exchange of old car will constitute supply and dealer of car will be liable to pay GST.

Question 13.
What is the Provision of applicability of GST on supply of food in Anganwadi’s and Schools ? Define the latest Clarification in this regard as per 43rd GST council meeting. (June 2022, 4 marks)
Answer:
Clarification regarding applicability of GST on supply of food in Anganwadis and School:
Circular No. 149/05/2021-GST, dated June 17, 2021:

1. Clarification on applicability of GST on the issues as to whether serving of food in schools under Mid- Day Meals Scheme would be exempt if such supplies are funded by government grants and/or corporate donations. The issue was examined by GST Council in its 43rd meeting held on 28th May, 2021.

2. Entry 66 clause (b)(ii) of notification No. 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017, exempts Services provided to an educational institution, by way of catering, including any mid-day meals scheme sponsored by the Central Government, State Government or Union territory. This entry applies to pre-school and schools.

3. Accordingly, as per said entry 66, any catering service provided to an educational institution is exempt from GST. The entry further mentions that such exempt service includes mid-day meal service as specified in the entry. The scope of this entry is thus wide enough to cover any serving of any food to a school, including pre-school. Further, an Anganvadi interalia provides pre-school nonformal education. Hence, Anganwadi is covered by the definition of educational institution (as pre-school).

4. As per recommendation of the GST Council, it is clarified that services provided to an educational institution by way of serving of food (catering including midday meals) is exempt from levy of GST irrespective of its funding from government grants or corporate donations [under said entry 66 (b)(ii)]. Educational institutions as defined in the notification include anganwadi. Hence, serving of food to anganwadi shall also be covered by said exemption, whether sponsored by government or through donation from corporates.

Question 14.
Harivallabh, a registered supplier, rendered taxable service for ₹ 2 lakhs on 1 -11 -2021. The tax invoice was raised on 9-12-2021. Payment was received the next day. Ascertain the time of supply for GST purposes. (June 2018, 3 marks)
Answer:
Tax Invoice should have been issued by Mr. Harivallabh within 30 days from the date of providing of service on 01.11.2021.

Tax invoice issued / raised on 09.12.2021, this has been issued beyond the stipulated time limit.
The time of supply as per Section 13 of CGST Act, 2017 would be 01.11.2021 i.e. earliest of the following :
(a) Date of provision of service (01.11.2021)
(b) Date of receipt of payment (10.12.2021)

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 15.
M/s Basu & Co., an Audit Firm based in Kolkata undertake an Audit assignment of a Mumbai based client. The contract with the client includes ₹ 5,00,000 as audit fee and arrangement of taxi for movement of auditors amounting to ₹ 15,000 actually spent by the auditors and reimbursed by the client. Find out the transaction value in the hands of M/s Basu & Co. (Dec 2018, 2 marks)
Answer:
As per Section 15(2)(b) the value of supply shall include any amount that the supplier is liable to pay in relation to such supply but which has been incurred by the recipient of the supply and not included in the price actually paid or payable for the goods or services or both.
Therefore, transaction value in the hands of M/s Basu and Co. is ₹ 5,15,000.

Question 16.
Hiyakash Ltd. is a producer of certain products. The tax rate applicable on the supply of goods by them is 18 %. (SGST 9% and CGST 9%). The company purchased goods worth ₹ 47,200 (Inclusive of Tax 18%) which is fully utilized in the manufacture of final products. The company sold the goods for ₹ 25,000 within the State and also exported the goods worth ₹ 8,000. The invoices are properly uploaded and matched in GSTN Portal. Calculate the tax payable by the company assuming there was no opening or closing stock of inputs or final products. (Dec 2018, 5 marks)
Answer:
Supply - CS Professional Study Material 1

Question 17.
Mudit Enterprises, registered in the State of Maharashtra (Mumbai) is engaged in supply of various goods and services exclusively to persons notified under Section 51 of the CGST Act, 2017.
Calculate the amount of TDS to be deducted by the recipient if any, from the details given below of three independent contracts for thé Month of November, 2021:

Particulars Contracts
I II III
Place of supply Mumbai Mumbai Mumbai
Registered place of recipient Mumbai Mumbai Delhi
Total contract value (inclusive of GST) (₹) 2,75,000 3,10,000 4,50,000
Payment due in November, 2021 (exclusive of GST) (₹) 55,000 60,000 1,20,000

Note: Take the rate of CGST, SGST and IGST as 6%, 6% and 12% respectively. (June 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
The tax at source (TDS) would be deducted @ 1 % under CGST Act and 1 % under SGST/UTGST Act or 2% under IGST Act as the case may be, of the payment made to the supplier where the total value of such supply, under a contract, exceeds ₹ 2,50,000 (excluding the amount of GST indicated in the invoice). Thus, individual supplies may be less than ₹ 2,50,000 but if the value of supply under a contract is more than ₹ 2,50,000, TDS will have to be deducted as per rates prescribed.

Case I: Given contract value is inclusive of GST, therefore to calculate contract value for TDS purpose the same is calculated exclusive of GST (CGST and SGST)
2,75,000 × 100/112
= 2,45,535.71 or ₹ 2,45,536 (rounded off)
Since the total value of supply under the contract does not exceed ₹ 2,50,000, tax is not required to be deducted on amount of ₹ 55,000.

Case II: The contract value exclusive of GST shall be:
3,10,000 × 100/112
= 2,76,785.71 or ₹ 2,76,786 (rounded off)

Since the total value of supply under the contract exceed ₹ 2,50,000, tax is required to be deducted on ₹ 60,000 @ 1% under CGST Act and 1% under SGST Act because this is an intra-state transaction (i.e. place of supply and location of supplier is in the same State).
Hence, TOS would be 1% of 60,000 = ₹ 600 (CGST) and ₹ 600 (SGST)

Case III: The proviso to Section 51(1) of CGST Act. 2017 lays down that when the location of the supplier and the place of supply is In a State which is different from the State/ Union territory of registration of the recipient, there will be no TDS.

Since the location of the supplier and the place of supply is Mumbai and the State of registration of the recipient is Delhi, no tax is liable to be deducted in the given case on amount of ₹ 1,20,000.

Question 18.
Ramakrishna Trivedi, a registered supplier of Bengaluru has received the following amounts from the various activities undertaken by him during the month ended on 31 October, 2021:

Particulars Amount (₹)
(i) Services related to funeral including transportation of dead bodies 30,000
(ii) Commission received as an insurance agent, from insurance company 95,000
(iii) Business assets (old computer) given to friends free of cost, the market value of all the computers was ₹ 2,00,000. No input tax credit has been availed on such computers when used for business No amount received as given free
(iv) Amount received from PQR Ltd. for performance of classical dance in one program 1,99,000
(v) Service provided to recognized sport body as Coach, for participation in a sporting event organized by a recognized sports body. 75,000

Note: All the amount stated above are exclusive of GST, wherever applicable. You are required to calculate gross value of taxable supply on which GST is required to be paid by Ramakrishna Trivedi for the Month of October, 2021.
Legal provision explained in brief should form part of the answer. (June 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:

S. No. Particulars Amount (₹)
(i) Services related to funeral including transportation of dead bodies of ₹ 30,000
Note: As per Section 7(2)(a read with Schedule III of CGST Act, 2017 this is neither be treated as supply of goods nor supply of services.
Not a supply
(ii) Commission received as an insurance agent, from insurance company of ₹ 95,000
Note: Above service is covered under reverse charge mechanism (RCM) where tax is payable by the recipient i.e. insurance company [Notification No. 13/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28-06.2017]
Taxable
under RCM
(iii) Business assets (old computer) given to friends free of cost.
Note: As per Schedule I any kind of disposal or transfer of business assets made by an entity on permanent basis even though without consideration qualifies as supply. However, this provision would apply only where the input tax credit (PTC) has been availed on such assets.
Since no ITC is claimed when such computers used for business, it is not a supply.
Not a supply
(iv) Amount received from PQR Ltd. for performance of classical dance in one program of ₹ 1,99,000 Note: This service is exempt only if the consideration charged for such performance is not more than ₹ 1,50,000. Here, it is more than ₹ 1,50,000, hence taxable in total 1,99,000
(v) Service provided to recognized sports body as Coach of ₹ 75,000
Note: This service is exempt from GST under Notification No. 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017Total Taxable turnover
Exempt

 

1,99,000

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 19.
Mrs. Bharghavi is a registered supplier under GST law in Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu, running a factory for manufacture of electric motors. For giving training to her employees, she has utilized the services of Vibrant Trainers Pvt. Ltd., a registered supplier in Trissur, Kerala. The training programs are to be held at Trissur.

(i) What will be the place of supply of services provided by Vibrant Trainers Pvt. Ltd. to Mrs. Bharghavi? (June 2019, 2 marks)
(ii) Will your answer be different, if Mrs. Bharghavi is not a registered supplier? (June 2019, 2 marks)
(iii) In the situation given in the problem, if the training is to be provided at Singapore, what will be the place of supply? (June 2019, 1 mark)
Answer:
(i) When service in relation to training/organization of an event (like training) is provided to a registered person, place of supply is the location of recipient [Section 12 of the IGST Act, 2017].
Therefore, if Mrs. Bhargavi is a registered person, the place of supply will be the location of recipient, i.e., Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu.

(ii) When service in relation to training/organization of an event (like training) is provided to an unregistered person, the place of supply is the location where the services are actually performed or the event is actually held [Section 12 of the IGST Act, 2017].
Therefore, in this case, place of supply will be Trissur, Kerala.

(iii) When the training takes place outside India (Singapore), the place of supply will be the location of recipient i.e. Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu whether Mrs, Bharghavi is registered or unregistered.

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 20.
Jitendra Ltd., of Delhi, a registered supplier, is manufacturing taxable goods. It provides the following details of taxable supply made by it for the month of March, 2023:

Particulars Amount (₹)
• List price of goods supplied (exclusive of taxes and discount) 12,00,000
• Subsidy received from Central Government for supply of taxable goods to Government School. Directly linked to price 1,10,000
• CGST and SGST chargeable on the goods 50,000
• Tax levied by Municipal Authority 25,000
• Secondary packing charged 10,000

Note:
(i) Jitendra Ltd. offers 2% discount on the list price of the goods which is recorded in the invoice for the goods.
(ii) The list price of the goods is after considering the subsidy received from Central Government. However, the other charges/taxes/fee are charged to the customers over and above the list price.
Calculate the value of taxable supply made by Jitendra Ltd. for the month of March, 2023. (June 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
Computation of value of taxable supply made by Jitendra Ltd. for the month of March, 2023
Supply - CS Professional Study Material 2

Question 21.
Amit Ltd.. a registered supplier, is engaged in manufacturing activity. It also gives job work to other units. It purchased raw materials on 5th June, 2021 for ₹ 2 lakhs (+ GST @ 12%). It dispatched 50% of the raw material to job worker on 10th July, 2021. How much can the company claim as input tax credit in respect of those goods?
What is the time limit for receiving the goods after completion of job work by the job worker? What would be your answer In case 50% of the raw material is directly sent to job worker by the original seller of goods? Will your answer be different in case it is capital good, instead of raw material? (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
ITC on raw materials/capital goods sent to job worker:
Amit Ltd paid GST @ 12% on the goods which works out to ₹ 24,000. As per Section 19(1) of the CGST Act, 2017, it can claim input tax credit in entirety regardless of the fact that it has wholly or partially sent such goods to a job worker. It dispatched 50% of the raw materials on 10.07.2021 to the job worker.

The time limit is that the job worker must return the raw material as such or as processed goods within 1 year from the date of dispatch by Amit Ltd. In the case of delay, the raw material so sent to job worker would be treated as supply from the date when the goods where originally sent out Amit Ltd would be required to pay tax along with interest.

Where the raw material is dispatched directly to the job worker i.e. on 05.06.2020, the time limit of one year would be counted from that date of receipt of raw material by the job worker. Thus, in case 50% of the raw material is directly sent to the job worker, the time limit for return of such raw material as such or as processed goods would be one year from the date of receipt of such raw material by the job worker. In the case of capital goods, the time limit for return is 3 years instead of 1 year. If the goods are not returned by the job worker within 3 years then such capital goods would be deemed to have been supplied to the job worker on the date when the same were originally sent and therefore Amit Limit would be required to pay tax on such capital goods along with interest.

Question 22.
Amit Ltd., a registered supplier, is engaged in manufacturing activity. It also gives job work to other units. It purchased raw materials on 5th June, 2021 for ₹ 2 lakhs (+ GST @ 12%). It dispatched 50% of the raw material to job worker on 10th July, 2021. How much can the company claim as input tax credit in respect of those goods?
What is the time limit for receiving the goods after completion of job work by the job worker? What would be your answer in case 50% of the raw material is directly sent to job worker by the original seller of goods? Will your answer be different in case it is capital good, instead of raw material? (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
ÌTC on raw materials/capital goods sent to bob worker:
Amit Ltd paid GST @ 12% on the goods which orPs out to 24,000. As per Section 19(1) of the COST Act, 2017, it can claim input tax credit in entirely regardless of the fact that it has wholly or partially sent such goods to a job
worker. It dispatched 50% of the raw materials on 10.07.2021 to the job worker.

The time limit is that the job worker must return the raw material as such or as processed goods within 1 year from the date of dispatch by Amit Ltd. In the case of delay, the raw material so sent to job worker would be treated as supply from the date when the goods where originally sent out Amit Ltd would be required to pay tax along with interest.

Where the raw material is dispatched directly to the job worker i.e. on 05.06.2020, the time limit of one year would be counted from that date of receipt of raw material by the job worker. Thus, in case 50% of the raw material is directly sent to the job worker, the time limit for return of such raw material as such or as processed goods would be one year from the date of receipt of such raw material by the job worker.

In the case of capital goods, the time limit for return is 3 years instead of 1 year. If the goods are not returned by the jòb worker within 3 years then such capital goods would be deemed to have been supplied to the job worker on the date when the same were originally sent and therefore Amit Limit would be required to pay tax on such capital goods along with interest.

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 23.
Determine (with brief reason) the time of supply of goods in the following cases, where the supply involves movement of goods (in one lot):

Case No. Date of removal of goods Date of Invoice Date of Payment
1. 10-06-2021 12-06-2021 20-05-2021
2. 10-11-2021 20-10-2021 29-11-2021
3. 07-09-2021 02-10-2021 06-12-2021
4. 10-12-2021 20-11-2021 Bank credit 22-09-2021/ in the books of account 24-09-2021
5. 27-12-2021 29-12-2021 Bank credit 24-12-2021 / in the books of account 22-12-2021

(Dec 2019, 5 Marks)
Answer:
Time of supply:
As per Section 12(1) of CGST Act,2017, the time of supply of goods shall be the earlier of the following dates, namely:
(a) the date of issue of invoice by the supplier or the last date on which he is required to issue invoice under section 31; or
(b) the date on which the supplier receives the payment with respect to the supply.

However, advance received in respect of supply of goods is not liable to be taxed at the time of receipt vide Notification No. 66/2017 CT dated 15.11.2017. Therefore, the date of payment in respect of supply of goods shall not be relevant for determining the time of supply.

Further, Section 31 of the CGST Act provides that a registered person supplying taxable goods shall issue a tax invoice, before or at the time of, —

(a) removal of goods for supply to the recipient, where the supply involves movement of goods; or
(b) delivery of goods or making available thereof to the recipient, in any other case.
In view of the above stated legai position, the time of supply of goods in each of the independent cases shall be as tabulated below.

Case 1: In this the earliest date is the date of removal of goods [as date of payment is not relevant] Hence, the time of supply is 10.6.2021.
Case 2: In this case, the earliest is the date of invoice and whereas the removal of goods is much later. The time of supply hence is 20.10.2021.
Case 3: In this case, the date of removal of goods is much before date Of invoice and therefore the time of supply is 07.09.2021.
Case 4 : Since the date of payment is not relevant for supply of goods and the date of invoice is earlier than the date of removal, the time of supply is 20.11.2021.
Case 5 : Date of payment is not relevant for supply of goofs & date of removal of goods much before the date of invoice i.e. 27.12.2021.

Question 24.
Gopal Das & Co., Kolkata is a manufacturer and is a registered supplier (under regular scheme). It tumishes the following details for the tax period ended on 31st March, 2023:
(i) Intra-State supply of goods (includes GST @ 18%) : ₹ 70,80,000
(ii) Goods exported (GST Nil) : ₹ 32,00,000
(iii) Inward supplies liable for reverse charge : ₹ 6,00,000
(iv) Transfer of goods to Branch at Delhi (without GST) : ₹ 50,00,000
Complete the ‘aggregate turnover’ under section 2 (6) of the CGST Act, 2017. (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
Section 2(6) of the CGST Act, 2017 defines the term “aggregate turnover” so as to mean the aggregate value of all taxable supplies (excluding the value of inward supplies on which tax is payable by a person on reverse charge basis), exempt supplies, exports of goods or services or both and inter-State supplies of persons having the same Permanent Account Number, to be computed on all India basis but excludes central tax, State tax, Union territory tax, integrated tax and cess.

In the light of the above definition, the computation of aggregate turnover in the instant case is as below:
Supply - CS Professional Study Material 3
Supply - CS Professional Study Material 4

Question 25.
State whether the following are supply of goods/services, as per GST law, with brief reasons:
(i) Mr. X availed the architectural services of his son living in France (free of cost) for designing his residential building and factory layout.
(ii) Scrap of machinery destroyed by fire handed over to insurance company for settlement of claim.
(iii) Lease of land for two wheeler parking stand.
(iv) Permitting use of registered patent for annual fee.
(v) Transfer of tenancy right by executing and registering a document. (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
Issues on supply of service:
(i) In terms of Section 7 of the CGST Act, 2017, import of service for a consideration whether or not in the course of or furtherance of business is a supply.
Here, the services received by Mr X is without consideration, thus not a supply. It is not subject to GST.

(ii) As per Clause 2 of Schedule i of the CGST Act, Permanent transfer or disposal of business assets where input tax credit has been availed on such assets is considered as supply.
When the machinery destroyed by fire is handed over to insurance company in return for insurance compensation, it is a supply of goods.

(iii) As per Clause 2(a) of Schedule II of the CGST Act, any lease, tenancy, easement, licence to occupy land is a supply of services. Thus, lease of land for two wheeler parking is a supply of service.

(iv) As per Clause 5(c) of Schedule II of the CGST Act provides that Temporary transfer or permitting the use or enjoyment of any intellectual property right is supply of service.
Hence, permitting use of registered patent/trade mark shall amount to supply of service.

(v) The activity of transfer of tenancy rights is squarely covered under the scope of supply of service in terms of Section 7.
However, renting of residential dwelling unit for use as a residence is exempt.

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 26.
Tex Mark Inc. of USA, established a liaison office in Mumbai for the purpose of liaisoning with the suppliers for purchase of raw materials. The purchase orders or contracts were entered into with the suppliers directly by the head office. Liaison office did not enter into any contract with any of the suppliers. Payments were also made by the head office directly to the suppliers. The expenses incurred by the liaison office are reimbursed by the HO. There is no amount excessively charged by the liaison office to the HO. Is the amount received by the liaison office liable for GST as supply of service ? Is the liaison office required to get registered under GST law? (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
Liaison office : Whether liable for registration:
The liaison office does not undertake any activity of trading, commercial or industrial nature. It does not enter into any business contracts. It does not charge any commission, fee or remuneration for the liaison activities/ services rendered by it either from the suppliers or from the head office.

The head office merely reimburses the expenses incurred by the liaison office on actual expenditure basis without any mark up. There is no source of income for the liaison office and it is solely dependent on the head office for all expenses incurred by it and therefore the head office and liaison office cannot be treated as separate persons.

The liaison office does not render any consultancy services directly or indirectly with or without consideration and does not have significant commitment powers. The amount received by liaison office hence cannot be treated as amount received towards supply of service.

Since it is not in furtherance of business of the liaison office, it is not required to get registered under GST.
Case law reference : Habufo Meubelan B.V. 2018(14) G.S.T.L 596 (A.A.R- GST).

Question 27.
With brief reasons, state whether the following will attract GST levy :
(i) Lodging accommodation with room tariff @ ₹ 900 per day.
(ii) SKT & Co. transporting textile goods thro ESSEM Transport Agency by paying ₹ 700 per bundle and sending 10 bundles on 31st March, 2023.
(iii) Kaziranga National Park collecting ₹ 200 per person as entrance fee.
(iv) Muthu Lab is a pathological lab owned by Muthu. He is a post-graduate in Microbiology. He collects fees for services rendered.
(v) Samy Transports carried agricultural produce i.e. turmeric from villages to town (markets) by charging ₹ 2,000 per day per person. (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
Exemption for certain services:
Service exemption is to be considered in the light of Notification No. 12/2017-C.T (Rate) dated 28.6.2017

(i) Lodging accommodation with tariff below ₹ 1,000 is not liable for GST.

(ii) Services provided by the goods transport agency where the consideration for the transportation of goods for a single consignee does not exceed ₹ 750 is not liable for GST. However, in the present case, the consideration for 10 bundles [being single consignment] is ₹ 7000. Hence, GST is attracted.

(iii) As per S.No. 79 of Notification No. 12/2017-C.T (Rate) dated 28.6.2017, Entrance/ admission fee received by national park from visitors is not liable for GST.

(iv) Services by way of health care including paramedical service are not liable for GST.

(v) As per S.No. 20 of the referred notification, Transportation of agricultural produce by rail or vessel from one place in India to another place is not liable for GST.

Question 28.
Examine by giving reasons in brief in the context of provisions contained under the CGST Act, 2017 as to taxability or otherwise of the following independent supply of services :

(i) Tejas & Co of Delhi a tour operator provided services to Robert, a foreign tourist resident of UK for his tour conducted in Rajasthan and Agra for a sum of ₹ 2,50,000 and of Jammu Kashmir for a sum of ₹ 1,00,000 and received the total amount of ₹ 3,50,000.

(ii) Ms. Purnima acts as a Team Manager for Indian Sports League (ISL) a recognized sports body. She was contracted by a MuLi Brand Retail Company to act as Manager for a Tennis tournament organized by them and was paid an amount of ₹ 5,00,000. (Dec 2020, 4 marks)
Answer:
(i) Services provided by a tour operator to a foreign tourist in relation to a tour conducted wholly outside India are exempt vide Entry 54 of Notification No. 2/ 2017-IT (Rate). In this case tour is conducted in Rajasthan, Agra and Jammu Kashmir. IGST Act applies to whole of India including Jammu & Kashmir, hence exemption will not operate and Tejas and Co. of Delhi will be liable to pay GST and tax be payable on the entire amount of ₹ 3,50,000.

(ii) Services provided to a recognized sports body by an individual as a player, referee, umpire, coach or team manager for participation in a sporting event organized by a recognized sports body are exempt vide Entry 68 of Notification No. 2/2017-IT (Rate). Since Multi Brand Retail Company is not a recognized sports body hence exemption will not be available. Thus, the services provided by Ms. Purnima will be liable to GST and tax be payable on amount of ₹ 5,00,000.

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 29.
Determine the time of supply (TOS) by giving reason in brief in each of the following cases in accordance with the provisions in CGST Act, 2017:

No. Date of completion of service Date of Invoice Date of receipt of payments
1. 16.07.2021 21.07.2021 26.08.2021
2. 16.08.2021 11.09.2021 01.09.2021
3. 16.09.2021 11.10.2021 Part payment on 01.10.2021
Remaining payment on 26.10.2021
4. 16.10.2021 11.11.2021 Part payment on 12.11.2021
Remaining payment on 15.11.2021

(Dec 2020, 4 marks)
Answer:
The time of supply (TOS) in each of the following cases shall be on the principle of date of invoice or the date of payment whichever is earlier.

No. Date of completion of service Date of invoice Date on which payment of received Time of supply (TOS)
1 16.07.2021 21.07.2021 26.08.2021 21.07.2021, since invoice issued within 30 days of completion of service and the payment received was later then the invoice.
2 16.08.2021 11.09.2021 01.09.2021 01.09.2021 since invoice issued within 30 days of completion of service and the payment received was earlier then the invoice.
3 16.09.2021 11.10.2021 Part payment on 01.10.2021 and remaining payment on 26.10.2021 As invoice is issued within 30 days from the date of completion of service, time of supply shall be 01.10.2021 for the part payment and 11.10.2021 for the remaining payment being the date of invoice.
4 16.10.2021 11.11.2021 Part payment on 12.11.2021 and remaining payment on 15.11.2021 11.11.2021 for both payments. The invoice issued within 30 days of completion of service and the payments received after the date of invoice.

Question 30.
Ram Avtar resident of Nagpur has entered into a roll over contract approached NDMC Bank Ltd. on 12-01-2022 for selling US $ 4.50,000 at the rate of ₹ 75 per USD. RBI reference rate on 12-01-2022 was ₹ 76 and the rate of exchange declared by CBEC for the day was ₹ 76.50 per USD.
Calculate the value of taxable supply by explaining in brief the provisions of CGST Act, 2017 and rules framed thereunder. (Dec 2020, 4 marks)
Answer:
Rule 32(2)(a) of CGST Rules, 2017 provides the manner of determination of the value of taxable supply so far as it pertains to purchase or sale of foreign currency including money changing.

The value of service for currency, when exchanged from, or to, Indian Rupees (INR), shall be equal to the difference in the buying rate or the selling rate, as the case may be and the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) reference rate for that currency at that time, multiplied by the total units of currency. Central Board of Excise and Customs (CBEC) rate has no relevance for determining the value of taxable supply of service.

Hence the value of taxable supply = RBI reference rate of USD × Total units of currency = ₹ (76 – 75 ) × 4,50,000 = ₹ 4,50,000.
The taxable value of supply shall be ₹ 4,50,000.

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 31.
Determine the time of supply in the following transactions:

(i) Grocery supplier company issues a voucher of ₹ 3,500 for purchase of any item from its stores against bulk purchase.
(ii) Grocery supplier company issues a voucher only to buy an Electric Fan for ₹ 3,500, on 15th September, 2020.
(iii) Ram purchases goods worth ₹ 10,000 on 10.01.2022 and later on paid ₹ 10,600 with interest on 10.03.2022. Mention the time of supply for the interest payment of ₹ 600.
(iv) Saroj consultancy services received advance of ₹ 50,000 from clients on 31.12.2021 for services to be rendered in the month of March, 2022. (Aug 2021, 4 marks)
Answer:
(i) Since as per Section 12(4) of Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 the voucher of ₹ 3,500 is an unidentifiable voucher the date of redemption of the voucher would be the time of supply.

(ii) In this case it is an identifiable voucher and hence the date of voucher shall be the time of supply i.e. 15th September, 2020.

(iii) Time of Supply to the extent it relates to an addition in the value of supply by way of interest, late fee or penalty for delayed payment of any consideration shall be the date on which such supplier receives such additions in value. Hence, in this case the time of supply for ₹ 10,000 shall be 10.1.2022 and the time of supply for interest i.e. ₹ 600 shall be 10.03.2022.

(iv) As per Section 13(2) of Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 advances received are taxable at the time when such advances are received. Accordingly 31.12.2021 shall be the time of supply for advance payment of ₹ 50,000 received by Saroj Consultancy services.

Question 32.
UDB Builders Ltd. had undertaken a project to construct residential tower in Jaipur having 100 apartments/flats. The builder has entered into an agreement to sell a flat of carpet area of 1800 sq. ft out of 100 flats to a customer Shiv Charan. The breakup of the cost and charges of the flat as per agreement are as follows :

(i) Price of flat including apportioned value of cost of land : ₹ 84,00,000
(ii) Prime Location Charges (PLC) (extra charges for getting garden and swimming pool view) : ₹ 4,00,000
(iii) Club membership fee (Club to be formed after completion of construction of the tower) : ₹ 5,00,000
(iv) Stamp duty for executing sale deed on actual basis : ₹ 6,00,000
(v) Documentation charges : ₹ 2,00,000
(vi) Maintenance charges to maintain building till the residential complex is handed over to Housing Society of members : ₹ 4,00,000

The builder had received payment of ₹ 25,00,000 on agreement and balance amount of the value of flat to be received after obtaining completion certificate from the Corporation. The value of land is 1/3rd of the total consideration for the supply of flat.

Compute the value of taxable supply in respect of the flat so sold by the builder to the customer Shiv Charan for the purpose of GST. (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
Computation of Value of taxable supply under GST of the Flat

Particulars Amount(₹)
1. Price of flat including apportioned value of cost of land 84,00,000
2. Prime Location Charges (PLC) (extra charge for getting garden and swimming pool view). (Charges are part of construction service of flat being naturally bundled) 4,00,000

 

3. Club membership fee (Club to be formed after construction is complete). Not part of construction service of flat being neither part of composite supply nor naturally bundled Nil

 

4. Stamp duty for executing sale deed on actual basis. (Stamp duty does not form part of value of service. It is only reimbursement of expenses incurred on behalf of the customer) Nil

 

5. Documentation Charges (These charges are part of construction service of flat) 2,00,000
6. Maintenance charges to maintain building till the residential tower is handed over to Housing Society of Members. (Not part of construction service being neither of composite supply nor naturally bundled). Nil

 

Total Consideration for the supply of flat 90,00,000
Less: Value of land or undivided share of land being 1/3rd of the total amount charged (30,00,000)
Taxable Value of Supply 60,00,000

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 33.
“ Diligent Force” a professional training institute gets its training material of “Aptitute Quotient” printed from “Durga Printing House” a printing press. The content of the material is provided by the “Diligent Force” who owns the usage rights of the same while the physical inputs including paper used for printing belong to the “Durga Printing House”. Justify, in the context of provisions of CGST Act, 2017 whether supply of training material by “ Durga Printing House” constitutes supply of goods or supply of services. (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
Circular No. 11/11/2017-GST dated 20.10.2017 has clarified that supply of books printed with contents supplied by the recipient of such printed goods is composite supply and the question, whether such supplies constitute supply of goods or services would be determined on the basis of what constitutes the principal supply.

Principal supply has been defined in Section 2(90) of the Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 as supply of goods or services which constitutes the predominant element of a composite supply and to which any other supply forming part of that composite supply is ancillary.

In the case of printing of books where content is supplied by the publisher or the person who owns the usage rights to the intangible inputs while the physical inputs including paper used for printing belong to the printer.
Supply of printing of the content supplied by the recipient of supply is the principal supply and therefore, such supplies would constitute supply of service and not supply of goods.

Thus, in view of the above mentioned provisions, the supply of training material by Durga Printing House would constitute supply of services.

Question 34.
Jagatguru Textiles Ltd. transfers from Bellary in Karnataka stocks of 15,000 meters of cloth having cost of ₹ 15,00,000 requiring further processing before sale to its Bhilwara branch located in Rajasthan* from where it is being sold. The Bhilwara branch, apart from processing its own goods is also engaged in processing of the similar nature goods for other persons located in Rajasthan.

There are no other factories in the neighboring area of Bellary in Karnataka who are engaged in the same business work of processing as being done by the Bhilwara, Rajasthan unit of Jagatguru Textiles Ltd. Other persons located in Rajasthan supply the same variety of goods in lots of 15,000 meters each time and thereafter make sells of such processed goods to whole sellers. The price of such lot of goods in the market is ₹ 14,75,000. Determine the value of supply in the aforesaid case by explaining in brief the provisions of CGST Act, 2017. (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
As per Section 25(4) of the Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 a person who has obtained more than one registration, whether in one State or Union territory or more than one State or Union territory shall, in respect of each such registration be treated as distinct person for the purposes of this Act.

As per provisions of section 7 read with Para- 2 of Schedule -1, transfer of goods between two registered units of the same person (having the same PAN) will be treated as supply even if the transfer is made without consideration, as such persons will be treated as ‘distinct persons’ under the GST law.

The value of the supply would be the open market value of such supply, if open market value cannot be determined, the value shall be the value of supply of goods of like kind and quality prevailing in the market. If value cannot be determined any of the above modes, then the value shall be determined as per Rule 30 or Rule 31 of the CGST Rules in that order.

In this case, although goods of like kind and quality are available, the same may not be accepted as the ‘like goods’ since they are supplied by another manufacturers located in Rajasthan whereas supplier in the case of Jagatguru Textiles is located at Bellary in Karnataka. Transportation cost in respect of manufacturers of Rajasthan are lower and thus less expensive in comparison to goods under consideration which were supplied from Karnataka.

Therefore, the value of the supply would be taken as per Rule 30 of the Central Goods and Services Tax Rules at 110% of the cost (110% × 15,00,000) = ₹ 16,50,000 for charge of GST.

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 35.
XYZ Ltd. of Delhi, engaged in various activities has provided the following services in the month of March 2023, of which values are being listed against each.

(i) Service of interior decoration in respect of immovable property located in Jammu ₹ 5 lakhs.
(ii) Architectural services to an Indian Hotel Chain which has business establishment in Mumbai for its newly acquired property- in Sydney which is a fixed establishment of the Indian Hotel Chain for ₹ 15Lakhs.
(iii) Freight-forwarding services: ₹ 12 lakhs profit earned on buying and selling cargo space on airlines for export of goods. In some other cases, commission of ₹ 3 lakhs earned from airlines on acting as intermediary in arranging cargo space on airlines for export of goods.
(iv) Online information and database access and retrieval services provided to clients in UK: ₹ 5 lakhs.
All the values given here in above are exclusive of taxes, cess & GST. You are required to compute the value of taxable supplies for the purpose of GST liabilities by giving the reason in brief in the context of provision of CGST Act, 2017. (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
XYZ Ltd.
The value of taxable supply for the month of March, 2023

Particulars Amount(₹)
1. Service of interior decoration in respect of immovable property located in Jammu: As per section 12(3) of Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 in respect of services provided directly in relation to immovable property, the place of supply shall be the location of immovable property.

Therefore, in the given case, the place of supply of service shall be in Jammu.

5,00,000
2. Architectural services to an Indian Hotel Chain which has business establishment in Mumbai for its newly acquired property in Sydney which is not fixed establishment

As per proviso to section 12(3) of the IGST Act if the Exempt location of the immovable property is outside India, the place of supply shall be the location of recipient

As per Sec 2(14)(b) Defines location of the  Recipient as follows

Where a supply is received at a place other than the place of business for which registration has been obtained (a fixed establishment elsewhere), the location of such fixed establishment.

Therefore location of service recipient would be Sydney i.e., non taxable territory & GST will be exempt.

Exempt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nil

3. Freight Forwarding:

According to section 12(8). where the transportation of goods is to a place outside India, the place of supply shall be description of such goods. The said services if provided by an aircraft from customs station of clearance in India to a place outside India have been exempt vide Entry 19A of Notification No. 1212017 initially for the period till 30.09.2018, however extended from time to time and currently the exemption is valid until 30.9.2023.

As per section 12(2), the place of supply of intermediary services shall be the location of registered person, assuming that services are provided to registered person. Hence it shall be taxable.

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,00,000

4. Online information database access and retrieval services:

As per provisions of Section 13(12), the place of supply of service shall be the location of the recipient of services i.e., UK. Since it is outside taxable territory, hence it shall not be taxable.

Nil
Total value of taxable supply 8,00,000

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 36.
Determine the place of supply of services as well as their taxability in each of the following independent cases in the context of provisions contained in the CGST Act, 2017:

(a) Ajay the owner of an immovable property located in New Delhi gives on rent the said property to Basant of U.P. for use in commercial purposes.
(b) Rahul, a Delhi based Interior Decorator provides his professional services to Rama Enterprises of Agra in respect of property which is intended to be located in Punjab.
(c) A USA based company possessing specialization in mineral exploration has been awarded a contract by Singhal Sons Mines of Jaipur (Rajasthan) for mineral exploration in respect of specific sites located in Canada.
(d) Rohit, a consulting Engineer provides his professional consultancy services to a UK based company in respect of its three properties located in UK, USA and Dubai.
(e) A Delhi based builder provides construction services to Punjab based company in respect of construction of its new building in Bangladesh. (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
(i) As per Section 12(3) of Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 in respect of services provided directly in relation to immovable property, the place of supply shall be place where immovable property is located or intended to be located. Therefore, in the given case, the place of supply of service shall be New Delhi which falls within the ambit of taxable territory and shall be liable to GST.

(ii) As per Section 12(3) of Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 in respect of services provided directly in relation to immovable property, the place of supply shall be place where immovable property is located or intended to be located. The place of supply of services shall be Punjab as the concerned property is intended to be located in Punjab which falls within the ambit of Taxable Territory and thus this service shall be liable to GST.

(iii) As per Section 13(4) of Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 in respect of services provided directly in relation to immovable property, the place of supply shall be place where immovable property is located or intended to be located. In tnis case, since specific sites in respect of which mineral exploration is to be carried out are located in Canada, the place of supply of service shali be Canada which does not fali within the ambit of taxable territory and resultantly, this service will not be liable to GST.

(iv) As per Section 13(4) of integrated Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 in respect of services provided directly in relation to immovable property, the place of supply shall be place where immovable property is located or intended to be located. Since, In this case, consulting engineer’s services provided by Mr. Rohit are in respect of property which falls within non-taxable territory, hence no GST is payable by Mr. Rohit. ,

(v) As per Section 12(3) of Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 in respect of services provided directly in relation to immovable property, the place of supply shall be place where immovable property is located or intended to be located. If the immovable property is located or intended to be located outside india, the place of supply shall be location of the recipient.

In this case services provided in relation to immovable property located in Bangladesh, the place of supply shall be location of the recipient i.e., Punjab which falls within the ambit of Taxable Territory and thus this service shall be liable to GST.

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 37.
Xavier started profession of Architect w.e.f. 01.04.2022. His value of intra-state taxable supply upto 30.09.2022 was ₹ 20 lakh. He applied for registration on 01.10.2022 and opted for Presumptive Scheme for service suppliers in registration application and was granted registration as per provisions of GST law. He made intra-state taxable supplies of 135 lakh for the quarter ending 31.12.2022.
You are required to determine the Presumptive tax liability of Xavier under Notification No. 2/2019-CT(R) for the period 01.04.2022 to 31.12.2022. (Dec 2021, 4 marks)
Answer:
As per Notification No. 02/2019-CT(R) dated 07.03.2019, if registered person is eligible to take the benefit of this notification, he shall pay GST at the rate of 6% (3% CGST and 3% SGST/UTGST) on his aggregate turnover i.e., “First supplies of goods or services or both” upto ₹ 50 lakhs.

Explanation to Notification No. 02/2019-CT(R) dated 07.03.2019 provide that the expression “first supplies of goods or services or both” shall, for the purposes of determining eligibility of a person to pay tax under this notification, include the supplies from the first day of April of a financial year to the date from which he becomes liable for registration under the said Act but for the purpose of determination of tax payable under this notification shali not include the supplies from the first day of April of a financial year to the date from which he becomes liable for registration under the Act.

At the same time, for determining its eligibility to the scheme, the supplies made from 1 st day of April till it becomes eligible for scheme shall be taken into account.

Thus, where supplier has taken the GST registration for the first time, the presumptive tax at the rate of 6% shall be payable on the supplies made by him only after the date of registration.

In the instant case, Xavier was eligible to opt for composition scheme as on 1.10.2021 as his aggregate turnover till such date was ₹ 20 lakhs [less than ₹ 50 lakhs].

Since for the purpose of eligibility, the turnover from the first day of April needs to be considered, the turnover of ₹ 20 lakhs made during 1.4.2022 and 30.9.2022 also shall be included, the turnover of Xavier breached the limit of ₹ 50 lakhs during the period 1.10.2022 and 31.12.2022 as he made supplies for ₹ 35 lakhs during such period.

Thus, the amount of composition tax liability of Xavier under notification No. 2/2019- CT(R) will be ₹ 30,00,000 × 6% = ₹ 1,80,000.
Xavier shall be liable to pay tax under normal scheme on turnover of ₹ 5,00,000.

Question 38.
ABC Ltd. Co. registered as Company having under the GST, its head office in Mumbai. It has also obtained registration for its branch situated in Jaipur, Rajasthan. ABC Ltd. had transferred 1000 units of finished goods from Mumbai to Jaipur branch without consideration, as stock transfer. You are required to state in the context of provision of GST whether such transaction qualifies as supply. (Dec 2021, 4 marks)
Answer:
Yes, As per section 7(1)(C) read with Schedule 1 of Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, when a person who has obtained or is required to obtain registration in a State or Union Territory in respect of an establishment in another State or Union Territory, then such establishments shall be treated as establishments of distinct persons.

Transactions between different establishments with separate GST registration, of same legal entity (e.g. Stock transfers or Branch transfers) will quality as ‘supply’ under GST.
Accordingly, in view of section 7(1)© the stock transfer between Mumbai & Jaipur branch shall be treated as supply under GST.

Question 39.
SK Health and diagnostic centre situated in Noida, registered under GST furnishes the following figures of their collection from various medical services provided to the patients for the month of January, 2023.

S. No Particulars Amount (₹)
(i) Treatment fees from in-patient 22,50,000
(ii) Ambulance services to In-patient 3,80,000
(iii) Supply of medicine and bandage etc. to the in-patients 2,60,000
(iv) Receipts-from implants 4,70,000
(v) Plastic surgery to restore anatomy of a child affected due to an accident 3,00,000

Compute the taxable value of supply and GST payable for the month of January, 2023. (rate of GST may be taken as 18%) (June 2022, 5 marks)
Answer:
Computation of Taxable Velue of Supply and GST payable GK Health and diagnostic centre for the month of January, 2023:
Supply - CS Professional Study Material 9

Working Notes:
1. Entry 74 of the Notification no. 12/2017 Central Tax (Rate) dated June 28, 2017 exempts Health care services by a clinical establishment, an authorized medical practitioner or paramedics from GST.

Health care services means any service by way of diagnosis or treatment or care for illness, injury, deformity, abnormality or pregnancy in any recognized system of medicines in India and includes services by way of transportation of the patient to and from a clinical establishment, but does not include hair transplant or cosmetic or plastic surgery, except when undertaken to restore or to reconstruct anatomy or functions of body affected due to congenital defects, developmental abnormalities, injury or trauma.

2 Further, it is held in various advance rulings that the supply of implants and medicines as a part of health care services constitute a composite service and such supplies shall also be considered as health care service and accordingly exempted.

Alternate Answer:
Computation of Taxable Value of Supply and GST payable of SK Health and diagnostic centre for the month of January, 2023:
Supply - CS Professional Study Material 10

Working Notes:

1. Entry 74 of the Notification no. 12/2017 Central Tax (Rate) dated June 28, 2017 exempts Health care services by a clinical establishment, an authorized medical practitioner or paramedics from GST.

Health care services means any service by way of diagnosis or treatment or care for illness, injury, deformity, abnormality or pregnancy in any recognized system of medicines in India and includes services by way of transportation of the patient to and from a clinical establishment, but does not include hair transplant or cosmetic or plastic surgery, except when undertaken to restore or to reconstruct anatomy or functions of body affected due to congenital defects, developmental abnormalities, injury or trauma.

2. Exemption Notification No. 12/2017 does not include: –

  1. Supply of medicine and bandage through pharmacy.
  2. Implants.

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 40.
Determine the time of supply (TOS) by giving reason in brief in each of the following cases in accordance with the provisions of CGST Act, 2017 :

(i) Sunshine Pvt. Ltd. engaged in supply of services. It receives advance of ₹ 2,35,000 from clients on 14th May, 2022 for the service to be rendered in the month of June, 2022.
(ii) Deep Ltd. provided management consultancy services to M/s. PBS & Co. on 14th August, 2022 and billed it for ₹ 1,60,000 on 19th September, 2022. It received the payment for the same on 23rd September, 2022.
(iii) A provided the professional services to B Ltd. on 16th July, 2022 and date of raising invoice was 11th August, 2022 he received part payment 50% on 1st August, 2022 and Remaining 50% payment on 26th August, 2022.
(iv) Ankit Kumar purchased some goods covered under reverse charge mechanism. The goods received on 19m June, 2022. Date of invoice is 14th May, 2022 and the payment is made on 22nd June, 2022.
(v) TPS Ltd. is an Indian Company. It has received taxable supply of services from its associated enterprises Alfa Ltd. an US based company on 1st January, 2023. Alfa Ltd. raised an invoice of $ 80,000 on 10th February, 2023. TPS Ltd. debited its books of account on 25th February, 2023 and made the payment on 25th, March, 2023. (June 2022, 5 marks)
Answer:

Case Time of Supply (TOS) Reason
(i) 14th May, 2022 As per Section 13(2) of the Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017.
The time of supply of services shall be the earliest of the following dates, namely:-
(a) the date of issue of invoice by the supplier, if the invoice is issued within the period prescribed under section 31 or the date of receipt of payment, whichever is earlier; or
(b) the date of provision of service, if the invoice is not issued within the period prescribed under section 31 or the date of receipt of payment, whichever is earlier.
In both the cases, advance payment is the Time of Supply.
(ii) 14m August, 2022 As per Section 13(2) of Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 read with section 31(2) of Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 and rule thereof, in case invoice has not been issued within 30 days of completion of service, time of supply of service is date of completion of service or date of. receipt of payment, whichever is earlier. Thus, Time of supply of service is 14th August, 2022.
(iii) 1st August, 2022 for first 50% payment and 11th August, 2022 for remaining 50% amount. As invoice is issued within 30 days from the date of completion of service, time of supply shall be date of invoice date of receipt of payment, whichever is earlier.
For first 50% payment time of supply is 1st August, 2022 and for the remaining 50% payment time of supply is 11th August, 2022.
(iv) 14th June, 2022 As per Section 12(3) In case of supply of reverse charge on goods time of supply is
(a) date of receipt of goods; or
(b) date of payment; or
(c) date immediately following 30 days from the issue of invoice, whichever is earlier.
Thus, Time of supply of goods under reverse charge is 14th June, 2022.
(v) 25th February, 2023 As per Section 13(3) of Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, In case of associated enterprises where the person providing the service is located outside India, the Time of supply of service shall be
(a) the date of debit in the books of account of the person receiving the service; or
(b) date of making the payment, whichever is earlier.
Thus, Time of supply of goods under reverse charge is 25th February, 2023.

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 41.
XYZ Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur, provide housekeeping services. The company supplies its services exclusively through an E-commerce website owned and managed by Elixir Technology Pvt. Ltd., Nagpur. The turnover of XYZ Pvt. Ltd. In the current financial year is ₹ 19 lakh. Advice suitably to the company XYZ Pvt. Ltd. as to whether it is required to obtain GST registration as per provisions contained under the CGST Act, 2017. Will your answer would be different it XYZ Pvt. Ltd. sells readymade garments exclusively through an E-commerce website owned and managed by Elixir Technology Pvt. Ltd.? (June 2022, 5 marks)
Answer:
As per Section 22 of Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, every supplier of goods or services or both is required to obtain registration in the State or Union Territory from where he makes a taxable supply if his aggregate turnover exceeds the threshold limit in a financial year.

However, Section 24 of Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 enlists certain categories of persons who are mandatorily required to obtain registration, irrespective of their turnover. Persons who supply goods or services or both through such Electronic Commerce Operator (ECO), who is required to collect tax at source under section 52, is one such person specified under clause (ix) of Section 24. However, where the ECO is liable to pay tax on behalf of the suppliers of services under a notification issued under Section 9(5), the suppliers of such services are entitled for threshold exemption.

Section 2(45) defines ECO as any persons who owns, operates or manages digital or electronic facility or platform for electronic commerce. Electronic commerce is defined under section 2(44) to mean the supply of goods or services or both, including digital products over digital or electronic network. Since Elixir Technology Pvt. Ltd. owns and manages a website for e commerce where both goods and services are supplied, it will be classified as an ECO under Section 2(45).

Notification No. 17/2017 Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017 issued under section 9(5) specifies services by way of housekeeping, except where the person supplying such service through ECO is liable for registration under section 22(1), as one such service where the ECO is liable to pay tax on behalf of the suppliers.

In the given case, XYZ Pvt. Ltd. provides housekeeping services through an ECO. It is presumed that Elixir Technology Pvt. Ltd. is an ECO which is required to collect tax at source under section 52. However, housekeeping services provided by XYZ Pvt. Ltd., which is not liable for registration under section 22(1), as its turnover is less than ₹ 20 lakh, is a service notified under section 9(5). Thus, XYZ Pvt. Ltd. will be entitled for threshold exemption for registration and will not be required to obtain compulsory registration even though it supplies services through ECO.

In the second case, XYZ Pvt. Ltd. sells readymade garments through ECO. Such supply cannot be notified under section 9(5) as only supplies, of services are notified under that section. Therefore, in the second case, XYZ Pvt. Ltd. will not be entitled for threshold exemption and will have to compulsory obtain registration in terms of section 24(ix).

Question 42.
Secure Meter Ltd., registered in Gurgaon, Haryana, is engaged in manufacturing heavy steel machinery. It enters into an agreement with Rajveer Associates, registered in Delhi, for imparting motivational training to the top level management of Secure Meter Ltd. in a 10 day residential motivational training program at an agreed consideration of ₹ 21,00,000.

Rajveer Associates books the conference hall along with the rooms of Hotel Shourya residency in Ajmer (registered in Rajasthan) for the training program, for a lump sum consideration of ₹ 14,00,000.
You are required to determine the place of supply in respect of the supply(ies) involved in the given scenario in the context of CGST Act, 2017. (June 2022, 5 marks)
Answer:
In the given situation, two supplies are involved:

  1. Services provided by Rajveer Associates to Secure Meter Ltd. by way of providing motivational training to its top management.
  2. Services provided by Hotel Shourya Residency to Rajveer Associates by way of accommodation in said hotel for organizing the training program.

The place of supply in respect of each of the above supplies is determined as under:

1. As per the provisions of Section 12(5)(a) of the Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, the place of supply of services provided in relation to training and performance appraisal to a registered person, shall be the location of such person.

Therefore, the place of supply of services supplied by Rajveer Associates to the registered recipient – Secure Meter Ltd. by way of providing motivational training to its top management is the location of Secure Meter Ltd., i.e. Gurgaon, Haryana.

2. As per the provisions of Section 12(3)(c) of the Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, the place of supply of services, by way of accommodation in any immovable property for organizing, inter alia, any official/business function including services provided in relation to such function at such property, shall be the location at which the immovable property is located.

Therefore, the place of supply of services supplied by Hotel Shourya Residency to Rajveer Associates by way of accommodation of conference hall along with the rooms is location of Hotel Shourya Residency i.e. Ajmer, Rajasthan.

Question 43.
RP Manufacturers Ltd., registered in Mumbai (Maharashtra), is a manufacturer of footwear. It imports a footwear making machine from USA. RP Manufacturers Ltd. enters into a contract with Kartik Logistics, a licensed customs broker with its office at Ahmedabad (Gujarat), to meet all the legal formalities in getting the said machine cleared from the customs station.

Apart from this, RP Manufacturers Ltd. authorises Kartik Logistics to incur, on its behalf, the expenses in relation to clearance of the imported machine from the customs station and bringing the same to the warehouse of RP Manufacturers Ltd. expenses shall be reimbursed on the actual basis in addition to agency charges.
Kartik Logistics provided following details in the invoice issued by it to RP Manufacturers Ltd.:

Particulars Amount (₹)
(i) Agency Charges 4,00,000
(ii) Unloading of machine at Kandla port, Gujarat 45,000
(iii) Charges for transportation of machine from Kandla port, Gujarat to Kartik Logistics’ godown in Ahmedabad, Gujarat 25,000
(iv) Charges for transportation of machine from Kartik Logistics’ Ahmedabad godown to the warehouse of RP manufacturers Ltd. in Mumbai, Maharashtra 31,000
(v) Dock dues paid 60,000
(vi) Port charges paid 30,000
(vii) Prepared and submitted Bill of Entry and paid customs duty 6,00,000
(viii) Hotel expenses 47,000
(ix) Travelling expenses 48,000

According to GST law, compute the value of supply made by Kartik Logistics with the help of given information.
Note : All amounts are exclusive of GST. (Dec 2022, 5 marks)

Question 44.
Virat rents out a commercial building owned by him to Rohit for the month of October 2022, for which he charges a rent of ₹ 20,00,000. Virat paid the maintenance charges of ₹ 1,00,000 (for October 2022) as charged by the local society. The charges have been reimbursed to him by Rohit.
Additionally, Rohit had given ₹ 2,50,000 to Virat as interest free refundable security deposit.

Also, Virat has paid the municipal taxes of ₹ 2,85,000 which he has not charged from Rohit.
You are required to determine the value of supply and the GST liability of Virat for October 2022 assuming CGST and SGST rates to be 9% each. Note: All the amounts given above are exclusive of GST. (Dec 2022, 5 marks)

Question 45.
Determine the time of supply under CGST Act, 2017 by giving reason in brief in the following independent cases assuming that GST is payable under reverse charge mechanism (RCM):

Date of payment by recipient for supply of service Date of issue of invoice by supplier of service
August 11, 2022 June 29, 2022
August 11, 2022 June 1, 2022
Part payment made on June 30, 2022 and balance amount paid on September 1, 2022 June 29, 2022
Payment is entered in the books of account of recipient on June 28, 2022 and debited in recipient bank account on June 30, 2022 June 1, 2022
Payment is entered in the books of account of recipient on June 30, 2022 and debited in recipient bank account on June 26, 2022 June 29, 2022

(Dec 2022, 5 marks)

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 46.
What will be the time of supply of goods, generally?
Answer:
Generally, in terms of Section 12 of the CGST Act, 2017, the time of supply of goods shall be the earliest of the following:
(a) Date of issue of invoice; or
(b) Due date of issue of invoice; or
(c) Date on which payment is entered in books of accounts of the supplier; or
(d) Date on which payment is credited to the bank account.

Question 47.
How to ascertain the time of supply of services?
Answer:
In terms of Section 13 of the CGST Act, 2017 read with Section 31 thereof and Rule 47 of the CGST Rules, 2017, if the invoice is issued before supply of service or within a period of thirty days from the date of supply of service, the time of supply of services shall be the earliest of the following:

(a) Date of issue of invoice; or
(b) Date when the payment entry in relation to supply of services is recorded in books of accounts of the supplier; or .
(c) Date on which the payment is credited to supplier’s bank account.

Question 48.
When does the liability to pay GST arise in respect of supply of goods and Services?
Answer:
Section 12 & 13 of the CGST/SGST Act provides for time of supply of goods. The time of supply of goods shall be the earlier of the following namely,

  1. the date of issue of invoice by the supplier or the last date on which he is required under Section 31, to issue the invoice with respect to the supply; or
  2. the date on which the supplier receives the payment with respect to the supply.

Question 49.
What is time of supply in case of supply of vouchers in respect of goods and services?
Answer:
The time of supply of voucher in respect of goods and services shall be;
(a) the date of issue of voucher, if the supply is identifiable at that point; or
(b) the date of redemption of voucher in all other cases.

Question 50.
Where it is not possible to determine the time of supply in terms of sub-section 2, 3, 4 of Section 12 or that of Section 13 of CGST/SGST Act, how will time of supply be determined?
Answer:
There is a residual entry in Section 12(5) as well as 13 (5) which says that if periodical return has to be filed, then the due date of filing of such periodical return shall be the time of supply. In other cases, it will be the date on which the CGST/SGST/IGST is actually paid.

Question 51.
What is the time of supply of goods in case of tax payable under reverse charge?
Answer:
The time of supply will be the earliest of the following dates:
(a) date of receipt of goods; or
(b) date on which payment is made; or .
(c) the date immediately fbllowing 30 days from the date of issue of invoice by the supplier.

Question 52.
What is the time of supply of service in case of tax payable under reverse charge?
Answer:
The time of supply will be the earlier of the following dates:
(a) date on which payment is made; or
(b) the date immediately following sixty days from the date of issue of invoice by the supplier.

Question 53.
What is the time of supply, where-supply is completed prior to change in rate of tax?
Answer:
In such cases time of supply will be

  1. where the invoice for the same has been issued and the payment is also received after the change in rate of tax, the time of supply shall be the date of receipt of payment or the date of issue of invoice, whichever is earlier; or
  2. where the invoice has been issued prior to change in rate of tax but the payment is received after the change in rate of tax, the time of supply shall be the date of issue of invoice; or
  3. where the payment is received before the change in rate of tax, but the invoice for the same has been issued after the change in rate of tax, the time of supply shall be the date of receipt of payment;

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 54.
What is the time of supply, where supply is completed after to change in rate of tax?
Answer:
In such cases time of supply will be

  1. where the payment is received after the change in rate of tax but the invoice has been issued prior to the change in rate of tax, the time of supply shall be the date of receipt of payment; or
  2. where the invoice has been issued and the payment is received before the change in rate of tax, the time of supply shall be the date of receipt of payment or date of issue of invoice, whichever is earlier; or
  3. where the invoice has been issued after the change in rate of tax but the payment is received before the change in rate of tax, the time of supply shall be the date of issue of invoice.

Question 55.
What is the time period within which invoice has to be issued for supply of Services?
Answer:
As per Section 31 of CGST/SGST Act a registered taxable person shall, before or after the provision of service, but within a period prescribed in this behalf, issue a tax invoice showing description, value of goods, tax payable thereon and other prescribed particulars.

Question 56.
What is the time period within which invoice has to be issued in a case involving continuous supply of goods?
Answer:
In case of continuous supply of goods, where successive statements of accounts or successive payments are involved, the invoice shall be issued before or at the time each such statement is issued or, as the case may be, each such payment is received.

Question 57.
What is the value of taxable supply to be adopted for the levy of GST?
Answer:
The value of taxable supply of goods and services shall ordinarily be ‘the transaction value’ which is the price paid or payable, when the parties are not related and price is the sole consideration. Section 15 of the CGST/SGST Act further elaborates various inclusions and exclusions from the ambit of transaction value. For example, the transaction value shall not include refundable deposit, discount allowed subject to certain conditions before or at the time of supply.

Question 58.
What is transaction value?
Answer:
Transaction value refers to the price actually paid or payable for the supply of goods and or services where the supplier and the recipient are not related and price is the sole consideration for the supply. It includes any amount which the supplier is liable to pay but which has been incurred by the recipient of the supply.

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 59.
When are the provisions of the Valuation Rules applicable?
Answer:
Valuation Rules are applicable when

  1. consideration either wholly or in part not in money terms;
  2. parties are related or supply by any specified category of supplier; and
  3. transaction value declared is not reliable.

Question 60.
What are the inclusions specified in Section 15(2) which could be added to Transaction Value?
Answer:
The inclusions specified in Section 15 (2) which could be added to transaction value are as follows:

(a) Any taxes, duties, cesses, fees and charges levied under any statute, other than the SGST/CGST Act and the Goods and Services Tax (Compensation to the States for Loss of Revenue) Act, 2016, if charged separately by the supplier to the recipient;

(b) Any amount that the supplier is liable to pay in relation to such supply
but which has been incurred by the recipient of the supply and not included in the price actually paid or payable for the goods and/or services;

(c) Incidental expenses, such as commission and packing, charged by the supplier to the recipient of a supply, including any amount charged for anything done by the supplier in respect of the supply of goods and/or services at the time of, or before delivery of the goods or as the case may be supply of the services;

(d) Interest or late fee or penalty for delayed payment of any consideration for any supply; and

(e) Subsidies directly linked to the price excluding subsidies provided by the Central and State Government.

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Question 61.
A trader in goods having an annual turnover of ₹ 45 Lakhs in the previous financial year intends to opt for the new composition scheme under Notification No. 2/2019-CE (Rate). Can he opt for such scheme?
Answer:
No, the trader cannot opt for new composition scheme as he is already eligible to opt normal composition scheme under Section 10 CGST Act.

Question 62.
Global Pvt. Ltd. is registered under GST and option for new composition scheme as prescribed under Notification No. 2/2019-CT (Rate). Its turnover details as below
Sale of goods chargeable at tax rate of 12% : ₹ 10,00,000
Supply of services chargeable at tax rate of 18% : ₹ 3000,000
Inward supplies chargeable to tax @ 9% CGST and 9% SGST under Section 9(3) CGST Act : ₹ 5,00,000
Calculate the tax liability of Global Pvt Ltd
Answer:

Particulars Amount Tax Bate CGST SGST Total Tax
Sale of Goods 10,00,000 3% + 3% 30,000 30,000 60,000
Supply of Services 30,00,000 3% + 3% 90,000 90,000 1,80,000
Inward Supplies 5,00,000 9% + 9% 90,000 90,000 1,80,000
Total Tax Liability 45,00,000 2,10,000 2,10,000 4,20,000

Total liability of tax i.e., ₹ 4,20,000 shall be payable through electronic cash ledger.

Question 63.
What is the time of supply of service for the supply of taxable services up to ₹ 1000 in excess of the amount indicated in the taxable invoice?
(a) At the option of the supplier — Invoice date or Date of receipt of consideration
(b) Date of issue of invoice
(c) Date of receipt of consideration.
(d) Date of entry in books of account
Answer:
(a) At the option of the supplier — Invoice date or Date of receipt of consideration

Supply Notes

General meaning [Sec. 7(1 )(a)]
Supply includes –
All forms of supply of goods and/or services and includes agreeing to supply when the supply is for a consideration and in the course or furtherance of business (as defined under Section 7 of the Act). It specifically provides for the inclusion of the following 8 classes of transactions:

  • sale,
  • transfer,
  • barter,
  • exchange,
  • license,
  • rental,
  • lease or
  • disposal

Analysis: It is clear from above that supply without consideration is not taxable except supply u/s 7(1)(c) read with Schedule I.

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

General meaning [Sec. 7(1)(aa)]
(aa) the activities or transactions, by a person, other than an individual, to its members or constituents or vice-versa, for cash, deferred payment or other valuable consideration.

Explanation: For the purposes of this clause, it is hereby clarified that, notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force or any judgment, decree or order of any Court, tribunal or authority, the person and Its members or constituents shall be deemed to be two separate persons and the supply of activities or transactions inter se shall, be deemed to take place from one such person to another.

Import of services [Sec. 7(1 )(b)]
Import of services for a consideration whether or not in the course or furtherance of business;
The term ‘business’ has been defined under the GST Act to include:

  • a wide range of activities (being “trade, commerce, manufacture, profession, vocation, adventure, wager or any similar activity”),
  • “whether or not it is for a pecuniary benefit”,
  • regardless of the “volume, frequency, continuity or regularity” of the activity.
  • and those “in connection with or incidental or ancillary to” such activities. ’

A recent order of the Authority for Advance Ruling – Kerala has ruled, in a matter involving recovery of food expenses from employees for the canteen facility provided by a Company, that such recovery falls within the definition of ‘outward supply’ and are therefore taxable outward supplies under the GST law. In para 9 of the order, the AAR- Kerala has concluded that the supply of food by the applicant (Company) to its employees would definitely come under clause (b) of Section 2(17) as a transaction incidental or ancillary to the main business and thereby the test of ‘in the course or furtherance of business’ is met by the applicant. – Order No. CT/531/18-C3 dated 26.03.2018.

Analysis:

  • Persons importing services for personal purposes shall be liable to IGST since it would not be an intra-State supply, on reverse charge basis.
  • It should be noted that there is no threshold limit in reverse charge.

Example: – Deepika Padukone has taken beauty parlour service from USA, she is liable to pay Tax under reverse charge mechanism.

Supply without consideration [Sec. 7(1 )(c)]
The activities specified in Schedule I (see after table), made or agreed to be made without a consideration would be treated as supply.

Meaning of composite supply [Sec. 2(30)]
“Composite Supply” means a supply made by a taxable person to a recipient consisting of two or more taxable supplies of goods or services or both, or any combination thereof, which are naturally bundled and supplied in conjunction with each other in the ordinary course of business, one of which is a principal supply;

Analysis:
This means that the goods and services are bundled owing to natural necessities.

Examples:

  • When a consumer buys a television set and he also gets warranty and a maintenance contract with the TV, this supply is a composite supply. In this example, supply of TV is the principal supply, warranty and maintenance service are ancillary,
  • Package of accommodation facilities and breakfast

Meaning of mixed supply [Sec. 2(74)]
Mixed supply means two or more individual supplies of goods or services, or any combination thereof, made in conjunction with each other by a taxable person for a single price where such supply does not constitute a composite supply.

Analysis:
The combination of goods and/or Services is not bundled due to natural necessities, and they can be supplied individually in the ordinary course of business.

Illustration:
A shopkeeper selling storage water bottles along with refrigerator. Bottles and the refrigerator can easily be priced and sold separately.

Tax liability on a composite supply [Sec. 8(a)]
A composite supply comprising two or more supplies, one of which is a principal supply, shall be treated as a supply of such principal supply.

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

Example:
Suppose a dealer sells Laptop along with bags. The rate of GST on Laptop and bag are different. Since the Laptop is a principal supply, the rate of Laptop shall be applicable on such composite supply.

Aggregate turnover
Section 2(6) defines “aggregate turnover” as the aggregate value of all taxable supplies (excluding the value of inward supplies on which tax is payable by a person on reverse charge basis), exempt supplies, exports of goods or services or both and inter-State supplies of persons having the same Permanent Account Number, to be computed on all India basis but excludes central tax, State tax, Union territory tax, integrated tax and cess.

When option will be lapse [Section 10(3)]
The option availed of by a registered person under sub-section (1) shall lapse with effect from the day on which his aggregate turnover during a financial year exceeds the limit specified under sub-section (1).

Effective date for composition levy [Rule 4(1)]
The option to pay tax under section 10 shall be effective from the beginning of the financial year, where the intimation is filed under sub-rule (3) of rule 3 and the appointed day where the intimation is filed under sub-rule (1) of the said rule.

Effective date [Rule 4(2)]
The intimation under sub-rule (2) of rule 3 shall be considered only after the grant of registration to the applicant and his option to pay tax under section 10 shall be effective from the date fixed under sub-rule (2) or (3) of rule 10.

Validity of composition scheme [Rule 6(1)]
The option exercised by a registered person to pay tax under section 10 shall remain valid so long as he satisfies all the conditions mentioned in the said section and under these rules.

Supply of Goods
Section 12 of the CGST/SGST Act provides for time of supply of goods.
The time of supply of goods shall be the earlier of the following namely,

  • the date of issue of invoice by the supplier or the last date on which he is required under Section 31, to issue the invoice with respect to the supply; or
  • the date on which the supplier receives the payment with respect to the supply. However, vide Notification No. 66/2017-Central Tax dated 15.11.2017, liability to pay tax at the time of receipt of advance has been relaxed in case of goods.

Invoice Due date as per section 31(1)
A registered person supplying taxable goods shall, before or at the time of,-

  • removal of goods for supply to the recipient, where the supply involves movement of goods; or
  • delivery of goods or making available thereof to the recipient, in any other case, issue a tax invoice showing the description, quantity and value of goods, the tax charged thereon and such other particulars as may be prescribed.

Supply of services
Section 13 of the CGST/SGST Act provides for time of supply of services. The time of supply of services shall be the earlier of the following namely,

  • the date of issue of invoice by the supplier if the invoice is issued within the period prescribed under section 31 or the date of receipt of payment whichever is earlier; or
  • the date of provision of service, if the invoice is not issued within the period prescribed under section 31 or the date of receipt of payment whichever is earlier.
  • the date on which the recipient shows the receipt of services in his books of account, in a case where the provisions of clause

(a) or clause
(b) do not apply:

Export of Goods under GST
As per IGST Act Section 2(5) Export 01 goods with its grammatical variations and cognate expressions, means taking goods out of India to a place outside India. Export means trading or supplying of goods and services outside the domestic territory of a country.

Zero rated Supply [Sec.16 (1) IGST ACT]
Zero rated Supply – Section 16 of the Integrated Goods and Services Act, 2017
Zero rated supply means any of the following supplies of goods or services or both, namely: –
(a) export of goods or services or both; or
(b) supply of goods or services or both for authorized operations to a

Special Economic Zone developer or a Special Economic Zone unit. Zero-rated supply does not mean that the goods and services have a tariff rate of ‘0%’ but the recipient to whom the supply is made is entitled to pay ‘0%’ GST to the supplier.

Value of taxable supply
The value of taxable supply of goods and services shall ordinarily be ‘the transaction value’ which is the price paid or payable, when the parties are not related and price is the sole consideration. Section 15 of the CGST/SGST Act further elaborates various inclusions and exclusions from the ambit of transaction value. For example, the transaction value shall not include refundable deposit, discount allowed subject to certain conditions before or at the time of supply.

Job Work [Sec. 2(68)]
Any treatment or process undertaken by a person

  • on goods
  • belonging to another registered person.

Note:- Reference may also be made to entry 3 of the Schedule II where treatment or process applied to another person’s goods is a supply of services.

Supply - CS Professional Study Material

“Pure agent”
“Pure agent” means a person who-

(a) enters into a contractual agreement with the recipient of supply to act as his pure agent to incur expenditure or costs in the course of supply of goods or services or both;
(b) neither intends to hold nor holds any title to the goods or services or both, so procured or provided as pure agent of the recipient of supply;
(c) does not use for his own interest such goods or services so procured; and
(d) receives only the actual amount incurred to procure such goods or services in addition to the amount received for supply he provides on his own account.

‘Electronic commerce operator
‘Electronic Commerce Operator’ is defined as any person who owns, operates or manages digital or electronic facility or platform for electronic commerce.

‘Electronic Commerce’
‘Electronic Commerce’ is defined as the supply of goods or services or both, including digital products over digital or electronic network.

New Supply under Reverse Charge
Notification No. 07/2019-Central Tax (Rate) w.e.f. 1/4/2019

S.N. Category of supply of goods and Services Recipient of goods and Services
1. Supply of such goods and services or both [other than services by way of grant of development rights, long term lease of land (against upfront payment in the form of premium, salami, development charges etc.) or FSI (including additional FSI)] which constitute the shortfall from the minimum value of goods or services or both required to be purchased by a promoter for construction of project, in a financial year (or part of the financial year till the date of issuance of completion certificate or first occupation, whichever is earlier) as prescribed in notification No. 11/2017- Central Tax (Rate), dated 28th June, 2017, at items (i), (ia), (ib), (ic) and (id) against serial number 3 in the Table, published in Gazette of India vide G.S.R. No. 690, dated 28th June, 2017, as amended. Promoter
2. Cement falling in chapter heading 2523 in the first schedule to the Customs Tariff Act, 1975 (51 of 1975) which constitute the shortfall from the minimum value of goods or services or both required to be purchased by a promoter for construction of project, in a financial year (or part of the financial year till the date of issuance of completion certificate or first occupation, whichever is earlier) as prescribed in notification No. 11/ 2017- Central Tax (Rate), dated 28th June, 2017, at items (i), (ia), (ib), (ic) and (id) against serial Promoter, number 3 in the Table, published in Gazette of India vide G.S.R. No. 690, dated 28th June, 2017, as amended. Promoter
3. Capital goods falling under any chapter in the first schedule to the Customs Tariff Act, 1975 (51 of 1975) supplied to a promoter for construction of a project on which tax is payable or paid at the rate prescribed for items (i), (ia), (ib), (ic) and (id) against serial number 3 in the Table, in notification No. 11/2017- Central Tax (Rate), dated 28th June, 2017, published in Gazette of India vide G.S.R. No. 690, dated 28,h June, 2017, as amended. Promoter

Explanation – For the purpose of this notification, –

  1. the term “promoter” shall have the same meaning as assigned to it in clause (zk) of section 2 of the Real Estate (Regulation and Development) Act, 2016 (16 of 2016);
  2. “project” shall mean a Real Estate Project (REP) or a Residential Real Estate Project (RREP);
  3. the term “Real Estate Project (REP)” shall have the same meaning as assigned to it in clause (zn) of section 2 of the Real Estate (Regulation and Development) Act, 2016 (16 of 2016);
  4. “Residential Real Estate Project (RREP)” shall mean a REP in which the carpet area of the commercial apartments is not more than 15 per cent, of the total carpet area of all the apartments in the REP.
  5. the term “floor space index (FSI)” shall mean the ratio of a building’s total floor area (gross floor area) to the size of the piece of land upon which it is built.

New Composition Scheme w.e.f 1.4.2019
Through Notification No. 2/2019-CT (Rate) dated 7.3.2019, the Government has introduced new compositions scheme w.e.f 1.4.2019 which shall be available to the suppliers of goods as well as services.

Following are the ingredients of the new composition scheme:

1. Threshold

First supplies of goods or services or both upto an aggregate turnover of fifty lakh rupees made on or after the 1 st day of April in any financial year, by a registered person.

The expression “first supplies of goods or services or both” shall, for the purposes of determining eligibility of a person to pay tax under this notification, include the supplies from the first day of April of a financial year to the date from which he becomes liable for registration under the said Act but for the purpose of determination of tax payable under this notification shall not include the supplies from the first day of April of a financial year to the date from which he becomes liable for registration under the Act.

In computing aggregate turnover in order to determine eligibility of a registered person to pay tax under the new composition scheme, value of supply of exempt services by way of extending deposits, loans or advances insofar as the consideration is represented by way of interest or discount, shall not be taken into account.

2. Who is eligible to avail the new composition scheme
A registered person, –

  1. whose aggregate turnover in the preceding financial year was fifty lakh rupees or below;
  2. who is not eligible to pay tax under sub-section (1) of section 10 of the said Act [i.e. mainstream composition scheme];
  3. who is not engaged in making any supply which is not leviable to tax under the said Act;
  4. who is not engaged in making any inter-State outward supply;
  5. who is neither a casual taxable person nor a non-resident taxable person;
  6. who is not engaged in making any supply through an electronic commerce operator who is required to collect tax at source under section 52; and
  7. who is not engaged in making supplies of the following goods,

3. Rate of Tax
3% CGST and 3% SGST

4. Other conditions
Where more than one registered persons are having the same Permanent Account Number, issued under the Income Tax Act, 1961(43 of 1961), tax on supplies by all such registered persons is paki at the rate prescribed under this scheme.

  • The registered person shall not collect any tax from the recipient on supplies made by him nor shall he be eligible to any credit of input tax.
  • The registered person shall issue, instead of tax invoice, a bill of supply.
  • The registered person shall mention the following words at the top of the bill of supply, namely:-
  • ‘taxable person paying tax in terms of notification No. 2/2019-Central Tax (Rate), dated 7-3-2019, not eligible to collect tax on supplies’.
  • The registered person opting to pay central tax at the rate of 3%+3% under this scheme shall be liable to pay central tax at such rate on all outward supplies eligible for concessional rate under this scheme.

The registered person opting to pay tax under this scheme shall be liable to pay central tax and state tax on inward supplies under reverse charge [as per Section 9(3) and Section 9(4) CGST Act, 2017] at the applicable rates.

Where any registered person who has availed of input tax credit opts to pay tax under this notification, he shall pay an amount, by way of debit in the electronic credit ledger or electronic cash ledger, equivalent to the credit of input tax in respect of inputs held in stock and inputs contained in semi-finished or finished goods held in stock and on capital goods as if the supply made under this scheme attracts the provisions of section 18(4) of the said Act and the rules made thereunder and after payment of such amount, the balance of input tax credit, if any, lying in his electronic credit ledger shall lapse.

5. Procedure
The procedural compliances as prescribed under CGST Rules, 2017 for composition levy under Section 10 of the CGST Act, 2017 shall mutadis mutandis apply to the new composition scheme as well.

Analysis

  • The new composition scheme has been made available for suppliers of services (or mixed suppliers) with a tax rate of 6% (3% CGST + 3% SGST) having an annual turnover in preceding financial year upto ₹ 50 lakhs.
  • The said scheme shall be applicable to both service providers as well as suppliers of goods and services, who are not eligible for the presently available composition scheme for goods.
  • They would be liable to file one annual return with quarterly payment of taxes (along with a simple declaration).
  • Effective date: The said scheme is operational from the 1st of April, 2019.
  • The registered person opting for new composition scheme shall neither be eligible to avail input tax credit not it shall be entitled to charge outward tax from its recipients of supply.
  • The registered person shall issue Bill of Supply [instead of tax invoice].
  • Where a person has opted for this scheme, he shall pay the tax there under at 3% CGST + 3% SGST in respect of all outward supplies made by him.
  • However, the registered person shall be paying tax on inward supplies reverse charge at the applicable rates as per tariff.

Risk Management – CS Professional Study Material

Chapter 12 Risk Management – CS Professional Governance, Risk Management, Compliances and Ethics Notes is designed strictly as per the latest syllabus and exam pattern.

Risk Management – Governance, Risk Management, Compliances and Ethics Study Material

Question 1.
Write short note on the following:
Fraud risk management (Dec 2012, 3 marks)
Answer:
Fraud Risks Management
The fraud risk management policy will help to strengthen the existing anti¬fraud controls by raising the awareness across the company and:

  • Promote an open and transparent communication culture.
  • Promote zero tolerance to fraud/misconduct.
  • Encourage employees to report suspicious cases of fraud/misconduct.
  • Spread awareness amongst employees and educate them on risks faced by the company.

Risk Management - CS Professional Study Material

Question 2.
Write short note on the following:
Importance of risk management in companies. (June 2014, 3 marks)
Answer:
Importance of Risk Management in Companies
Importance of risk management in companies are because of the following points which have been given below:

  • Better informed decision making – for example in assessing new opportunities;
  • Less chances of major problems in new and ongoing activities; and
  • Increased likelihood of achieving corporate objectives.

Question 3.
Write short note on legal provisions on risk management under the SEBI (Listing Obligations & Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015. (Dec 2014, 3 marks)
Answer:
Risk Management under the SEBI (Listing Obligations & Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015. In terms of Regulation 17(9) and 21 of the SEBI (Listing Obligations & Disclosure Requirements) Regulations,
2015 read with Part D of Schedule II:
(1) The board of directors shall constitute a Risk Management Committee.

(2) The Risk Management Committee shall have minimum three members with majority of them being members of the board of directors, including at least one independent director and in case of a listed entity having outstanding SR equity shares, at least two thirds of the Risk Management Committee shall comprise independent directors.

(3) The Chairperson of the Risk management committee shall be a
member of the board of directors and senior executives of the listed entity may be members of the committee. .
(3A) The risk management committee shall meet at least twice in a year.
(3B) The quorum for a meeting of the Risk Management Committee shall be either two members or one third of the members of the committee, whichever is higher, including at least one member of the board of directors in attendance.
(3C) The meetings of the risk management committee shall be conducted in such a manner that on a continuous basis not more than one hundred and eighty days shall elapse between any two consecutive meetings.

(4) The board of directors shall define the role and responsibility of the Risk Management Committee and may delegate monitoring and reviewing of the risk management plan to the committee and such other functions as it may deem fit such function shall specifically cover cyber security.
Provided that the role and responsibilities of the Risk Management Committee shall mandatorily include the performance of functions specified in Part D of Schedule II.

(5) The provisions of this regulation shall be applicable to top 1000 listed entities, determined on the basis of market capitalisation, as at the end of the immediate previous financial year.

(6) The Risk Management Committee shall have powers to seek information from any employee, obtain outside legal or other professional advice and secure attendance of outsiders with relevant expertise, if it considers necessary.

Question 4.
Answer the following in brief:
Write a note on ISO 31000. (June 2017, 2 marks)
Answer:
ISO 31000 published on the 13th of November, 2009, provides a standard on the implementation of risk management. ISO 31000 seeks to provide a universally recognised paradigm for practitioners and companies employing risk management processes.
ISO 31000 contains 11 key principles that position risk management as a fundamental process in the success of the organization.

Risk Management - CS Professional Study Material

Question 5.
Write short notes on ISO 31000. (Aug 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
ISO 31000 is the international standard for risk management. This standard was published in the year 2009. It helps organisations with their risk analysis and risk assessments. ISO 31000 applies to most business activities including planning, management operations and communication processes. While all organisations manage risk to some extent, this international standard’s best practice recommendations were developed to improve management techniques and ensure safety and security in the workplace at all times.

By implementing the principles and guidelines of ISO 31000 in organisation, the organisation is able to improve operational efficiency, governance and stakeholder confidence, while minimising losses. This international standard also helps to boost health and safety performance, establish a strong foundation for decision making and encourage proactive management in all areas.

Question 6.
Discuss the role of Company Secretary in addressing risk management? (June 2013, 5 marks)
Answer:
Role of Company Secretary in Ensuring Risk Management:
Company Secretary, as a top level officer and board confidante, can play a significant role in ensuring that a sound enterprise wide risk management which is effective throughout the company is in place. The board of directors may have a risk management sub-committee assisted by a Risk Management Officer. As an officer responsible for coordination and communication for effective corporate functioning and governance, a Company Secretary shall ensure that there is an integrated framework on which a strong system of internal control is built. Such a Framework will become a model for discussing and evaluating risk management efforts in the organization. A company secretary can ensure that this happens so that the risk factor will come into consideration at the every stage of formulation of a stage of formulation of a strategy. It will also create awareness about inter-relationships of risks across business units and at every level of the organization.

Question 7.
Discuss briefly the following:
Reputation risk (June 2013, 3 marks)
Answer:
Reputation Risk:
Reputation is the trust that an organization has gained over the years by the products, services, brands it has provided to the society. It is an intangible assets that is broad and far- reaching and includes image, goodwill and brand equity. If ruined can devastate the financial health and welfare of an organization.

Component of Reputation Risk Management:

  • Management of Reputation Risk.
  • Preparation for Reputation Crises.
  • Handling of Reputation Crises.

Question 8.
What is ‘risk’? Discuss various phases of risk management cycle. (Dec 2013, 6 marks)
Answer:
Risk basically refers to the variations in the outcomes that could occur over a specified period in a given situation. If only one outcome is possible, the variation and hence the risk is zero. If many outcomes are possible, the risk is not zero. The greater the variation, the greater the risk.

Risk may also be defined as the possibility that an event will occur and adversely affect the achievement of the company’s objective and goals. A business risk is the threat that an event or action will adversely affect an organisation’s ability to achieve its business objective/targets. Business risk arises as much from the possibility that opportunities will not be realised as much from the fact that certain threats could well materialise and that errors could well be made.

The risk management cycle:
Every project is subject to constant change in its business and wider environment. The risk environment is constantly changing too.
The project’s priorities and relative importance of risks will shift and change. Assumptions about risk have to be regularly revisited and reconsidered, for example, at each of end stage management.
The risk management cycle is as under:
(i) Identification
(ii) Assesses
(a) Evaluate the risk
(b) Identify suitable responses to risk and select
(c) Plan and resources
(d) Implement, monitor and report
Risk Management – CS Professional Study Material 1

Risk Management - CS Professional Study Material

Question 9.
Briefly comment on the following:
Role of Company Secretary in evaluating risk management efforts in the organisation is significant. (June 2014, 3 marks)
Answer:
Role of Company Secretary in evaluating risk management efforts in the organisation is significant.

As a top level officer and board confidante, a Company Secretary can pay a role in ensuring that a sound Enterprise wide Risk Management [ERM] which is effective throughout the company is in place. The board of directors may have a risk management sub-committee assisted by a Risk Management Officer. As an officer responsible for coordination and communication for effective corporate functioning and governance, a Company Secretary shall ensure that there is an Integrated Framework on which a strong system of internal control is built. Such a Framework will become a model for discussing and evaluating risk management efforts in the organization. Risk and control consciousness should spread throughout the organization. A Company Secretary can ensure that this happens so that the risk factor will come into consideration at the every stage of formulation of a strategy. It will also create awareness about inter-relationships of risks across business units and at every level of the organization. A Company Secretary can ensure that the following questions [an illustrative list] are effectively addressed at the board level:
(a) What is the organization’s risk management philosophy?
(b) Is that philosophy clearly understood by all personnel?
(c) What are the relationships among ERM, performance and value?
(d) How is ERM integrated within organizational initiatives?
(e) What is the desired risk culture of the organization and at what point has its risk appetite been set?
(f) What strategic objectives have been set for the organization and what strategies have been or will be implemented to achieve those objectives?
(g) What related operational objectives have been se.t to add and preserve value?
(h) What internal and external factors and events might positively or negatively impact the organization’s ability to implement its strategies and achieve its objectives?
(i) What is the organization’s level of risk tolerance?
(j) Is the chosen risk response appropriate for and in line with the risk tolerance level?

Question 10.
Discuss in brief the following:
Risk management and corporate governance are inseparable. [Old Syllabus] (June 2014, 2 marks)
Answer:
Risk management is the culmination of decision taken to improve corporate governance. Organizations that actively manage their risk have a better chance of achieving thejr objectives and preventing major problems happening.
Thus, risk management and corporate governance are inseparable.

Question 11.
Discuss in brief the following:
Risk management. [Old Syllabus] (June 2014, 3 marks)
Answer:
Risk management: Risk is an important element of corporate functioning and governance. There should be a clearly established process of identifying, analyzing and treating risks, which could prevent the company from effectively achieving its objectives. It also involves establishing a link between risk-return and resourcing priorities. Appropriate control procedures in the form of a risk management plan must be put in place to manage risk throughout the organization. The plan should cover activities as diverse as review of operating performance, effective use of information technology, contracting out and outsourcing.

Question 12.
“A Company Secretary can play a significant role in ensuring that a sound enterprise risk management (ERM), which is effective throughout the company, is in place.” Explain. (Dec 2014, 4 marks)
Answer:
As a top level officer and board confidante, a Company Secretary can play a role in ensuring that a sound Enterprise wide Risk Management [ERM] which is effective throughout the company is in place. The Board of Directors may have a risk management sub-committee assisted by a Risk Management Officer. As an officer responsible for coordination and communication for effective corporate functioning and governance, a Company Secretary shall ensure that there is an Integrated Framework on which a strong system of internal control is built. Such a Framework will become a model for discussing and evaluating risk management efforts in the organization. Risk and control consciousness should spread throughout the organization. A Company Secretary can ensure that this happens so that the risk factor will come into consideration at the every stage of formulation of a strategy. It will also create awareness about inter-relationships of risks across business units and at every level of the organization.

Risk Management - CS Professional Study Material

Question 13.
“Risk management is a structured, consistent and continuous process, applied across the organisation for the identification and assessment of risks, control assessment and exposure monitoring.” In the light of the statement, discuss the risk management process and advantages of risk management. [Old Syllabus] (Dec 2014, 6 marks)
Answer:
Risk Management Process
Risk management is a structured, consistent and continuous process, applied across the organisation for the identification and assessment of risks, control assessment and exposure monitoring. The objectives of the Company’s risk management framework comprise the following:

  • To identify, assess, prioritise and manage existing as well as new risks in a planned and coordinated manner.
  • To increase the effectiveness of internal and external reporting structure.
  • To develop a risk culture that encourages employees to identify risks and associated opportunities and respond to them with appropriate actions.

Advantages of Risk Management
Properly implemented risk management has many potential advantages to an organization in the form of:

  • Better informed decision making – for example in assessing new opportunities;
  • Less chance of major problems in new and ongoing activities; and
  • Increased likelihood of achieving corporate objectives.

Question 14.
The risk evaluation process requires a mathematical approach and considerable data on the past losses. Comment. (June 2015, 5 marks)
Answer:
The risk measurement process requires a mathematical approach and considerable data on the past losses. The data available from the concern itself may not be adequate enough to lend itself amenable to analytical exercise. Hence, it becomes necessary to resort to data on industry basis, at national and sometimes even at international level. Risk evaluation includes the determination of:
(a) The probability or chances that losses will occur.
(b) The impact the losses would have upon the financial affairs of the firm should they occur.
(c) The ability to predict the losses that will actually occur during the budget period.
There are various statistical methods of quantifying risks. But the statistical methods are too technical and the risk manager then relies on his judgment. Risks are classified as modest, medium, severe etc. In either event, a ‘risk matrix’ can be prepared which essentially Classifies the risks according to their frequency and severity.

Question 15.
Briefly comment on the following statement:
Well defined and implemented risk management policy has many potential advantages to an organisation. (June 2016, 2 marks)
Answer:
A business is exposed to various kind of risk such as strategic risk, data security risk, fiduciary risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, reputational risk, environmental risk, competition risk, fraud risk, technological risk etc. A risk management committee’s role is to assist the Board in establishing risk management policy, overseeing and monitoring its implementation.

Risk Management - CS Professional Study Material

Question 16.
Elucidate the following:
Reputational risk management. (June 2016, 5 marks)
Answer:
Reputational Risk Management:
The Reserve Bank of India in its Master Circular number RBI/2015-16/85 DBR.N0.BP.BC.4./21.06.001/2015-16 July 1, 2015 has defined the Reputation Risk as the risk arising from negative perception on the part of customers, counter parties, shareholders, investors, debt-holders, market analysts, other relevant parties or regulators that can adversely affect a bank’s ability to maintain existing, or establish new, business relationships arid continued access to sources of funding (e.g. through the interbank or securitisation markets). Reputational risk is multidimensional and reflects the perception of other market participants. Furthermore, it exists throughout the organisation and exposure to reputational risk is essentially a function of the adequacy of the bank’s internal risk management processes, as well as the manner and efficiency with which management responds to external influences on bank-related transactions.

Question 17.
What are the major financial risks which may adversely affect an organization? (June 2017, 5 marks)
Answer:
The major financial risks which may adversely affect an organization are given below:

  • Market Risk: This type of risk is associated with market ups and down.
  • Credit Risk: When a counter party is unable or unwilling to fulfil their contractual obligation, the credit risk arises.
  • Liquidity Risk: The liquidity risk arises due to mis-matches in the cash flow i.e. absence of adequate funds in the market.
  • Operational /System/ Management Risk: It arises due to inadequate systems, system capacities, system failure, obsolescence risk, management failure on account of co-ordination, faulty control or human error.
  • Legal Risk: This risk arises when a counter party does not have the legal or regulatory authority to engage in the transactions. It also includes the compliance and regulatory risk like insider trading, market manipulations etc.
  • Political/Country Risk: Political risk may be on account of declaration of elections in the territory, area specific risk.

Question 18.
“Until and unless risks are properly managed they may cause severe loss to the business.” In the context of this, discuss what steps you would like to take for the proper management of the risks of your business. (Dec 2017, 5 marks)
Answer:
The process of risk management consists of the following logical and % sequential steps as under:

  • Identification of risk
  • Assessment of risk
  • Analysing and evaluating the risk
  • Handling of risk

Risk may be handled in the following ways:

  • Risk Avoidance
  • Risk Retention/absorption
  • Risk Reduction
  • Risk Transfer
  • Implementation of risk management decision

Risk Management - CS Professional Study Material

Question 19.
(a) Whether Risk Management and Corporate Governance Principles have any relations ? Explain. (June 2019, 5 marks)
(b) While conducting the Audit, Secretarial Auditor found that by forged signature, accountant had transferred huge amount in dummy account. There was a big financial scam in the organization. Reporting on fraud, Management has desired that a Risk Management Policy to detect and control the Fraud be prepared.
Being a Company Secretary, point out the major aspects to be included in Fraud Risk Management Policy. (June 2019, 5 marks)
(c) Point out the situations where the Risk Analysis may be useful. (June 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
(a) Risk management and corporate governance principles are strongly interrelated. An organization implements strategies in order to reach their goals. Each strategy has reiated risks that must be managed in order to meet these goais. Risk is an important element of corporate functioning and governance. There should be a clearly established process of identifying, analyzing and treating risks, which could prevent the company from effectively achieving its objectives. It also involves establishing a link between risk-return and resourcing priorities. The Board has the ultimate responsibility for identifying major risks to the organization, setting acceptable levels of risk and ensuring that senior management takes steps to detect, monitor and control these risks. The Board must satisfy itself that appropriate risk management systems and procedure are in place to identify and manage risks.

Corporate governance concerns the relationships among the management, board of directors, controlling shareholders, minority shareholders, and other stakeholders. Good corporate governance contributes to sustainable economic development by enhancing the performance of companies and increasing their access to foreign capital. Incorporating risk management in corporate governance of an organisation is very important.

Risk governance includes the skills, infrastructure and culture deployed as directors exercise their oversight. Good risk governance provides clearly defined accountability, authority, and communication/reporting mechanisms. A process for risk management cannot be initiated unless there is a perception and knowledge of risk surrounding the business. The board shall have to identify the extent and type of risks it faces and the planning necessary to manage and mitigate the same for ensuring growth for the benefit of all the stakeholders.

The updated G20/OECD Principles of Corporate Governance provides on considering the establishment of specialized board committees in areas such as remuneration, audit and risk management. The sixth principle of OECD Principles of Corporate Governance deals with the responsibilities of the board with respect to Risk Management provides:
The board should fulfill certain key functions, including – reviewing and guiding corporate strategy, major plans of action, risk management policies and procedures, annual budgets and business plans; setting performance objectives; monitoring implementation and corporate performance: and overseeing major capital expenditures, acquisitions and divestitures,

Ensuring the integrity of the corporation’s accounting and financial reporting systems, including the independent audit, and that appropriate systems of control are in place, in particular, systems for risk management, financial and operational control, and compliance with the law and relevant standards.

(b) The management should be pro-active in fraud related matter. A fraud is usually not detected until and unless it is unearthed. A Fraud Risk Management Policy should be incorporated, aligned to its internal control and risk management. The Fraud Risk Management Policy will help to strengthen the existing anti-fraud controls by raising the awareness across the company and promote an open and transparent communication culture. It would also promote zero tolerance to fraud/misconduct and encourage employees to report suspicious cases of fraud/misconduct. The policy would spread awareness amongst employees and educate them on risks faced by the company.
The major aspects to be included in Fraud Risk Management Policy are:

  • Defining Fraud:This shall cover activities which the company would consider as fraudulent.
  • Defining Role and Responsibilities: The policy may define the responsibilities of the officers who shall be involved in effective prevention, detection, monitoring and investigation of fraud. The company may also consider constituting a committee or operational structure that shall ensure an effective implementation of anti-fraud strategy of the company. This shall ensure effective investigation in fraud cases and prompt as well as accurate reporting of fraud cases to appropriate regulatory and law enforcement authorities.
  • Communication Channel: Encourage employees to report suspicious cases of fraud/misconduct. Any person with knowledge of suspected or confirmed incident of fraud/misconduct must report the case immediately through effective and efficient communication channel or mechanism.
  • Disciplinary Action: After due investigations disciplinary action against the fraudster may be considered as per the company’s policy.
  • Reviewing the Policy: The employees should educate their team members on the importance of complying with Company’s policies and procedures and identifying/ reporting of suspicious activity, where a situation arises. Based on the developments, the policy should be reviewed on periodical basis.

(c) After identification of the risk parameters, the second stage is of analyzing the risk which helps to identify and manage potential problems that could undermine key business initiatives or projects. To carry out a Risk Analysis, first the possible threats are identified and then estimate the likelihood that these threats will materialize. The analysis should be objective and should be industry specific. Within the industry, the scenario based analysis may be adopted taking into consideration of possible events that may occur and its alternative ways to achieve the given target.

Risk Analysis can be complex, as it requires to draw on detailed information such as project plans, financial data, security protocols, marketing forecasts and other relevant information. However, it’s an essential planning tool, and one that could save time, money, and reputations. Risk analysis can be useful in many situations like:

  • While planning projects, to help in anticipating and neutralizing possible problems.
  • While deciding whether or not to move forward with a project.
  • While improving safety and managing potential risks in the workplace.
  • While preparing for events such as equipment or technology failure, theft, staff sickness, or natural disasters.
  • While planning for changes in environment, such as new competitors coming into the market, or changes to government policy.

Risk Management - CS Professional Study Material

Question 20.
Liquidity and Solvency are altogether different. Do you agree ? Discuss the types of liquidity risk. (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
Yes, Liquidity and Solvency are two different aspects.
Solvency signifies the capability of the organization to pay its debt and dues. It represents the financial soundness of the organization. Whereas the liquidity risk arises due to mis-matches in the cash flow i.e. absence of adequate funds. Liquidity is altogether different from the word solvency. A firm may be in sound position as per the balance sheet, but if the current assets are not in the form of cash or near cash assets, the firm may not make payment to the creditors which adversely affect the reputation of the firm.
Types of Liquidity Risk: The liquidity risk may be of two types, trading risk and funding risk.
(a) Trading Risk: It may mean the absence of the liquidity or enough products or securities etc to actually undertake buy and sell activities, e.g. in the context of securities trading inability to enter into derivative transactions with counter parties or make sales or purchase of securities.

(b) Funding Risk: It refers to the inability to meet the obligations e.g. inability to manage funds by either borrowing or the sale of assets/securities. It arises where the balance sheet of a firm contains illiquid financial assets which cannot be turned in to cash within a very short time.

Question 21.
What is Systematic Risk and Unsystematic Risk ? Give examples. (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
Risk may be classified according to controllability, i.e Controllable risk and Uncontrollable risk. In other words, the Controllable risk is categorized as Unsystematic Risk and Uncontrollable risk is categorized as Systemic Risk. The concept of Systematic and Unsystematic risk may be further explained as under:

Systematic Risk Unsystematic Risk
It is not fully uncontrollable by an organisation. It is usually controllable by an organisation.
It is not entirely predictable It is reasonably predictable.
It is usually of a macro nature. It is normally micro in nature.
It usually affects a large number of organisations operating under a similar stream. If not managed it directly affects the individual organisation first.
It cannot be fully assessed and anticipated in advance in terms of timing and gravity. It can be usually assessed well in advance with reasonable efforts and risk mitigation can be planned with proper understanding and risk assessment techniques.
The example of such type of risks is Interest Rate Risk, Market Risk, Purchasing Power Risk The examples of such risk are Compliance risk, Credit Risk, Operational Risk.

Question 22.
Write the relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 relating to the reporting of fraud. (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
Section 143(12) of the Companies Act, 2013 read with rule 13 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 provides that if an auditor of a company in the course of the performance of his duties as auditor, has reason to believe that an offence of fraud involving an amount of rupees one crore or above, is being or has been committed in the company by its officers or employees, the auditor shall report the matter to the Central Government. Rule 13(2) of Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 provides that the auditor shall report the matter to the Central Government as under:

  • reporting the matter to the Board/ Audit Committee immediately but not later than two days of his knowledge of the fraud, seeking their reply or observations within 45 days.
  • on receipt of such reply or observations, the auditor shall forward his report and the reply or observations of the Board / Audit Committee along with his comments to the Central Government within 15 days from the date of receipt of such reply or observations.
  • in case the auditor fails to get any reply or observations from the Board/Audit Committee within the stipulated period of 45 days, he shall forward his report to the Central Government along with a note containing the details of his report.
  • the report shall be sent to the Secretary, Ministry of Corporate Affairs in a sealed cover by Registered Post with Acknowledgement Due or by Speed Post followed by an e-mail in confirmation of the same.
  • the report shall be on the letter-head of the auditor containing postal address, email address and contact telephone number or mobile number and be signed by the auditor with his seal and shall indicate his Membership Number, and
  • the report shall be in the form of a statement as specified in Form ADT-4.
    Rule 13(3) of Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 further states that in case of a fraud involving lesser than one crore rupees, the auditor shall report the matter to Audit Committee / Board immediately but not later than two days of his knowledge of the fraud and he shall report the matter specifying the nature of Fraud with description, approximate amount involved; and Parties involved and the same shall also be disclosed in the Board’s Report.

The provisions of Rule 13 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014 shall mutatis mutandis apply to a cost auditor conducting cost audit under section 148 and a company secretary in practice conducting Secretarial Audit under section 204 of the Companies Act, 2013.

Penal Provisions:
If any auditor, cost accountant, or company secretary in practice does not comply with the provisions of sub-section (12), he shall,
(a) in case of a listed company, be liable to a penalty of five lakh rupees; and
(b) in case of any other company, be liable to a penalty of one lakh rupees.

Risk Management - CS Professional Study Material

Question 23.
Discuss in brief Enterprise Risk Management, its components and limitations. (Dec 2020, 5 marks)
Answer:
Enterprise risk management is a process, effected by an entity’s board of directors, management and other personnel, applied in strategy setting and across the enterprise, designed to identify potential events that may affect the entity, and manage risk to be within its risk appetite, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the achievement of entity objectives. Components of Enterprise Risk Management

  • Internal Environment
  • Objective Setting
  • Event Identification
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Response
  • Control Activities
  • Information and Communication
  • Monitoring

Limitations
While enterprise risk management provides important benefits, limitations exist. In addition to factors discussed above, limitations result from the realities that human judgment in decision making can be faulty, decisions on responding to risk and establishing controls need to consider the relative costs and benefits, breakdowns can occur because of human failures such as simple errors or mistakes, controls can be circumvented by collusion of two or more people, and management has the ability to override enterprise risk management decisions.
These limitations preclude a board and management from having absolute assurance as to achievement of the entity’s objectives.

Question 24.
“Risk analysis is an essential tool and one that could save time, money and reputations.” Explain the statement and bring out the use of risk analysis. (Dec 2020, 5 marks)
Answer:
After identification of the risk parameters, the second stage is of analyzing thp risk which helps to identify and manage potential problems that could undermine key business initiatives or projects.

To carry out a Risk Analysis, first identify the possible threats and then estimate the likelihood that these threats will materialize. The analysis should be objective and should be industry specific. Within the industry, the scenario based analysis may be adopted taking into consideration of possible events that may occur and its alternative ways to achieve the given target.

Risk Analysis can be complex, as it requires to draw on detailed – information such as project plans, financial data, security protocols, marketing forecasts and other relevant information. However, it’s an essential planning tool, and one that could save time, money, and reputations.

Risk analysis is useful in many situations like:

  • While planning projects, to help in anticipating and neutralizing possible problems.
  • While deciding whether or not to move forward with a project.
  • While improving safety and managing potential risks in the workplace.
  • While preparing for events such as equipment or technology failure, theft, staff sickness, or natural disasters.
  • While planning for changes in environment, such as new competitors coming into the market, or changes to government policy.
  • When all the permutations-combinations of possible events/ threats are listed while analyzing the risk parameters and the steps taken to manage such risks, the risk matrix is designed / popped-up before the decision making and implementing authority.

Risk Management - CS Professional Study Material

Question 25.
“Non-financial risks do not have direct and immediate impact on business, but the consequences are very serious and later do have significant financial impact as well if not controlled at the initial stage.” List the non-financial risks encountered during the course of business by a business entity. (Dec 2020, 5 marks)
Answer:
List of Non-financial risks

  • Business/ Industry & Services Risk
  • Strategic Risk
  • Compliance Risk
  • Fraud Risk
  • Reputation Risk
  • Transaction Risk
  • Disaster Risk
  • Regulatory Risk
  • Technology Risk

Question 26.
What is meant by handling of risk? Explain risk retention as a method of handling risk. (Dec 2020, 5 marks)
Answer:
Handling the risk refers to responding to the risk situation when the risk actually materialize. For handling the risk first the ownership of the risk should be allocated and the responsibilities of the persons handling the risk need to be identified and assigned. The persons concerned should document the risk when it arises and report it to the higher ups in order to have early risk mitigation measures and later to minimise the risk.

Risk retention/absorption: It is the handling the unavoidable risk internally and the firm bears/ absorbs it due to the fact that either because insurance cannot be purchased of such type of risk or it may be of too expensive to cover the risk and much more cost effective to handle the risk internally. Usually, retained risks occur with greater frequency, but have a lower severity.
An insurance deductible is a common example of risk retention to save money, since a deductible is a limited risk that can save money on insurance premiums for larger set backs. There are two types of retention methods for containing losses as under:
1. Active Risk Retention: Where the risk is retained as part of deliberate management strategy after conscious evaluation of possible losses and causes.
2. Passive Risk Retention: Where risk retention occurred through negligence. Such type of retaining risk is unknown or because the risk taker either does not know the risk or considers it a lesser risk than it actually is.

Question 27.
What type of risk is the Covid Pandemic? (Aug 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
Covid Pandemic is a Systemic Risk due to the following reasons:

  • It is not fully controllable by any organisation.
  • It is not entirely predictable.
  • It is of a macro nature.
  • It usually affects a large number of organisations operating under a similar stream.
  • It cannot be fully assessed and anticipated in advance in terms of timing and gravity.

Question 28.
Is Risk Management Policy mandatory for private companies? What are the advantages of Risk management ? (Aug 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
The Companies Act, 2013 does not seem to mandate framing of a Risk Management Policy for Private Companies. However, Section 134(3) of the Companies Act, 2013 which provides disclosures to be made in the Board’s Report of company, interalia provides that the Board’s Report must include a statement indicating development and implementation of a risk management policy for the company including identification therein of elements of risk, if any, which in the opinion of the Board may threaten the existence of the company.
As per the above statement, it may be inferred that Companies, including Private Companies are required to develop and implement a Risk management Policy.
Advantages of Risk Management:

  • Risk management in the long run always results in significant cost savings and prevents wastage of time and effort in firefighting. It develops robust contingency planning.
  • It can help plan and prepare for the opportunities that unravel during the course of a project or business.
  • Risk management improves strategic and business planning. It reduces cost by limiting legal action or preventing breakages.
  • It establishes improved reliability among the stakeholders leading to an enhanced reputation.
  • Sound risk management practices reassure key stakeholders throughout the organisation.

Risk Management - CS Professional Study Material

Question 29.
What is Reputation Risk? How is it managed? (Aug 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
Reputation risk is a type of non-financial risk arising from negative perception on the part of customers, counter parties, shareholders, investors, debt holders, market analysts, other relevant parties or regulators that can adversely affect an entity’s ability to maintain existing, or establish new, ‘ business relationships and continued access to sources of funding.

This type of risk is multi-dimensional and reflects the perception of other market participants. Exposure to reputational risk is essentially a function of the adequacy of the entity’s internal risk management processes, as well as the manner and efficiency with which the management responds to external influences on entity’s related transactions.
Reputational risk can be managed based on the following principles:

  • Integration of risk while formulating business strategy.
  • Effective board oversight.
  • Image building through effective communication.
  • Promoting compliance culture to have good governance.
  • Persistently following up the corporate values.
  • Due care, interaction and feedback from the stakeholders.
  • Strong internal checks and controls.
  • Peer review and evaluating the company’s performance.
  • Quality report/ newsletter publications.
  • Cultural alignments

Question 30.
“A Company Secretary plays an important role in controlling the risk management.” Discuss. (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
(b) What are the steps involved in risk identification ? (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
(c) Discuss briefly the Enterprise Risk Management (ERM). Explain the components derived from the way management runs an enterprise and are integrated with the management process. (5 marks)
(d) Discuss the roles and responsibilities of the personnel of an entity in enterprise-wide risk oversight. (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
(a) In terms of Section 203(1 )(ii) of the Companies Act, 2013, a Company Secretary is a Key Managerial Personnel. Hence being a top level officer and board confidante, a Company Secretary can pay a role in ensuring that a sound Enterprise wide Risk Management (ERM) which is effective throughout the company is in place. The company secretaries are governance professionals whose role is to enforce a compliance framework to safeguard the integrity of the organization and to promote high standards of ethical behavior.
The functions of a Governance Professional include:

  • Advising on best practice in governance, risk management and compliance.
  • Championing the compliance framework to safeguard organizational integrity.
  • Promoting and acting as a ‘sound board’ on standards of ethical and corporate behaviour.
  • Balancing the interests of the Board or governing body, management and other stakeholders

(b) The process for risk identification starts by taking inventory of the potential project risks that can affect the project delivery. This step is crucial for efficient risk management throughout the project. The outputs of the risk identification are used as an input for risk analysis, and they reduce a project manager’s uncertainty. It is an iterative process that needs to be continuously repeated throughout the duration of a project. The process needs to be rigorous to make sure’that all possible risks are identified. An effective risk identification process should include the following steps:

  1. Creating a systematic process .
  2. Gathering information from various sources
  3. Applying risk identification tools and techniques
  4. Documenting the risks
  5. Documenting the risk identification process .6. Assessing the process effectiveness

(c) The Enterprise Risk Management is an integrated Framework which is one of the most widely recognized and applied enterprise risk management frameworks in the world. It provides a principles-based approach to help organizations design and implement enterprise-wide approaches to risk management.

Enterprise risk management deals with risks and opportunities affecting value creation or preservation, defined as follows:
This definition is purposefully broad. It captures key concepts fundamental to how companies and other organizations manage risk, providing a basis for application across organizations, industries, and sectors. It focuses directly on achievement of objectives established by a particular entity and provides a basis for defining enterprise risk management effectiveness.

Components of Enterprise Risk Management
Enterprise risk management consists of eight interrelated components. These are derived from the way management runs an enterprise and are integrated with the management process. These components are

  • Internal Environment
  • Objective Setting
  • Event Identification
  • Risk Assessment
  • Risk Response
  • Control Activities
  • Information and Communication
  • Monitoring

Enterprise risk management is not strictly a serial process, where one component affects only the next. It is a multi-directional, iterative process in which almost any component can and does influence another.

(d) The ultimate responsibility for enterprise-wide risk management starts at the top. However, everyone in the entity will have some role and responsibility for Enterprise risk management (ERM) as discussed below:
1. Board of directors & CEO – have ultimate accountability for all risks. Risk management practices must be discussed periodically and risk management related policies must be reviewed and approved.
2. Senior management – design, implement and maintain an effective risk framework. This involves developing policies and procedures, promoting a risk aware culture, establishing and monitoring the risk appetite and reporting regularly to the board of directors.
3. Business units – identify, assess, measure, monitor, control, and report risks to senior management. This involves managing relevant risks withir. the framework established by senior management and ensuring Compliance with policies and procedures.
4. Support functions (i.e. Legal, HR, IT etc.) – provide support to business units in developing and enforcing policies and procedures.
5. Internal audit & Compliance – monitor and provide independent assurance of the effectiveness of the risk framework.
6. Risk officer/management – co-ordinate the establishment of the risk framework and provide risk management expertise.

Risk Management - CS Professional Study Material

Question 31.
(a) As per COSO Framework of Enterprise Risk Management (ERM), there are certain components of Enterprises Risk Management. Explain different components of Enterprise Risk Management in brief.
(b) Explain the term “Risk Register” and give a template of Risk Register in an organization.
(c) Explain the Fraud Risk and the methodology to manage the Fraud Risk in an organisation.
(d) Risk oversight is the responsibility of the entire Board and the same can be achieved through a structured review mechanism. In view of this statement, explain the review mechanism which may be followed by the Board for Risk Oversight. (June 2022, 5 marks each)

Question 32.
What are the different dimensions of identifying threats in Risk Analysis process? In a company there is a probability of increase of 40% cost of raw material from present level of ? 10 crores. What shall be risk value of cost of production? (June 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
After identification of the risk parameters, the second stage is of analyzing the risk which helps to identify and manage potential problems that could undermine key business initiatives or projects. To carry out a Risk Analysis, first the possible threats are identified and then the likelihood that these threats will materialize is estimated. The analysis should be objective and should be industry specific. Within the industry, the scenario based analysis may be adopted taking into consideration of possible events that may occur and its alternative ways to achieve the given target. The first step in Risk Analysis is to identify risks or threats both existing and possible which may pertain to:

  • Human: Illness, death, injury, or other loss of a key individual.
  • Operational: Disruption to supplies and operations, loss of access to essential assets, or failures in distribution.
  • Reputational: Loss of customer or employee confidence, or damage to market reputation.
  • Procedural: Failures of accountability, internal systems, or controls, or from fraud.
  • Project: Going over budget, taking too long on key tasks, or experiencing issues with product or service quality.
  • Financial: Business failure, stock market fluctuations, interest rate changes, or non-availability of funding.
  • Technical: Advances in technology, or from technical failure.
  • Natural: Weather, natural disasters, or disease.
  • Political: Changes in tax, public opinion, government policy, or foreign influence.
  • Structural: Dangerous chemicals, poor lighting, falling boxes, or any situation where staff, products, or technology can be harmed.

There is a probability of increase of 40% of price rise in the raw material. If this happens, it will increase the cost of production in the next year. So, the risk value of the cost of the production can be derived by the following formula:
Risk value = Probability of event × Cost of event By, putting the values
Risk value = 0.40 (Probability of event) × ₹ 10 Crores (Cost of event) = ₹ 4 Crores

Question 33.
Your company is running its corporate office in a rented business premises. The Landlord of the building has increased the rent of other companies and there are 80% chances of increase in the rent of the office occupied by your company within the next year. If this happens, it will cost your business an extra ₹ 5,00,000 over the next year. Calculate the risk value. (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
The formula for calculating the Risk Value is:
Risk Value = Probability of Event × Cost of Event

Risk Management - CS Professional Study Material

Risk Management Notes

SWOT Analysis:

  • Strengths – Internal organizational characteristics that can help to achieve project objectives.
  • Weaknesses – Internal organizational characteristics that can prevent a project from achieving its objectives.
  • Opportunities – External conditions that can help to achieve project objectives.
  • Threats – External conditions that can prevent a project from achieving its objectives.

Risk Mitigation:
Risk mitigation is defined as taking steps to reduce adverse effects. Risk mitigation is the process by which an organization introduces specific measures to minimize or eliminate unacceptable risks associated with its operations.

Risk Management:
Risk management is the identification, evaluation, and prioritization of risks followed by coordinated and economical application of resources to minimize, monitor, and control the probability or impact of unfortunate events or to maximize the realization of opportunities.

Fraud Risk:
A fraud risk assessment is a tool used by management to identify and understand risks to its business and weaknesses in controls that present a fraud risk to the organization.

Secretarial Audit:
Secretarial Audit is an audit to check compliance of various legislations including the Companies Act and other corporate and economic laws applicable to the company. It provides necessary comfort to the management, regulators and the stakeholders, as to the statutory compliance, good governance and the existence of proper and adequate systems and processes.

Reputation Risk:
Reputation Risk as the risk arising from negative perception on the part of customers, counterparties, shareholders, investors, debt-holders, market analysts, other relevant parties or regulators that can adversely affect a bank’s ability to maintain existing, or establish new, business relationships and continued access to sources of funding (e.g. through the interbank or securitisation markets).

Internal Control – CS Professional Study Material

Chapter 13 Internal Control – CS Professional Governance, Risk Management, Compliances and Ethics Notes is designed strictly as per the latest syllabus and exam pattern.

Internal Control – Governance, Risk Management, Compliances and Ethics Study Material

Question 1.
Write short note on the following.
(i) COSO’s internal control framework (3 marks)
Answer:
COSOs Internal Control Framework:
Internal control consist of five interrelated components. These are derived’ from the way management runs a business, and are integrated with the management process.
The components are:

  1. Control environment
  2. Risk assessment
  3. Control activities
  4. Information and communication
  5. Monitoring.

Internal Control - CS Professional Study Material

Question 2.
Write short note on the following:
(i) Internal control (Dec 2013, 3 marks)
Answer:
Internal Control: Methods put in place by a company to ensure the integrity of financial and accounting information, meet operational and profitability targets and transmit management policies throughout the organization. Internal controls works best when they are applied to multiple divisions and deal with the interaction between the various business departments.

Question 3.
Write short note on the following:
COSO’s internal control framework (Dec 2014, 3 marks)

Question 4.
Prepare a Board note on ‘internal control’ highlighting the elements of sound internal control system for a company. (June 2012, 5 marks)
Answer:
Board of Directors
ABC Limited
Sub: Note on internal control.
A system of internal control is a proactive approach that balance the risk and control in the company which helps in exploiting business opportunities fully.
Internal control is defined as a process, effected by an organizations people and information technology (IT) systems, designed to help the organization accomplish specific goals or objectives.

It is a mean by which an organisations resources are directed, monitored and measured. It plays an important role in preventing and detecting fraud and protecting the organizations resources, both physical (i.e. machinery and property) and intangible(i.e. reputation or intellectual property such as trademarks)
An internal control system encompasses the policies, processes tasks, behaviours and other aspects of the company that taken together.

  • Facilitates its effective and efficient operation by enabling it to respond appropriately to significant business operational, financial, compliance and other risks to achieve the company’s objectives. This includes the safeguarding of assets from inappropriate use or from loss and fraud and insuring that liabilities are identified and managed.
  • Helps to ensure the quality of external and internal reporting. This requires the maintenance of proper records and processes that generate a flow of timely, relevant and reliable information from within and outside the organization.
  • Helps to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and also internal policies with respect to conducting business.
    Sd.
    Company Secretary

Question 5.
Discuss in brief the following:
Internal control. [Old Syllabus] (June 2014, 3 marks)
Answer:
Internal Control: Methods put in place by a company to ensure the integrity of financial and accounting information, meet operational and profitability targets and transmit management policies throughout the organization. Internal controls work best when they are applied to multiple divisions and deal with the interaction between the various business departments.

Internal Control - CS Professional Study Material

Question 6.
Internal control is a way for management to run a business and is integrated within the management process. Comment. (Dec 2014, 3 marks)
Answer:
An internal control system encompasses the policies, processes, tasks, behaviours and other aspects of the Company that taken together.

  • Facilitates its effective and efficient operation by enabling it to respond appropriately to significant business, operational, financial, compliance and other risks to achieve the Company’s objective. This included the safeguarding of assets from inappropriate use or from loss and fraud and ensuring that liabilities are identified and managed;
  • Helps to ensure the quality of internal and external reporting. This requires the maintenance of proper records and processes that generate a flow of timely, relevant and reliable information from within and outside the organization;
  • Helps ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations and also internal policies with respect to conducting business.
    Therefore, we say internal control is a way for management to run a business and is integrated within the management process.

Question 7.
Elucidate the following:
Internal control. (June 2015, 5 marks)
Answer:
Internal Control System: Internal Control is defined as a process, effected by an organisation’s people and information technology (IT) systems, designed to help the organisations to accomplish specific goals or objectives. It is a mean by which an organisation’s resources are directed, monitored and measured. It plays an important role in preventing and detecting fraud and protecting the organisation’s resources, both physical (i.e. machinery and property) and intangible (i.e. reputation or intellectual property such as trademarks).

An internal control system encompasses the policies, processes, tasks, behaviours and other aspects of the company that taken together.

  • Facilitates its effective and efficient operation by enabling it to respond appropriately to significant business, operational, financial, compliance and other risks to achieve the Company’s objectives. This includes the safeguarding of assets from inappropriate use or from loss and fraud and ensuring that liabilities are identified and managed.
  • Helps to ensure the quality of external and internal reporting. This requires the maintenance of proper records and processes that generate a flow of timely, relevant and reliable information from within and outside the organization.
  • Helps ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and also internal policies with respect to conducting business.

Question 8.
What do you understand by ‘internal control’? What are its components? (June 2016, 5 marks)
Answer:
Internal Control:
According to, the Institute of Chartered Accounts of England and Wales, the internal control is meant not only internal check and internal audit but the whole system of controls, financial and otherwise, established by the management in order to carry on the business of the company in an orderly manner, safeguarding its assets and secure as far as possible the accuracy and reliability of its records.

Components of Internal Control:
(i) Internal Check: Internal check means an arrangement that a transaction is process by two or more persons and each one is independent and starts with when the predecessor has completed the task.

(ii) Internal Audit: Internal audit may be done by the own staff or by engaging any professional person outside of the organisation. The scope of the internal audit is determined by the management. Internal Auditor is required to submit its report to the management (who is appointing authority). The report should inter alia cover the points relating to the, adequacy of the internal check and control systems, adherence to the established management controls, maintenance of the records and reports on the financial accounting etc.

Internal Control - CS Professional Study Material

Question 9.
Answer the following in brief:
What are the three categories of objectives provided in COSO International Control Integrated Framework? (June 2017, 2 marks)
Answer:
The COSO Framework sets forth three categories of objectives, which allow organizations to focus on separate aspects of internal control. These are:

  • Operations Objectives,
  • Reporting and Objectives
  • Compliance Objectives.

Question 10.
“Secretarial Audit is a process to check compliance with provisions of all applicable laws and rules/regulations/procedures.” Elaborate and discuss provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 with regard to Secretarial Audit. (Dec 2017, 5 marks)
Answer:
Secretarial Audit is a process to check compliance with the provisions of all applicable laws and rules/regulations/procedures; adherence to good governance practices with regard to the systems and processes of seeking and obtaining approvals of the Board and/or shareholders, as may be necessary, for the business and activities of the company, carrying out activities in a lawful manner and the maintenance of minutes and records relating to such approvals or decisions and implementation. Section 204 of Companies Act 2013 provides for Secretarial audit for bigger companies.

(1) Every listed company and a company belonging to other class of companies as may be prescribed shall annex with its Board’s report made in terms of sub-section (3) of section 134, a secretarial audit report, given by a company secretary in practice, in such form as may be prescribed. Rule 9 of Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managing Personnel) Rules, 2014 provides that for the purposes of sub-section (1) of section 204, the other class of companies shall be as under:

  • every public company having a paid-up share capital of fifty crore rupees or more; or
  • every public company having a turnover of two hundred fifty crore rupees or more.
  • every company having outstanding loans or borrowings from banks; or public financial institutions of one hundred crore rupees or more.

(2) It shall be the duty of the company to give all assistance and facilities to the company secretary in practice, for auditing the secretarial and related records of the company.

(3) The Board of Directors, in their report made in terms of sub-section (3) of section 134, shall explain in full any qualification or observation or other remarks made by the company secretary in practice in his report under sub-section (1).

(4) If a company or any officer of the company or the company secretary in practice, contravenes the provisions of this section, the company, every officer of the company or the company secretary in practice, who is in default, Shall be punishable with fine which shall not be less than one lakh rupees but which may extend to five lakh rupees.

Question 11.
Apart from Statutory Audit, for some class of companies, Internal Audit is also mandatory. Which companies are required to have Internal Audit as per the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013? (June 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
Section 138 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 13 of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014 provides for the mandatory appointment of an internal auditor who shall either be a Chartered Accountant or a cost accountant, or such other professional as may be decided by the Board .to conduct internal audit of the functions and activities for classes of company given below:

  • every listed company
  • every unlisted public company having:
    • paid up share capital of 50 crore rupees or more during the preceding financial year; or
    • turnover of 200 crore rupees or more during the preceding financial year; or
    • outstanding loans or borrowings from banks or public financial institutions exceeding 100 crore rupees or more at any point of time during the preceding financial year; or
    • outstanding deposits of 25 crore rupees or more at any point of time during the preceding financial year: and
  • every private company having:
    • turnover of 200 crore rupees or more during the preceding financial year; or
    • outstanding loans or borrowings from banks or public financial institutions exceeding 100 crore rupees or more at any point of time during the preceding financial year.

Internal Control - CS Professional Study Material

Question 12.
(i) Internal check and internal control are two frequently used terms in risk management and compliance. Explain the meaning of Internal Check and Internal Control and also mention how these two are different from each other. (5 marks)
(ii) Explain the scope of “Administrative Control”. (June 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
(i) Internal check may be referred to as a system of instituting checks on the day- to-day transactions which operate continuously as a part of routine system whereby the work of one person is complementary to the work of another, the object being the prevention or early detection of errors or fraud. The objective of such allocation of duties is that no single individual has ah exclusive control over any one transaction or group of transactions.

Internal control, as defined in accounting and auditing, is a process for assuring achievement of an organization’s objectives in operational effectiveness and efficiency, reliable financial reporting, and compliance with laws, regulations and. policies. It is a means by which an organization’s resources are directed, monitored, and measured. It plays an important role in detecting and preventing fraud and protecting the organization’s resources, both physical (e.g., machinery and property) and intangible (e.g., reputation or intellectual property such as trademarks).

Internal check Internal control
Internal check refers to the way of allocating responsibility, segregation of work, where work of the sub-ordinates is checked by the immediate supervisors to verify that the work is carried out according to the company policies and guidelines.

Scope of internal check is narrower compared to internal control.

Internal checks are implemented at all organizational levels such as tactical and operational level.

Internal control is the system implemented by a company to ensure the integrity of financial and accounting information and that the company is progressing towards fulfilling its profitability and operational objectives in a successful manner.

Internal control is a broader aspect in which internal check play a vital role.

Internal controls are designed and documented at the corporate management level.

(ii) A number of controls falling under operational controls can also be administrative controls. Examples of operational controls are: quality control, works standards, periodic reporting, policy appraisal etc.
Administrative controls are very wide in their scope. They inctude all other managerial controls concerned with decision-making process. They are concerned with the authorisation of transactions and include anything from plan of organisation to procedures, record keeping, distribution of authority and the process of decision-making. They include controls such as time and motion studies, quality control through inspection, performance budgeting, responsibility accounting and performance evaluation etc.

Administrative controls have an indirect relationship with financial records and the auditor may evaluate only those administrative controls which have a bearing on the financial records.
Thus, administrative controls are those which help in improving the efficiency, productivity and not necessarily recorded under the accounting systems. Works standards, quality control, methods study and motion study are examples of administrative control.

Question 13.
Elucidate principles on Internal Control enunciated by Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
COSO is the abbreviation of The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
COSO’s (original framework, which identified five components of internal control, became widely adopted for use in assessing the effectiveness of internal controls. Its more recently updated framework identifies 17 principles mapped to the original components. These Principles are as under:
Component 1: Control Environment
1. Demonstrates commitment to integrity and ethical values
2. Exercises oversight responsibility
3. Establishes structure, authority, and responsibility
4. Demonstrates commitment to competence
5. Enforces accountability

Component 2: Risk Assessment
6. Specifies suitable objectives
7. Identifies and analyzes risk
8. Assesses fraud risk
9. Identifies and analyzes significant change

Component 3: Control Activities
10. Selects and develops control activities
11. Selects and develops general controls over technology
12. Deploys control activities through policies and procedures

Component 4: Information & Communication
13. Uses relevant information
14. Communicates internally
15. Communicates externally

Component 5: Monitoring Activities
16. Conducts ongoing and/or separate evaluations
17. Evaluates and communicates deficiencies

Internal Control - CS Professional Study Material

Question 14.
Why the Information System is the most essential component of Internal Control ? (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
An information system consists of infrastructure (physical and hardware components), software, people, procedures, and data. Many information systems make extensive use of information technology (IT).
The information system relevant to financial reporting objectives, which includes the financial reporting system, encompasses methods and records that:

  • Identify and record all valid transactions.
  • Describe on a timely basis the transactions in sufficient detail to permit proper classification of transactions for financial reporting.
  • Measure the value of transactions in a manner that permits recording their proper monetary value in the financial statements.
  • Determine the time period in which transactions occurred to permit recording of transactions in the proper accounting period.
  • Present properly the transactions and related disclosures in the financial statements.

The quality of system-generated information affects management’s ability to make appropriate decisions in managing and controlling the entity’s activities and to prepare reliable financial reports.

Communication, which involves providing an understanding of individual roles and responsibilities pertaining to internal control over financial reporting, may take such forms as policy manuals, accounting and financial reporting manuals, and memoranda. Communication also can be made electronically, orally, and through the actions of management.

Question 15.
“Internal control can help an entity in achieving its objectives but it is not a panacea.” Discuss. (Dec 2020, 5 marks)
Answer:
In a business entity the internal control should be adequate to cover all the key and sensitive areas of the organization. No one person should be allowed to complete, one set of transactions. The control mechanism once established should be reviewed periodically in order to assess the lacunas ; and to remove the same. The password sharing should be strictly prohibited and stringent action should be taken against the erring staff. The efficacy of the internal control mechanism depends when the employees accepts this philosophy in the true letter and spirit.

A good and efficient Internal control system can assist in the following ways:

  • help an entity achieve its performance and profitability targets, and prevent loss of resources.
  • help ensure reliable financial reporting.
  • help ensure that the enterprise complies with laws and regulations, avoiding damage to its reputation and other consequences.
  • In sum, it can help an entity get to where it wants to go, and avoid pitfalls and surprises along the way.

While internal control as such is inherently useful and help organisation in many ways yet it is not a panacea as it also has its limitations such as:

  • Internal control cannot change an inherently poor manager into a good one.
  • Internal control cannot ensure success, or even survival in case of shifts in government policy or programs, competitors’ actions or economic conditions, since these are beyond the management’s control.
  • An internal control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable– not absolute-assurance to management and the board regarding achievement of an entity’s objectives.
  • The likelihood of achievement is affected by limitations inherent in all internal control systems.
  • Controls can be circumvented by the collusion of two or more people, and management has the ability to override the system.
  • Another limiting factor is that the design of an internal control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs.

Internal Control - CS Professional Study Material

Question 16.
You are the Company Secretary of Super Chef Ltd. Shirley, the newly appointed CEO of Super Chef Ltd. is not clear about the concept of internal control and her role and responsibilities with regard to internal controls of the company. She approaches you to understand the same. Prepare a short note to brief Shirley on Internal control and her role and responsibilities in this regard. (Dec 2020, 5 marks)
Answer:
The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission > (COSO) defines Internal Control as a process, effected by an entity’s board of directors, management, and other personnel, designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the achievement of objectives relating to operations, reporting, and compliance.
According to COSO an organization needs to focus on separate aspects of internal control for achievement of the following objectives:

  • Effectiveness and efficiency of the entities operations.
  • Reliability, limitations and transparency of financial reporting.
  • Compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

The chief executive officer is ultimately responsible and should assume “ownership” of the system. More than any other individual, the chief executive sets the “tone at the top” that affects integrity and ethics and other factors of a positive control environment. In a large company, the chief executive fulfils this duty by providing leadership and direction to senior managers and reviewing the way they’re controlling the business. Senior managers, in turn, assign responsibility for establishment of more specific, internal control policies and procedures to personnel responsible for the unit’s functions. In a smaller entity, the influence of the chief executive, often an owner-manager is usually more direct. In any event, in a cascading responsibility, a manager is effectively a chief executive of his or her sphere of responsibility. Of particular significance are financial officers and their staffs, whose control activities cut across, as well as up and down, the operating and other units of an enterprise. .

Question 17.
“Risk can arise or change due to circumstances.” Comment and point out the circumstances which result into risks for an entity. (Dec 2020, 5 marks)
Answer:
Risks can arise or change due to circumstances such as the following:

  • Changes in operating environment
  • New personnel
  • New or revamped information systems
  • Rapid growth
  • New technology
  • New business models, products, or activities
  • Corporate restructurings
  • Expanded foreign operations
  • New accounting pronouncements

Question 18.
“Internal check refers to allocation of duties in a scientific way so that no one is responsible for all phases of the transactions.” Explain the essential features of Internal check in the light of above statement. (Dec 2020, 5 marks)
Answer:
Essential features of internal check are given hereunder:

  1. There should be proper division of work and responsibilities.
  2. The duties of each person should be properly defined so as to fix definite responsibilities of each individual.
  3. Possibilities of giving absolute control to anybody should not be left out unchecked.
  4. Too much confidence on a person should be avoided.
  5. The duties of staff should be rotated and one person should not be allowed to occupy a particular area of operation for long.
  6. Necessary safeguards should be provided so as to avoid collusion of thoughts which quite often leads to commission of fraud.
  7. The person handling cash, stock, securities should be given compulsory leave so as to prevent their having uninterrupted control.
  8. Physical inventory of fixed assets and stocks should be taken periodically.
  9. Assets should be protected from unauthorised use.
  10. To prevent loss or misappropriation of cash, mechanical devices such as the automatic cash register, should be employed.
  11. The financial and administrative powers should be distributed very judiciously among different officers and the manner in which these are actually exercised should be reviewed periodically.
  12. Accounting procedures should be laid down for periodical verification and testing of different sections of accounting records to ensure that they are accurate.

Internal Control - CS Professional Study Material

Question 19.
You are newly appointed as the Company Secretary of ABC Pvt Ltd. Rama, who is the CEO of the Company, is not clear on concept and applicability of internal audit to your company. She approaches you to understand the same. Prepare a short note to brief Rama on concept and applicability of internal audit as per the provisions of Companies Act, 2013 to your company. (Aug 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
According to Institute of Internal Auditors “Internal auditing is an independent, objective assurance and consulting activity designed to add value and improve an organization’s operations. It helps an organization accomplish its objectives by bringing a systematic, disciplined approach to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of risk management, control, and governance processes.”
Applicability of Internal Audit:
As per Section 138 of the Companies Act, 2013 and Companies (Accounts). Rules, 2016, the following class of companies shall be required to appoint an internal auditor:-
(a) every listed company

(b) every unlisted public company having

  • paid up share capital of fifty crore rupees or more during the preceding financial year; or
  • turnover of two hundred crore rupees or more during the preceding financial year; or
  • outstanding loans or borrowings from banks or public financial institutions exceeding one hundred crore rupees or more at any point, of time during the preceding financial year; or
  • outstanding deposits of twenty-five crore rupees or more at any point of time during the preceding financial year; and

(c) every private company having

  1. turnover of two hundred crore rupees or more during the preceding financial year; or
  2. outstanding loans or borrowings from banks or public financial institutions exceeding one hundred crore rupees or more at any point of time during the preceding financial year.

An Internal Auditor may be either an individual or a partnership firm or a body corporate. An internal auditor can be a chartered accountant or a cost accountant, or such other professional as may be decided by the Board to conduct internal audit of the functions and activities of the company. The internal auditor may or may not be an employee of the company. The Audit Committee of the company or the Board shall, in consultation with the Internal Auditor, formulate the scope, functioning, periodicity and methodology for conducting the internal audit.

Question 20.
Administrative Controls have an indirect relationship with financial records. Do you agree with this statement? (Aug 2020, 5 marks)
Answer:
Administrative Controls have an indirect relationship with financial records. Operational controls are those which help in improving the efficiency and productivity of an organisation and not necessarily enter the accounting systems.

A number of controls falling under operational controls can also be. administrative controls. Examples of such controls are quality control, work standards, periodic reporting, policy appraisal etc. The administrative controls are very wide in their scope and they include all other managerial controls concerned with decision making process. They are concerned with the authorization of transactions and include anything from plan of organization to procedures, record keeping, distribution of authority and the process of decision making. They include controls such as time and motion studies, quality control through inspection, performance budgeting, responsibility accounting and performance evaluation. Accounting controls pertain purely to the accounting system which enter finally in the preparation of financial statements and information which are subject to the expression of opinion by the auditors.

Whereas operational controls which can also be termed as administrative controls have an indirect relationship with financial records and the auditor may evaluate only those administrative controls which have a bearing on the financial records.

Internal Control - CS Professional Study Material

Question 21.
Explain the meaning of internal control and internal audit.and also mention how these two are different from each other. (Aug 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
The term internal control is defined as a system or plan of accounting and financial organization within a business comprising all the methods and measures necessary for safeguarding its assets, checking the accuracy of its accounting data or otherwise substantiating its financial statements, and policing previously adopted rules; procedures and policies as to compliance and effectiveness. Internal control is not necessarily a control over finance only. Its scope is wider as it covers the control of the whole management system.

Internal auditing is an independent, objective assurance and consulting activity designed to add value and improve an organization’s operations. It helps an organization accomplish its objectives by bringing a systematic, disciplined approach to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of risk management, control and governance processes.
The scope of internal auditing is broad. It may involve topics such as an organisation’s governance, risk management and management controls over efficiency of operations, reliability of financial and management reporting and compliance with laws and regulations.

Differences between Internal Control and Internal Audit:

Basis Internal Control Internal Audit
Meaning Internal Control means the process designed, implemented and maintained by those charged with governance, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance about the achievement of an entity’s objectives with regard to reliability of financial reporting, effectiveness and efficiency of operations, and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Internal auditing means an audit on behalf of management to ensure the adequacy and effectiveness of internal controls, accuracy and timeliness of financial and other records and reports and adherence to the laid down policies and procedures by each unit of the organization.
Verification It is a self-balancing mechanism implemented by the management, so as to ensure that the entire work process is divisible in parts, so that not a single person may have the access to complete the entire process The entire work process/system is checked and reviewed by the internal auditor.
Reporting It is a mechanism introduced by the management. Internal auditor submit its report to the management.
What it is? It is a system introduced by the management. It is an activity done by the internal auditor.
When it is done? Internal Control is a policy decision by the management and is a continuous process. Its periodicity may be yearly or half yearly or quarterly, as decided by the management.
Purpose Formulation and circulation of management principles and policies and effective and speedy execution thereof with the help of internal checking and internal audit activities. Detecting andTeporting errors and frauds and irregularities regarding assets committed, if any detection and prevention activity.
Scope Wider in scope than internal audit. Limited to a continuous internal system of checking financial and non-financial operations and reporting to internal top management.

Internal Control - CS Professional Study Material

Question 22.
Define compliance. What is the difference between compliance and conformance? (Dec 2022, 5 marks)
Answer:
OECD defines compliance as the act of adhering to, and the ability to demonstrate adherence to mandated requirements defined by laws and regulations, as well as voluntary requirements resulting from contractual obligations and internal policies.
The International Compliance Association has defined the term compliance as the ability to act according to an order, set of rules or request. Compliance mainly operates at two levels:

  • Level 1 – compliance with the external rules that are imposed upon an organisation as a whole
  • Level 2 – compliance with internal systems of control that are imposed to achieve compliance with the externally imposed rules.

The difference between compliance and conformances as below:

Compliance Conformance
Forced adherence to a law, regulation, rule, process or practice. Voluntary adherence to a standard, rule, specification, requirement, design, process or practice.
Applies to laws and regulations that one has no option but to follow or face penalties. Such regulations may potentially be productive for society but don’t necessarily contribute to an organization’s goals Applies to strategies and plans that are adopted to be more productive or to improve quality.

Question 23.
Define internal audit. What are the main aspects of internal auditing? (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
Internal audit is an independent, objective assurance and consulting activity designed to add value and improve an organization’s operations. It helps an organization accomplish its objectives by bringing a systematic, disciplined approach to evaluate and improve the effectiveness of risk management, control, and governance processes.
The main aspects of internal auditing are:

  • Review, appraisal and evaluation of the soundness, adequacy and application of financial, accounting and other operating controls.
  • Ascertaining the achievement of management objectives and compliance with established plans, policies and procedures.
  • Ascertaining the adequacy and reliability of management information and control systems.
  • Ensuring proper safeguards for assets – their utilization and accounting thereof.
  • Identifying the areas of cost reduction, coupled with increased production, improved productivity and improved systems.
  • Ascertaining the integrity of management data in an organisation.
  • Detection and prevention of fraud and error. –
  • Ascertaining the quality of performance and undertaking ‘value for money’ exercises.
  • Undertaking special reviews and assignments directed by management to ensure economical and efficient use of resources.
  • Compliance with statutory laws and rules including adherence to the Companies (Auditors’ Report) Order to avoid adverse comments from the statutory auditors.
  • To provide for a channel of communicating new ideas to the top management.

Internal Control - CS Professional Study Material

Question 24.
“Internal control is a part of the internal check system.” Discuss. (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
According to Standard on Auditing (SA) 315, internal control is the process designed, implemented and maintained by those charged with governance, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance about the achievement of an entity’s objectives with regard to reliability of financial reporting, effectiveness and efficiency of operations, and compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Internal check refers to allocation of duties in such a manner that the work of one person is checked by another while that other is performing his own duties in a normal way. In other words, it may be referred to as a system of instituting checks on the day to-day transactions which operate continuously as a part of routine system whereby the work of one person is complementary to the work of another, the object being the prevention or early detection of errors or fraud. The objective of such allocation of duties is that no single individual has an exclusive control over any one transaction or group of transactions.

Thus, internal check is a part of the overall internal control system and a method of division of work with the objective of prevention or early detection of errors or fraud. Hence, it is not correct to say that internal control is part of the internal check system.

Question 25.
State in brief, the components of internal control under the framework of the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO). (Dec 2021, 5 Marks)
Answer:
A system of internal control has five components under the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) framework which are as follows:
1. Control environment:

  • Exercise integrity and ethical values.
  • Use the board of directors and audit committee.
  • Make a commitment to competence.
  • Create organizational structure.
  • Facilitate management’s philosophy and operating style.
  • Utilize human resources policies and procedures.
  • Issue assignment of authority and responsibility.

2. Risk assessment:

  • Incorporate process-level objectives.
  • Create company wide objectives.
  • Perform risk identification and analysis.
  • Manage change.

3. Control activities:

  • Conduct application change management.
  • Improve security (application and network).
  • Follow policies and procedures.
  • Plan business continuity/backups.
  • Perform outsourcing.

4. Information and communication:

  • Measure quality of information.
  • Measure effectiveness of communication.

5. Monitoring:

  • Perform ongoing monitoring.
  • Conduct separate evaluations.
  • Report deficiencies.

Internal Control - CS Professional Study Material

Question 26.
(i) “A trusted employee who has easy access to a business’s finances may abuse his authority by stealing company funds.” Considering the statement, narrate any 10 points to be worth noted for a variety of internal control techniques in your organisation. (June 2022, 5 marks)
(ii) As a Company Secretary of the Company, you are asked by the management to provide inputs on Internal Control to be observed by the Audit Committee mandatorily in terms of Regulation 18 of SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015. State any five information which are to be mandatorily reviewed by the Audit Committee in this regard. (June 2022, 5 marks)
(iii) State any five points/sub-points which are incorporated in the compliance certificate which shall be furnished by CEO and CFO of a company in terms of Regulation 17 of SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015. (June 2022, 5 marks)

Question 27.
You are a company secretary of a listed company. The company has borrowings from the Banks/FIs worth ₹ 75 crores, which is in the form of Term Loan and Working Capital Finance. You noticed that the company is not having Vigil Mechanism in place. Suggest the suitable strategy to the Board for establishment of Vigil Mechanism in the company quoting the relevant provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 and SEBI (LODR) Regulations, 2015. (June 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
Section 177 (9) of the Companies Act, 2013 Provides that every listed company or such class or classes of companies, as may be prescribed, shall establish a vigil mechanism/whistle blower policy for directors and employees to report genuine concerns in such manner as may be prescribed. Rule 7 of the Companies (Meetings of Board and its Powers) Rules, 2014 provides that every listed company and the companies belonging to the following class or classes shall establish a vigil mechanism for their directors and employees to report their genuine concerns or grievances:
(a) the Companies which accept deposits from the public
(b) the Companies which have borrowed money from banks and public financial institutions in excess of fifty crore rupees.
Regulation 22 of SEBI (LODR) Regulations, 2015 provides that every listed entity shall establish a vigil mechanism for directors and employees to report concerns about unethical behaviour, actual or suspected fraud or violation of the listed entity code of conduct or ethics policy.

Since the company is a listed company, it should establish vigil mechanism as per both Section 177(9) of the Companies Act, 2013 and SEBI (LODR) Regulations, 2015 with following provisions:

  • The audit committee shall oversee the vigil mechanism/whistle blower policy through the committee and if any of the members of the committee have a conflict of interest in a given case, they should remise themselves and the others on the committee would deal with the matter on hand.
  • The vigil mechanism shall provide for adequate safeguards against victimisation of employees and directors who avail of the vigil mechanism and also provide for direct access to the Chairperson of the Audit Committee or the director nominated to play the role of Audit Committee, as the case may be, in exceptional cases.
  • In case of repeated frivolous complaints being filed by a director or an employee, the audit committee or the director nominated to play the role of audit committee may take suitable action against the concerned director or employee including reprimand.
  • The details of establishment of such mechanism shall be disclosed by the listed entity on its website and in the Board’s report.

Internal Control Notes

Steps for Internal Control

  • Identify the key areas where the internal control mechanism is to be established.
  • Every work flow should be so documented that it is not complete if another person has not checked it out.
  • The other person’s role should start when the first person’s role comes to an end.
  • Establish the surprise check mechanism where the money matters are involved.
  • Reporting of the non-adherence of key compliance areas.
  • Review mechanism of the control units.
  • Establishment of Vigil Mechanism

COSO:
COSO is the abbreviation of, The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). It is a joint initiative of the five private sector organizations (American Accounting Association, American Institute of CPA, Financial Executives International, The Association of Accountants and Financial Professionals in Business and The Institute of Internal Auditors) and is dedicated to providing thought leadership through t the development of frameworks and guidance on enterprise risk management, internal control and fraud deterrence.

Internal control:
Internal control is a process, effected by an entity’s board of directors, management, and other personnel, designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the achievement of objectives relating to operations, reporting, and compliance.
What Internal Control Can Do

  • Internal control can help an entity achieve its performance and profitability targets, and prevent loss of resources.
  • It can help ensure reliable financial reporting.
  • It can help ensure that the enterprise complies with laws and regulations, avoiding damage to its reputation and other consequences.
  • In sum, it can help an entity get to where it wants to go, and avoid pitfalls and surprises along the way.

Internal Auditors:
Internal auditors play an important role in evaluating the effectiveness of control systems, and contribute to ongoing effectiveness. Because of organizational position and authority in an entity, an internal audit function often plays a significant monitoring role.

Internal Check:
Internal check is an arrangement of as duties allocated in such a way that the work of one clerk is automatically checked by another while internal audit is an independent review of operations and records undertaken by the staff specially appointed for the purpose.

Reporting – CS Professional Study Material

Chapter 14 Reporting – CS Professional Governance, Risk Management, Compliances and Ethics Notes is designed strictly as per the latest syllabus and exam pattern.

Reporting – Governance, Risk Management, Compliances and Ethics Study Material

Question 1.
Write a note on ‘stakeholder inclusiveness’. (June 2014, 7 marks)
Answer:
Stakeholders Inclusiveness
Stakeholder engagement is an alliance building tool. Corporations practice stakeholder engagement in an effort to understand the needs of their stakeholders, create partnerships and to promote dialogue. Stakeholder engagement identifies stakeholders, assesses stakeholder needs, develops stakeholder relations plans and forms alliances with stakeholders. Stakeholder engagement leads to increased transparency, responsiveness, compliance, organizational learning, quality management, accountability and sustainability. Stakeholder engagement is a central feature of sustainability performance.

Stakeholder engagement is undertaken for numerous reasons which include:

  • Improved corporate responsibility and financial performance across the globe.
  • To avoid conflict through negotiation, mediation and collaborative learning.
  • Development of a shared vision to direct future business decisions and operations.
  • To innovate through collaboration.

Reporting - CS Professional Study Material

Question 2.
Write a short note on reporting principles and standard disclosures under Global Reporting Initiative. (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
Part 1 of Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) – Reporting Principles and Standard Disclosures – contains reporting principles, standard disclosures, and the criteria to be applied by an organization to prepare its sustainability report ‘in accordance with the guidelines.
The Reporting Principles are fundamental to achieving transparency in sustainability reporting and therefore should be applied by all organizations when preparing a sustainability report. The Principles are divided into two groups:
(a) Principles for defining report content: The Principles for Defining Report Content describe the process to be applied to identify what content the report should cover by considering the organization’s activities, impacts, and the substantive expectations and interests of its stakeholders.

(b) Principles for defining Report Quality : The Principles for Defining Report Quality guide on ensuring the quality of information in the sustainability report, including its proper presentation. The quality of the information is important to enable stakeholders to make sound and reasonable assessments of performance, and take appropriate actions.
There are two different types of Standard Disclosures:
1. General Standard Disclosures:

  • Organizational Profile
  • Strategy and Analysis
  • Stakeholder Engagement
  • Identified Material Aspects and Boundaries
  • Governance
  • Report Profile
  • Ethics and Integrity

2. Specific Standard Disclosures:

  • Disclosures on Management Approach
  • Indicators.

Question 3.
Attempt the following:
“The reporting organisation should identify its stakeholders and explain in its sustainability reporting how it has responded to their reasonable expectations and interests.” Elucidate this statement by considering stakeholders’ inclusiveness. (June 2012, 5 marks)
Answer:
Companies generally consider the interest of the shareholders as the foremost. However they should take into account other stakeholders’ interest also.

Stakeholders are entities or individuals that can reasonably be expected to be significantly affected by the organization’s activities, product and /or service. Stakeholder’s actions are also reasonably expected to affect the ability of the organizations to successfully implement its strategies and meet its objective. This included entities or individuals whose right under law or international conventions provide them with legitimate claims vis-a-vis the organization.

Stakeholders engagement activities are an important tool in this direction. These may include for example, stakeholder engagement for the purpose of compliance with internationally agreed standards or informing on going organization/ business processes. Organization can also use other means such as the media, the scientific community or collaborative activities with peers and stakeholders.

The reporting organization should identify its stakeholders and explain in its report how it has responded to their reasonable expectations and interests.
1. The GRI guidance requires organization to document the stakeholder engagement processes. This will make the sustainability report assurable.

2. Conservation and management of resources, atmosphere, land, forests, deserts, mountains, agriculture, biodiversity, ocean, fresh water, toxic chemicals .hazardous radioactive and solid waste and sewage.

3. Strengthening the role of major groups: Women, children and youth, indigenous, people, non government organizations, local authorities, workers business and industry farmers, scientists and technologist.

4. Means of implementation: Finance, technology transfer, science, education, capacity building, international institutional legal measures, information.

Reporting - CS Professional Study Material

Question 4.
Attempt the following:
(i) Discuss the standard disclosures under the G3 Guidelines of the global reporting initiative (GRI) sustainability reporting framework.
(Dec 2012, 5 marks)
Answer:
Standard Disclosures
In G3 Reporting Guidelines there are three different types of disclosures contained, which are as under:

  1. Strategy and profile.
  2. Management approach.
  3. Performance indicators.

Question 5.
Attempt the following:
What is Dow-Jones sustainability index? (June 2013, 5 marks)
Answer:
The Dow Jones Sustainability Indices are the first global indices tracking the financial performance of the leading sustainability-driven companies worldwide, it was launched in 1999.

The Dow Jones Sustainability World Index comprises more than 300 companies that represent the top 10% of the leading sustainability companies out of the biggest 2,500 companies in the Dow Jones world Index.

Corporate Sustainability Assessment Criteria under the Dow Jones indices is as under:

Dimension Criteria Weighting (%)
Economic Codes of Conduct/ Compliance/
Corruption and Bribery 5.5
Corporate Governance 6
Risk and Crisis management 6
Industry Specific Criteria Depends on Industry
Environment Environmental Performance
(Eco-Efficiency) 7
Environmental Reporting 3
Industry specific Criteria Depends on Industry
Social Corporate Citizenship/Philanthropy 3.5
Labour Practice Indicators 5
Human Capital Development 5.5
Social Reporting 3
Talent Attraction and Retention 5.5
Industry Specific Criteria Depends on Industry

Question 6.
What is ESG index? How does it work? (June 2014, 5 marks)
Answer:
ESG describes the environmental, social and corporate governance issues that investors are considering in the context of corporate behaviour. Integration of ESG refers to the active investment management processes that include an analysis of environmental, social, and corporate governance risks and opportunities and sustainability aspects of company performance evaluation.

The ESG index employs a unique and innovative methodology that quantifies a company’s ESG practices and translates them into a scoring system which is then used to rank each company against its peers in the market. Its quantitative scoring system offers investors complete transparency on Environmental, Social & governance issues of a company. Key Performance Indicators:

  • Environment: Energy use and efficiency, Greenhouse gas emissions, Water use, Use of ecosystem services impact & dependence and Innovation in environment friendly products and services.
  • Social: Employees, Poverty and community impact and Supply chain management
  • Governance: Codes of conduct and business principles, accountability, transparency and disclosure and Implementation quality and consistency.

Reporting - CS Professional Study Material

Question 7.
Explain briefly the following:
(a) Global reporting initiative (GRI)
(b) UN Principle for Responsible Investment. (Dec 2014, 3 marks each)
Answer:
(a) Global Reporting Initiative (GRI):
The Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) is a large multi-stakeholder network of thousands of experts, in dozens of countries worldwide, who participate in GRI’s working groups and governance bodies, use the GRI Guidelines to report, access information in GRI-based reports, or contribute to develop the Reporting Framework in other ways both formally and informally.

(b) UN-Principles for Responsible Investment (PRI):
The Principles for Responsible Investment were developed by an international group of institutional investors reflecting the increasing relevance of environmental, social and corporate governance issues to investment practices. The Principles were launched by the UN Secretary-General Kofi Annan at the New York Stock Exchange in April 2006. The Principles were designed to be applied by all investors, with a special focus on fiduciary institutions with long-term perspectives.

The PRI Initiative aims to help investors integrate the consideration of environmental, social and governance (ESG) issues into investment decision-making and ownership practices across all asset classes and regions and in so doing, help contribute to the creation of a sustainable financial system.

Question 8.
Discuss the UN Global Compact, a strategic policy initiative in the areas of human rights, labour, environment and anticorruption. How can companies align with these principles? (June 2015, 5 marks)
Answer:
The UN Global Compact is a strategic policy initiative for businesses that are committed to aligning their operations and strategies with ten universally accepted principles in the areas of human rights, labour, environment and anticorruption. By doing so, business, as a primary driver of globalization, can help ensure that markets, commerce, technology and finance advance in ways that benefit economies and societies everywhere.

UN Global Compact incorporates a transparency and accountability policy known as the Communication on Progress (COP). Communications on Progress (COP) is a report to inform the company’s stakeholders about the company’s progress in implementing the Global Compact’s ten principles. The purpose of the COP is both to ensure and deepen the commitment of Global Compact participants and to safeguard the integrity of the initiative. Joining the Global Compact is a widely visible commitment to the ten principles. A company that signs-on to the Global Compact specifically commits itself to:
1. set in motion changes to business operations so that the Global Compact and its principles become part of management, strategy, culture, and day-to-day operations;
2. publish in its annual report or similar public corporate report (e.g. sustainability report) a description of the ways in which it is supporting the Global Compact and its principles (Communication on Progress),
3. publicly advocate the Global Compact and its principles via communications vehicles such as press releases, speeches, etc.

Question 9.
What are the key drivers of sustainability reporting? (June 2015, 5 marks)
Answer:
Following are the key drivers of sustainability reporting:
1. Regulations: Governments at most levels have stepped up the pressure on corporations to ensure the impact of their operations on the environment. Legislation is becoming more innovative and is covering an ever wider range of activities. The most notable shift has been from voluntary to mandatory sustainability monitoring and reporting.

2. Customers: Public opinion and consumer preferences are a more abstract but powerful factor that exerts considerable influence on companies, particularly those that are consumer oriented. Customers significantly influence a company’s reputation through their purchasing choices and brand.

3. Loyalty: This factor has led firms to provide much more information about the products they produce, the suppliers who produce them, and the product’s environmental impact from creation to disposal.

4. NGO’s and the media: Public reaction comes not just from customers but from advocates and the media, who shape public opinion. Advocacy organisations, if ignored or slighted, can damage brand value.

5. Employees: Those who work for a company bring particular pressure to bear on how employers behave, they, too, are concerned citizens beyond their corporate roles.

6. Peer pressure from other companies: Each company is part of an industry, with the peer pressures and alliances that go along with it. Matching industry standards for sustainability reporting can be a factor; particularly for those who operate in the same supply chain and have environmental or social standards they expect of their partners. There is a growing trend for large companies to request sustainability information from their suppliers as part of their evaluation criteria.

7. Company themselves: Corporations, as public citizens, feel their own pressure to create a credible sustainability policy, with performance measures to back it up, but with an eye on the bottom line as well. Increasingly, stakeholders are demanding explicit sustainability reporting strategies and a proof of the results. So, too, are CEOs, who consider sound social and environmental policies a critical element of corporate success. Companies report that integrated reporting drives them to re-examine processes with an eye towards resource allocation, waste elimination and efficiency improvements.

8. Investors: Increasingly, investors want to know that companies they have targeted have responsible, sustainable, long-term business approaches. Institutional investors and stock exchange CEOs, for example, have moved to request increased sustainability reporting from listed companies, and environmental, social and corporate governance indices have been established such as the Dow Jones Sustainability Index.

9. The Carbon Disclosure Project was developed in response to investor demand for a system for firms to measure and report greenhouse gas emissions and climate change strategies as a tool to set reduction targets and set individual goals.

Reporting - CS Professional Study Material

Question 10.
Explain the concept of stakeholder inclusiveness. (June 2015, 5 marks)
Answer:
The reporting organization should identify its stakeholders and explain in its report how it has responded to their reasonable expectations and interests. Stakeholders are defined as entities or individuals that can reasonably be expected to be significantly affected by the organization’s activities, products, and/or services; and whose actions can reasonably be expected to affect the ability of the organization to successfully implement its strategies and achieve its objectives. This included entities or individuals whose rights under law or international conventions provide them with legitimate claims vis-a-vis the organization. Stakeholders can include those who are invested in the organization (e.g., employees, shareholders, suppliers) as well as those who are external to the organization (e.g., communities).

Question 11.
Describe corporate sustainability assessment criteria under the Dow – Jones Sustainability Index. (Dec 2015, 5 marks)
Answer:
Corporate Sustainability Assessment Criteria under the Dow-Jones Indices is as under:

Dimension Criteria Weighting (%)
Economic Codes of Conduct/Compliance/
Corruption & Bribery 5.5
Corporate Governance 6.0
Risk & Crisis Management 6.0
Industry Specific Criteria Depends on Industry
Environment Environmental Performance
(Eco- Efficiency) 7.0
Environmental Reporting 3.0
Industry Specific Criteria Depends on Industry
Social Corporate Citizenship/ Philanthropy 3.5
Labour Practice Indicators 5.0
Human Capital Development 5.5
Social Reporting 3.0
Talent Attraction & Retention 5.5
Industry Specific Criteria Depends on Industry

Question 12.
Explain the role of the government in improving sustainability reporting. (June 216, 5 marks)
Answer:
Governments are interceding with unprecedented levels of new regulations, like SEBI mandated Business Responsibility Reporting in India for top listed companies besides the voluntary reporting for others, Integrated Reporting in South Africa and many other jurisdictions are placing similar requirement on companies to report about the sustainability aspects in addition to financial information.

In 2011, Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA), Govt, of India issued the first voluntary reporting framework for reporting on Business Responsibility in the form of ‘National Voluntary Guidelines (NVG) on Social, Environmental and Economic Responsibilities of Business’. SEBI considering the framework given under the NVG guidelines, inserted clause 55 to the listing agreement to give mandate to top 100 listed companies to adopt the Business Responsibility Framework. The other listed companies are encouraged to adopt the Business Responsibility Reporting voluntarily. The similar regulators initiatives are required in Other jurisdiction also to encourage the companies to adopt the Reporting on Sustainability aspects. Over the past 10 years, environmental issues have steadily encroached on businesses capacity to create value for customers.

Reporting - CS Professional Study Material

Question 13.
“The UN Global Compact incorporates a transparency and accountability policy known as the communications on progress (COP).” Elaborate. (June 2016, 5 marks)
Answer:
UN Global Compact incorporates a transparency and accountability policy known as the Communication on Progress (COP). The Communication on Progress (COP) is an annual disclosure to stakeholders on progress made in implementing the ten principles of the UN Global Compact in the areas of human rights, labour, environment and anti-corruption, and in supporting broader UN development goals. The COP is posted on the Global Compact website by business participants. Failure to issue a COP will change a participant’s status to non-communicating and can eventually lead to the expulsion of the participant.

Purpose:

  • The COP helps drive continuous sustainability performance improvement within the company. The library of COPs at the UN Global Compact website represents the largest repository of corporate practices in sustainability.
  • The COP provides investors with sustainability performance information of companies, thus allowing for a more effective integration of Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) considerations in their investments and resulting in a more effective allocation of capital.
  • The COP is an important demonstration of a company’s commitment to transparency and accountability and it serves as an effective tool for multi-stakeholder dialogue.

Question 14.
What is stakeholder inclusiveness? (Dec 2016, 5 marks)

Question 15.
Answer the following:
What are the key drivers of sustainability reporting? (Dec 2016, 5 marks)

Question 16.
(i) “Report content should be balanced and reasonable presentation of the organisation’s performance.” In the light of above statement, discuss the steps to use the GRI Reporting Framework. (Dec 2016, 5 marks)
(ii) Since the sustainability reporting is relatively a new concept, many organisations find it difficult to prepare. What are the challenges in mainstream sustainability reporting? (5 marks)
Answer:
(i) The Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) had launched the fourth generation of its sustainability reporting guidelines: the GRI G4 Sustainability Guidelines (the Guidelines) in 2013. The aim of G4, is to help reporters prepare sustainability reports that contain valuable information about the organization’s most critical sustainability-related issues, and make such sustainability reporting standard practice.
G4 is applicable to all organizations, large and small, across the world. The Guidelines are now presented in two parts to facilitate the identification of reporting requirements and related guidance. It consist of following two parts:

Part 1 – Reporting Principles and Standard Disclosures: It contains the reporting principles and standard disclosures and also sets out the criteria to be applied by an organization to prepare its sustainability report in accordance with the Guidelines.

Part 2 – implementation Manual: It contains reporting and interpretative guidance that an organization should consult when preparing its sustainability report.

There are two different types of Standard Disclosures. The General Standard Disclosures are applicable to all organizations preparing sustainability reports.
The General Standard Disclosures are divided into seven parts:

  1. Strategy and Analysis
  2. Organizational Profile
  3. Identified Material Aspects and Boundaries
  4. Stakeholder Engagement
  5. Report Profile
  6. Governance
  7. Ethics and Integrity

(ii) Challenges in Mainstreaming Sustainability Reporting:
Since the Sustainability Reporting is relatively a new concept, many organization find it difficult to prepare sustainability. Following may be considered as the challenges in main streaming sustainability reporting:

  • Government Encouragement
  • Awareness
  • Expertise Knowledge
  • Investor Behavior

Reporting - CS Professional Study Material

Question 17.
What are the different reporting principles for defining quality in GRI? (June 2017, 5 Marks)
Answer:
The Principles for Defining Report Quality guide on ensuring the quality of information in the sustainability report, including its proper presentation. The quality of the information is important to enable stakeholders to make sound and reasonable assessments of performance, and take appropriate actions. Decisions related to the process of preparing information in a report should be consistent with these Principles. All of these Principles are fundamental to achieving transparency.

Heading Principle Description
Balance The report should reflect positive and negative aspects of the organization’s performance to enable a reasoned assessment of overall performance. The overall presentation of the report’s content should provide an unbiased picture of the organization’s performance. The report should avoid selections, omissions, or presentation formats that are reasonably likely to unduly or inappropriately influence a decision or judgement by the report reader.
Comparability The organization snould select, compile and report information con­sistently. The reported information should be presented in a manner that enables stakeholders to analyze changes in the organization’s performance over time, and that could support analysis relative to other organizations. Comparability is necessary for evaluating performance. Stakeholders using the report should be able to compare information reported on economic, environmental and social performance against the organization’s past performance, its objectives, and, to the degree possible, against the performance of other organizations
Accuracy The reported information should be sufficiently accurate and detailed for stake­holders to assess the organization’s performance. Responses to economic, environmental and social DMA and Indicators can be expressed in many different ways, ranging from qualitative responses to detailed quantitative measurements. The characteristics that determine accuracy vary according to the nature of the information and the user of the information.
Timeliness The organization should report on a regular schedule so that information is available in time for stakeholders to make informed decisions. The usefulness of information is closely tied to whether the timing of its disclosure to stakeholders enables them to effectively integrate it into their decision making. The timing of release refers both to the regularity of reporting as well as its proximity to the actual events described in the report.
Clarity The organization should make information available in a manner that is understandable and accessible to stakeholders using the report. Information should be presented in a manner that is comprehensible to stake-holders who have a reasonable understanding of the organization and its activities.
Reliability The organization should gather,record, compile analyze and disclose information and processes used in the preparation of a report in a way that they can be subject to examination and that establishes the quality and materiality of the information. Stakeholders should have confidence that a report can be checked to establish the veracity of its contents and the extent to which it has appropriate

Reporting - CS Professional Study Material

Question 18.
(i) What are the different sections of Business Responsibility Reporting framework as per LODR regulations? (June 2017, 3 marks)
(ii) What do you understand by integrated reporting? (June 2017, 3 marks)
Answer:
(i) Business Responsibility Report under SEBI (Listing Obligation and Disclosure Requirements) Regulation, 2015
With reference to Regulation 34(2)(f) read with Regulation 101(2) of SEBI (LODR) Regulations, 2015, for the top one thousand listed entities based on market capitalization, a business responsibility report describing the initiatives taken by the listed entity from an environmental, social and governance perspective, in the format as specified by the Board from time to time. However, the requirement of submitting a business responsibility report shall be discontinued after the financial year 2021 -22 and thereafter, with effect from the financial year 2022-23, the top one thousand listed entities based on market capitalization shall submit a business responsibility and sustainability report in the format as specified by the Board from time to Jime. Further, during the financial year 2021 -22, the top one thousand listed entities may voluntarily submit a business responsibility and sustainability report in place of the mandatory business responsibility report. Further, the remaining listed entities including the entities which have listed their specified securities on the SME Exchange, may voluntarily submit such reports.

Note: For the purpose of this clause, market capitalization shall be calculated as on the 31st day of March of every financial year.
The format of the BRSR and the guidance note are detailed in Annexure I and Annexure II respectively.
The Business Responsibility & Sustainability Report framework is divided into three sections in Annexure I:
(a) Section A: General Disclosures.
(b) Section B: Management and Process Disclosures.
(c) Section C: Principle wise Performance Disclosure

(ii) Integrated reporting is a new approach to corporate reporting which is rapidly gaining international recognition, integrated reporting is founded on integrated thinking, which helps demonstrate interconnectivity of strategy, strategic objectives, performance, risk and incentives and helps to identify sources of value creation. Integrated Reporting is one step ahead of sustainability reporting and its set to become the way companies report their annual financial and sustainability information together in one report. The aim of an integrated report is to clearly and concisely tell the organization’s stakeholders about the company and its strategy and risks, linking its financial and sustainability performance in a way that gives stakeholders a holistic view of the organization and its future prospects.

Question 19.
Discuss the following:
(a) Global Compact Self Assessment Tools,
(b) Standard and Poor’s ESG India Index. (Dec 2017, 3 marks each)
Answer:
(a) Global Compact Self-Assessment Tool:
The Global Compact Self Assessment Tool is an easy-to-use guide designed for use by companies of all sizes and across sectors committed to upholding the social and environmental standards within their respective operations. The tool consists of 45 questions with a set of three to nine indicators for each question. It consists of a ‘management section’ and four other sections, including human rights, labour, environment and anti-corruption that relate to the principles of the UN Global Compact. The tool is in line with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights. For asmair company, this tool acts as a measure of the company’s performance in all areas of the UN Global Compact and how well these issues are managed. For a large organisation, this tool helps to continuously improve existing policies and systems, engage subsidiaries, suppliers or other stakeholders, and improves internal and external reporting.

(b) Standard & Poor’s ESG India index provides investors with exposure to a liquid and tradable index of 50 of the best performing stocks in the Indian market as measured by environmental, social, and governance parameters. The index employs a unique and innovative methodology that quantifies a company’s ESG practices and translates them into a scoring system which is then used to rank each company against their peers in the Indian market. Its quantitative scoring system offers investors complete transparency.

The creation of the index involves a two step process, the first of which uses a multi-layered approach to determine an ‘ESG’ score for each company. The second step determines the weighting of the index by score. Index constituents are derived from the top 500 Indian companies by total market capitalizations that are listed on National Stock Exchange of India Ltd. (NSE). These stocks are then subjected to a screening process which yields a score based on a company’s ESG disclosure practices in the public domain.

Reporting - CS Professional Study Material

Question 20.
“Corporate Citizenship is a commitment to improve community well being through voluntary practices.” Comment (Dec 2017, 3 marks)
Answer:
Corporate citizenship is a commitment to improve community well-being through voluntary business practices and contribution of corporate resources leading to sustainable growth. Corporate responsibility is achieved when a business adapts CSR well aligned to its business goals and meets or exceeds, the ethical, legal, commercial and public expectations that society has of business.

The term corporate citizenship implies the behaviour, which would maximize a company’s positive impact and minimize the negative impact on its social and physical environment. It means moving from supply driven to more demand led strategies; keeping in mind the welfare of all stakeholders; more participatory approaches to working with communities; balancing the economic cost and benefits with the social; and finally dealing with processes rather than structures. The ultimate goal is to establish dynamic relationship between the community, business and philanthropic activities so as to complement and supplement each other.
Corporate citizenship is being adopted by more companies who have come to understand the importance of the ethical treatment of stakeholders.

Question 21.
Discuss in brief the following;
Environment, Social and Governance (ESG) Index. (June 2018, 3 marks)
Answer:
ENVIRONMENT, SOCIAL, GOVERNANCE (ESG) INDEX
ESG describes the environmental, social and corporate governance issues that investors are considering in the context of corporate behaviour. Integration of ESG refers to the active investment management processes that include an analysis of environmental, social, and corporate governance risks and opportunities and sustainability aspects of company performance evaluation.
Key Performance Indicators:

  • Environment – Energy use and efficiency, Greenhouse gas emissions, Water use, Use of ecosystem services – impact and dependence and Innovation in environment friendly products and services.
  • Social – Employees, Poverty and community impact and supply chain management
  • Governance – Codes of conduct and business principles, accountability, transparency and disclosure and Implementation – quality and consistency.

Question 22.
What are the Financial Information which are required to be disclosed on website of the Company as per Regulation 46 of SEBI (LODR) Regulations, 2015? (June 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
The financial information which are required to be disclosed on website of the company as per the Regulation (46) of SEBI (LODR) Regulations, 2015 are:
(i) financial information including:

  • notice of meeting of the board of directors where financial results shall be discussed
  • financial results, on conclusion of the meeting of the board of directors where the financial results were approved
  • complete copy of the annual report including balance sheet, profit and loss account, directors report, corporate governance report etc.

(ii) shareholding pattern
(iii) details of agreements entered into with the media companies and/or their associates, etc.
(iv) schedule of analyst or institutional investor meet and presentations made by the listed entity to analysts or institutional investors simultaneously with submission to stock exchange
(v) new name and the old name of the listed entity for a continuous period of one year, from the date of the last name change
(vi) With effect from October 1, 2018, all credit ratings obtained by the entity for all its outstanding instruments, updated immediately as and when there is any revision in any of the ratings
(vii) Separate audited financial statements of each subsidiary of the listed entity in respect of a relevant financial year, uploaded at least 21 days prior to the date of the annual general meeting which has been called to inter alia consider accounts of that financial year.

Reporting - CS Professional Study Material

Question 23.
In addition to the Financial Capital, the Integrated Reporting examines five additional capitals that should guide an organisation’s decision-making and long-term success. Which are these five additional capitals ? (June 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
Integrated reporting is a concept that has been created to better articulate che broader range of measures that contribute to long-term value and the role, organisations play in society. Central to this is the proposition that value is increasingly shaped by factors additional to financial performance, such as reliance on the environment, social reputation, human capital skills and others. This value creation concept is the backbone of integrated reporting.

In addition to financial capital, integrated reporting examines five additional capitals that should guide an organisation’s decision-making and long-term success its value creation in the broadest sense. They are:

  • Manufactured capital: Manufactured capital is seen as human-created, production-oriented equipment and tools.
  • intellectual capital: It is a key element in an organization’s future earning potential, investment in R&D, innovation, human resources and external relationships, which can determine the organization’s competitive advantage.
  • Human capital: It is generally understood to consist of individual’s capabilities and the knowledge, skills and experience of the company’s employees and managers as they are relevant to the task at hand as well as the capacity to add to the reservoir of knowledge, skills and experience.
  • Social and relationship capital: Social and relationship capital may include relationships within an organization, as well as those between an organization and its external stakeholders, depending on where social boundaries are drawn.
  • Natural capital: It may be defined as any stock of natural resources or environmental assets such as soil, water, and atmosphere, ecosystems which provide a flow of useful goods or services now and in the future.

Question 24.
“Integrated reporting would build on the existing financial reporting model to present additional information about a company’s strategy, governance, and performance” In light of above sentence, prepare a note on purpose of Integrated reporting and guiding principles for preparation of such report. (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer.
Integrated reporting is founded on integrated thinking, which helps demonstrate interconnectivity of strategy, strategic objectives, performance, risk and incentives and helps to identify sources of value creation. It is a concept that has been created to better articulate the broader range of measures that contribute to long-term value and the role, organisations play in society.

Purpose of Integrated Reporting
The primary purpose of an integrated report is to explain to providers of financial capital how an organisation creates value over time. An integrated report benefits all stakeholders interested in an organisation’s ability to create value overtime, including employees, customers, suppliers, business partners, local communities, legislators, regulators and policy-makers.
An integrated report aims to provide insight about the resources and relationships used and affected by an organisation these are collectively referred to as “the capitals” in this Framework.

It also seeks to explain how the organisation interacts with the external environment and the capitals to create value over the short, medium and long term. The capitals are stocks of value that are increased, decreased or transformed through the activities and outputs of the organisation. They are categorized in this Framework as financial, manufactured, intellectual, human, social and relationship, and natural capital, although organisations preparing an integrated report are not required to adopt this categorization pr to structure their report along the lines of the capitals.

Guiding Principles : The following Guiding Principles underpin the preparation and presentation of an integrated report, informing the content 6f the report and how information is presented. These Guiding Principles are applied individually and collectively for the purpose of preparing and presenting an integrated report; accordingly, judgement is needed in applying them, particularly when there is an apparent tension between them (e.g., between conciseness and completeness).
A. Strategic focus and future orientation : An integrated report should provide insight into the organisation’s strategy, and how it relates to the organisation’s ability to create value in the short, medium and long term and to its use of and effects on the capitals.

B. Connectivity of information : An integrated report should show a holistic picture of the combination, interrelatedness and dependencies between the factors that affect the organisation’s ability to create value over time.

C. Stakeholder relationships: An integrated report should provide insight into the nature and quality of the organisation’s relationships with its key stakeholders, including how and to what extent the organisation understands, takes into account and responds to their legitimate needs and interests.

D. Materiality: An integrated report should disclose information about matters that substantively affect the organisation’s ability to create value over the short, medium and long term.

E. An integrated report should be concise: An integrated report includes sufficient context to understand the organisation’s strategic governance, performance and prospects without being burdened with less relevant information.

F. Reliability and completeness : An integrated report should include all material matters, both positive and negative, in a balanced way and without material error.

G. Consistency and comparability : The information in an integrated report should be presented:

  • On a basis that is consistent over time.
  • In a way that enables comparison with other organisations to the extent it is material to the organisation’s own ability to create value over time.

Reporting - CS Professional Study Material

Question 25.
What are the major sections of Business Responsibility Report (BRR)? (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
Business Responsibility Report under SEBI (Listing Obligation and Disclosure Requirements) Regulation, 2015
With reference to Regulation 34(2)(f) read with Regulation 101(2) of SEBI (LODR) Regulations, 2015, for the top one thousand listed entities based on market capitalization, a business responsibility report describing the initiatives taken by the listed entity from an environmental, social and governance perspective, in the format as specified by the Board from time to time. However, the requirement of submitting a business responsibility report shall be discontinued after the financial year 2021-22 and thereafter, with effect from the financial year 2022-23, the top one thousand listed entities based on market capitalization shall submit a business responsibility and sustainability report in the format as specified by the Board from time to time. Further, during the financial year 2021-22, the top one thousand listed entities may voluntarily submit a business responsibility and sustainability report in place of the mandatory business responsibility report. Further, the remaining listed entities including the entities which have listed their specified securities on the SME Exchange, may voluntarily submit such reports.

Note: For the purpose of this clause, market capitalization shall be calculated as on the 31 st day of March of every financial year.
The format of the BRSR and the guidance note are detailed in Annexure I and Annexure II respectively.
The Business Responsibility & Sustainability Report framework is divided into three sections in Annexure I:
(a) Section A: General Disclosures.
(b) Section B: Management and Process Disclosures.
(c) Section C: Principle wise Performance Disclosure

Question 26.
Prepare a brief note on National Guidelines on Responsible Business Conduct (NGRBC). (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
The Ministry of Corporate Affairs has revised the National Voluntary Guidelines on Social, Environmental and Economic Responsibilities of Business, 2011 (NVGs) and has released the National Guidelines on Responsible Business Conduct (NGRBC) in March 2019. These guidelines urge businesses to actualise the principles in letter and spirit. The annexure 3 of the Guidelines details the reporting framework associated with the National Guidelines for Responsible Business Conduct. It consists of three sections:
(a) Section A – General Disclosures, covering operational, financial and ownership related information.
(b) Section B – Management and Process Disclosures covering the structures, policies and processes to integrate the Guidelines and
(c) Section C – Principle-wise Performance Indicators covering how well businesses are performing in pursuit of these Guidelines.

Businesses may use this reporting framework to voluntarily disclose their commitment to and performance against their economic, social and environmental impacts. A growing number of businesses are already doing this and are reporting several benefits, internal and external, as a result of their commitment to disclosure and reporting.

Question 26.
What do you mean by Corporate Sustainability Reporting? Discuss the benefits and key drivers of sustainability reporting. (Dec 2020, 5 marks)
Answer:
Corporate sustainability is an approach that creates long-term stakeholder value by implementing a business strategy that considers every dimension of how a business operates in the ethical, social, environmental, cultural, and economic spheres.

Sustainability reporting is a process for publicly disclosing an organization’s economic, environmental, and social performance. Many companies find that financial reporting alone no longer satisfies the needs of shareholders, customers, communities and other stakeholders for information about overall organizational performance.

A sustainability report is an organizational report that gives information about economic, environmental, social and governance performance. Sustainability reporting aims to communicate an organization’s sustainability priorities, policies, programs and performance to its investors.

Sustainability reporting can be considered as synonymous with other terms for non-financial reporting; triple bottom line reporting, corporate social responsibility (CSR) reporting, and more. It is also an intrinsic element of integrated reporting; a more recent development that combines the analysis of financial and non-financial performance.
Benefits of sustainability reporting

  • Internal benefits of sustainability reporting for companies and organizations can include: Increased understanding of risks and opportunities
  • Emphasizing the link between financial and non-financial performance
  • Influencing long term management strategy and policy, and business plans
  • Streamlining processes, reducing costs and improving efficiency
  • Benchmarking and assessing sustainability performance with respect to laws, norms, codes, performance standards, and voluntary initiatives
  • Avoiding being implicated in publicized environmental, social and governance failures
  • Comparing performance internally, and between organizations and sectors External benefits of sustainability reporting can include:
  • Mitigating – or reversing – negative environmental, Social and governance impacts
  • Improving reputation and brand loyalty
  • Enabling external stakeholders to understand the organization’s true value, and tangible and intangible assets
  • Demonstrating how the organization influences, and is influenced by, expectations about sustainable development

Some of the key drivers of sustainability reporting are:

  • Regulations
  • Customers
  • Loyalty
  • NGO’s and the media
  • Employees
  • Peer pressure from other companies
  • Companies themselves
  • Investors

Reporting - CS Professional Study Material

Question 27.
The Board of Directors of Fresco Pvt. Ltd. is in the process of reviewing the list of laws applicable to the company. As the Company Secretary of Fresco Pvt. Ltd., advise the Board on the components of a robust internal compliance reporting program. (Dec 2020, 5 marks)
Answer:
An internal reporting mechanism need not be extensive however it must go far beyond a written policy. It must be designed to reflect the practices, laws and culture of the countries in which the company is operating. Any broken link in the reporting chain can interrupt the flow of information from the reporter to those who need to hear and act on it. A sound program should include the following elements:

  • Communications
  • Accessibility
  • Culture Appropriateness
  • Universality
  • Confidentiality and Anonymity
  • Screening
  • Collect Data
  • Remedial action and feedback
  • Management visibility
  • Employee Protection

Question 28.
“Corporate reporting is an essential means by which companies communicate with investors as a part of their accountability and stewardship obligation.” Comment and list out the expected information required by investors, (Dec 2020, 5 marks)
Answer:
Corporate reporting is an essential means by which companies communicate with investors as part of their accountability and stewardship obligations. The current financial reporting model was developed in the 1930’s for an industrial world. In general, the model provides a backwards-looking review of performance and does not provide enough relevant information for decision- making today.
The financial reporting model is like “looking in the. rear-view mirror,” when in fact the road ahead is very turbulent and there are huge impacts on the company, both societal and environmental.

It is not necessarily the volume of information, but the lack of a comprehensive story, which is where improvements in corporate reporting are needed. Investors expect information about:

  • Business model and strategy,
  • Intangible factors and sustainability (i.e. economic, environmental, social) commitments,
  • Impacts and performance that affect a company’s value today and its ability to create value in the future,
  • Key aspects of corporate governance, ‘
  • Internal controls,
  • Human rights / diversity practices and policies,
  • Key financial ratios.

Question 29.
Why Non-Financial Reporting is important for companies? (Aug 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
Non-Financial reporting is a structured way of presenting information about one’s performance. It is the practice of measuring, disclosing and being accountable to internal and external stakeholders for organisational performance towards the goal of sustainable and inclusive development. It epitomises that a company’s financial health is dependent on much more than the assets on its balance sheet and the movements on its profit and loss account.

Non:financial reporting is an opportunity to communicate in an open and transparent way with stakeholders. In their non-financial reports, companies report an overview of their environmental and social impact during the previous year. The information in nonfinancial reports contributes to building up a company’s risk-return profile. Non-financial reporting includes –

  • Board’s Report
  • Corporate Social Responsibility Report
  • Corporate Sustainability Report

During the initial phases, corporate performance was mainly judged by market capitalization, share price and certain financial ratios such as Earnings Per Share (EPS), Return on Equity (ROE), etc. Now in the 21st century, corporate performance is being judged by corporate social responsibility reporting and Sustainability reporting whose disclosure will fall under non-financial reporting.

One of the critical parameters to be evaluated in this context would be the value created by the firm for society and whether such value creation is going to be enduring in nature. As a result, non-financial reporting will be extremely important for companies and its relevance is only going to increase in times to come. Just as financial reporting is not only concerned with returns but the risk return trade-off, similarly, non-financial reporting is also about the risks that one creates in the society and measures adopted to mitigate the same.

Reporting - CS Professional Study Material

Question 30.
Sustainability Reporting being relatively a new concept, what challenges do you foresee in mainstreaming sustainability reporting? (Aug 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
Since the Sustainability Reporting is relatively a new concept, many organizations find it difficult to prepare sustainability reports. Following may be considered as the challenges in mainstreaming sustainability reporting:
1. Awareness: lack of awareness about the emerging concept of sustainability reporting is also a major challenge which the government and corporate governance bodies need to address by arranging the sustainability awareness programme for the Professionals, Board of Directors and Management in the corporate sector, as these are the persons who will drive sustainability reporting initiative for an organisation. The government/regulators should organize such awareness programme jointly with the experts in the field of Sustainability Reporting.

2. Expertise Knowledge: Sustainability Reporting is relatively a new concept in many jurisdictions and organization found it very difficult to prepare a sustainability report in the absence of expert guidance on the subject. The Sustainability Reporting concept is emerging as a good tool to showcase the corporate governance practices of an orgainsation and this area demand professionals having expert knowledge of sustainability reporting. The professional bodies in various jurisdictions should impart the expert knowledge of sustainability reporting to their members to develop a good cadre of experts in this emerging area of sustainability reporting.

3. Investor Behaviour: It is a recognized principle that investors should consider the Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) issues while making investment decisions. There are specific regulators guidelines for the institutional investor to be vigilant on voting aspects and be concerned about the governance practices of the companies in which they invest. However, the investor behaviour may vary from company to company and sometimes they invest in companies without considering the ESG issues either due to lack of awareness on ESG issues or some other business reasons. It should be made a practice that the investor fund flow to those organization following the good governance including reporting on sustainability aspects.

4. Cost Factor: Many elements of the reporting process can contribute to its cost, including:

  • Time for senior management and other staff to discuss report contents.
  • Developing and implementing data gathering systems
  • Time for gathering and inputting data
  • Implementing new processes, including staff training on data collection
  • Time for checking information
  • Preparing the report itself, involving internal resources (time, capacity building, etc.), and potentially external resources (consultancy, writing/editing, layout, printing, etc.)
  • External verification or auditing, if applicable.

Question 31.
Elucidate the purposes and limitations of Financial Reporting. (Aug 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
Financial reporting is the process of producing statements that disclose an organisation’s financial status to management, investors and the government. Financial Reporting involves the disclosure of financial information to the various stakeholders about the financial performance and financial position of the organisation over a specified period of time. These stakeholders include – investors, creditors, public, debt providers, governments & government agencies. In case of listed companies the frequency of financial reporting is quarterly & annual.

Financial reporting serves two primary purposes. First, it helps management to engage in effective decision- making concerning the company’s objectives and overall strategies. The data disclosed in the reports can help management discern the strengths and weaknesses of the company, as well as its overall financial health. Second, financial reporting provides vital information about the financial health and activities of the company to its stakeholders including its shareholders, potential investors* consumers, and government regulators. It’s a means of ensuring that the company is being run appropriately.

The importance of financial reporting cannot be over emphasised. But still financial reporting has some limitations. The current financial reporting model was developed in the 1930’s for an industrial world. In general, the model provides a backwards-looking review of performance and does not provide enough relevant information for decision-making today. The financial reporting model is like “looking in the rear-view mirror,” when in fact the road ahead is very turbulent and there are huge impacts on the company, both societal and environmental.

It is not necessarily the volume of information, but the lack of a comprehensive story, which is where improvements in financial reporting are needed. Investors expect information about:

  • Business model and strategy,
  • Intangible factors and sustainability (i.e. economic, environmental, social) commitments,
  • Impacts and performance that affect a company’s value today and its ability to create value in the future,
  • Key aspects of corporate governance,
  • Internal controls,
  • Human rights/diversity practices and policies,
  • Key financial ratios.

Reporting - CS Professional Study Material

Question 32.
What are the Guiding Principles for preparation of an integrated report? (Aug 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
The following Guiding Principles underpin the preparation of an integrated report, informing the content of the report and how information is presented:
1. Strategic focus and future orientation: An integrated report should provide insight into the organization’s strategy, and how it relates to the organization’s ability to create value in the short, medium and long term, end to its use of and effects on the capitals.

2. Connectivity of information: An integrated report should show a holistic picture of the combination, interrelatedness and dependencies between the factors that affect the organization’s ability to create value over time.

3. Stakeholder relationships: An integrated report should provide insight into the nature and quality of the organization’s relationships v ith its key stakeholders, including how and to what extent the organization understands, takes into account and responds to their legitimate needs and interests.

4. Materiality: An integrated report should disclose information about matters that substantively affect the organization’s ability to create value over the short, medium and long term.

5. Conciseness: An integrated report should be concise.

6. Reliability and completeness: An integrated report should include all material matters, both positive and negative, in a balanced way and without material error

7. Consistency and comparability: The information in an integrated report should be presented: (a) on a basis that is consistent over time; and (b) in a way that enables comparison with other organizations to the extent it is material to the organization’s own ability to create value over time.

Question 33.
Discuss the relation between integrated reporting and sustainability reporting. (Aug 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
Sustainability reporting is a process that assists organizations in setting goals, measuring performance and managing change towards a sustainable global economy – one that combines long term profitability with social responsibility and environmental care. Sustainability reporting – mainly through but not limited to a sustainability report – is the key platform for communicating the organization’s economic, environmental, social and governance performance, reflecting positive and negative impacts. The aspects that the organization deems to be material, in response to its stakeholders’ expectations and interests, drive sustainability reporting. Stakeholders can include those who are invested in the organization as well as those who have other relationships with the organization.

Integrated reporting is an emerging and evolving trend in corporate reporting, which in general aims primarily to offer an organization’s providers of financial capital with an integrated representation of the key factors that are material to its present and future value creation. Integrated reporters build on sustainability reporting foundations and disclosures in preparinQ their integrated report. Through the integrated report, an organization provides a concise communication about how its strategy, governance, performance and prospects lead to the creation of value over time. Therefore, the integrated report is not intended to be an extract of the traditional annual report nor a combination of the annual financial statements and the sustainability report’. However, the integrated report interacts with other reports and communications by making reference to additional detailed information that is provided separately.

Although the objectives of sustainability reporting and integrated reporting may be different, sustainability reporting is an intrinsic element of integrated reporting. Sustainability reporting considers the relevance of sustainability to an organization and also addresses sustainability priorities i and key topics, focusing on the impact of sustainability trends, risks and opportunities on the long term prospects and financial performance of the organization. Sustainability reporting is fundamental to an organization’s i integrated thinking and reporting process in providing input into the organization’s identification of its material issues, its strategic objectives, and the assessment of its ability to achieve those objectives and create value overtime.

Reporting - CS Professional Study Material

Question 34.
Discuss the guiding principles for Preparation and presentation of an integrated report. (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
Guiding Principles underpin the preparation of an integrated report, informing the content of the report and how information is presented. The following guidelines are applied individually arid collectively for the purpose of preparing and presenting an integrated report:

  • Strategic focus and future orientation
  • Connectivity of information
  • Stakeholder relationships
  • Materiality
  • Conciseness
  • Reliability and completeness
  • Consistency and comparability

Question 35.
Define financial reporting. What are its main components? (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
Financial Reporting involves the disclosure of financial information to the various stakeholders about the financial performance and financial position of the organisation over a specified period of time. These stakeholders include – investors, creditors, public, debt providers, governments and government agencies. In case of listed companies the frequency of financial reporting is quarterly & annual.
Financial reporting serves two primary purposes. First, it helps management to engage in effective decision making concerning the company’s objectives and overall strategies. The data disclosed in the reports can help management discern the strengths and weaknesses of the company, as well as its overall financial health. Second, financial reporting provides vital information about the financial health and activities of the company to its stakeholders including its shareholders, potential investors, consumers, and government regulators. It is a way of ensuring that the company is being run appropriately.

The main components of financial reporting are:

  • The notes to financial statements
  • The financial statements – Balance Sheet, Statement of Profit & Loss, Cash flow statement & Statement of changes in stock holder’s equity
  • Prospectus (In case of companies going for IPOs)
  • Quarterly & Annual reports (in case of listed companies)
  • Management Discussion & Analysis (In case of public companies)

The Government and the Institute of Chartered Accounts of India (ICAI) has issued various accounting standards and guidance notes which are applied for the purpose of financial reporting. This ensures uniformity across various diversified industries when they prepare and present their financial statements.

Question 36.
Specify, in brief, the information to be disclosed in board’s report. (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
The Companies Act, 2013 mandates certain disclosures to be made in the board’s report. In addition, a listed company has to comply with certain additional requirements under SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure’ Requirements) Regulations, 2015. Where a company is listed in an overseas stock exchange, then it has to also comply with the disclosure requirements of that exchange. A company regulated by any other law has to comply with the disclosure requirements of those laws.
The board’s report should be based on the company’s standalone financial statement and should relate to the financial year for which such statement has been prepared. If any information is specified elsewhere ir, the financial statement, then the board’s report may give a reference thereof instead of repeating the same.

A board’s report should typically include information under following heads:

  • Capital and Debt Structure
  • General Information
  • Company Specific Information
  • Management
  • Investor Education and Protection Fund (IEPF)
  • Credit Rating of Securities
  • Details of Deposits
  • Disclosures Relating to Subsidiaries, Associates and Joint Ventures
  • Particulars of Contracts or Arrangements with Related Parties
  • Particulars of Loans, Guarantees And Investments
  • Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
  • Foreign Exchange Earnings and Outgo
  • Conservation of Energy, Technology Absorption
  • Risk Management including management perception of Risk factors
  • Details of Establishment of Vigil Mechanism
  • Material Orders of Judicial Bodies /Regulators
  • Changes in directors and KMP .
  • Explanations in Response to Auditors’Qualifications
  • Auditors Reports including Secretarial Audit Report
  • Compliance of applicable regulations
  • Compliance With Secretarial Standards
  • Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process Initiated under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (IBC)
  • Annual Return link on website
  • Failure to Implement any Corporate Action
  • weat Equity, ESOPs etc.
  • Details of Committee meetings
  • Attendance of Directors at meetings of Board
  • Additional Disclosures Under Listing Regulations
  • Disclosures pertaining to the Sexual Harassment of Women at the Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013 etc.

Reporting - CS Professional Study Material

Question 37.
The Companies Act, 2013 brought revolutionary changes and mandated the Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) provisions for the companies. As per the provisions related to CSR, eligible companies need to file a CSR Report on annual basis. What are the contents of CSR report? (June 2022, 5 marks)
(b) Integrated reporting is founded on integrated thinking, which helps to demonstrate interconnectivity of strategy, strategic objectives, performance, risk and incentives and helps to identify sources of value creation. In reference to integrated reporting, explain the International Integrated Reporting Council (IIRC). (June 2022, 5 marks)
(c) Explain the regulatory framework with respect to sustainability reporting in India. (June 2022, 5 marks)
(d) As per SEBI Circular No. CIR/CFD/CMD/10/2015 dated 4th November, 2015, a format for “Business Responsibility Report (BRR)” has been prescribed. This circular prescribes the BRR framework into five sections. Explain the contents of these five sections, in brief. (June 2022, 5 marks)

Question 36.
“Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Sustainability Reporting Standards (GRI Standards) helps businesses, governments and other organizations understand and communicate the impact of business on critical sustainability issues.” Considering the statement, discuss any five distinctive elements of the GRI Standards. (June 2022, 5 marks)

Question 38.
Attempt the following:
“In India, the primary responsibility for administration and implementation of the policy of Government of India with respect to environmental management, conservation, ecological development and pollution control rests with the Ministry of Environment and . Forests (MoEF)’.” Discuss and list out the enactments administered by MoEF. (June 2013, 5 marks)
Answer:
The primary responsibility for administration and implementation of the Policy of the Government of India with respect to environmental management, conservation, ecological sustainable development and pollution control rests with the Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF). The MoEF is the agency responsible for the review and approval of Environmental Impact Assessment. Under this notification certain activities must obtain clearance from Central and State Government and also to obtain no objection certificate before commencement of the operations.
The MoEF is responsible to enforce the Regulations established pursuant to major legal enactment which include:

  • The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974.
  • The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981.
  • The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.
  • National Environment Appellate Authority Act, 1997.
  • The Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1960.
  • Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972.
  • Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006.
  • Forest Conservative Act, 1980.
  • Indian Forest Act, 1927.
  • Biological Diversity Act, 2002.

Question 39.
As the Company Secretary of Sound India Ltd., you are required by the Chairman to prepare a note for the Board of directors highlighting the following:
(i) Importance of sustainability reporting .
(ii) Available framework for sustainability reporting
(iii) Challenges involved in main streaming sustainability reporting. (Dec 204, 8 marks)
Answer:
(i) Importance of sustainability reporting:

  • Legitimation of corporate activities, products and services which create environmental and social impacts.
  • Increase in corporate reputation and brand value.
  • Gaining a competitive advantage.
  • Comparison and benchmarking against competitors.
  • Increasing transparency and accountability within the company.
  • Establishing and supporting employee motivation as well as internal information and control processes.

(ii) Available framework for sustainability reporting:
The idea of sustainability reporting is that how an organization contributes or aims to contribute in the future, to the improvement or deterioration of economic, environmental and social conditions, developments and trends at the local, regional or global level. This involves discussing the performance of the organization in the context of the limits and demands placed on environmental or social resources at the sectoral, local, regional or global level.

(iii) Challenges involved in Main streaming Sustainability Reporting:
Since the Sustainability Reporting is relatively a new concept, many organization find it difficult to prepare sustainability report. Following may be considered as the challenges in main streaming sustainability reporting:

  1. Government Encouragement
  2. Awareness
  3. Expertise Knowledge
  4. Investor Behaviour.

Reporting - CS Professional Study Material

Reporting Notes:

Integrated Reporting
Integrated reporting (IR) is a “process that results in communication, most visibly a periodic “integrated report”, about value creation over time.

Financial Reporting:
Financial reporting is the process of producing statements that disclose an organization’s financial status to management, investors and the government.

An integrated report should include eight Content Elements that are fundamentally linked to each other and are not mutually exclusive

  • Organisational overview and external environment
  • Governance
  • Business model
  • Risks and opportunities
  • Strategy and resource allocation
  • Performance
  • Outlook
  • Basis of presentation

Compliance Officer
The Regulation 2(c) defines the meaning of “compliance officer”. It means any senior officer, designated so and reporting to the board of directors or head of the organisation in case board is not there, who is financially literate and is capable of appreciating requirements for legal and regulatory compliance under these regulations and who shall be responsible for compliance of policies, procedures,, maintenance of records, monitoring adherence to the rules for the preservation of unpublished price sensitive information, monitoring of trades and the implementation of the codes specified in these regulations under the overall supervision of the board of directors of the listed company or the head of an organisation, as the case may be.

Encumbered Shares:
Encumbered securities are securities that are owned by one entity, but subject to a legal claim by another. When an entity borrows from another, legal claim on the securities owned by the borrower can be taken as ‘ security by the lender should the borrower default on its obligation.

An Overview on GST – CS Professional Study Material

Chapter 1 An Overview on GST – CS Professional Advance Tax Law Notes is designed strictly as per the latest syllabus and exam pattern.

An Overview on GST – CS Professional Advance Tax Law Study Material

Question 1.
State with reasons, whether the following statements are true or false under GST law:
(a) The rates for CGST are rates as may be notified by the Government on the recommendations of the GST council. However, maximum rate will be 28%. (Aug 2021, 1 mark)
(b) Natural Gas is taxable @ 12% under GST Act, 2017. (Aug 2021, 1 mark)
(c) Jai Singh has GST registration in two different states in his own Permanent Account Number. He cannot opt. for composition scheme in one state and normal scheme in another state. (Aug 2021, 1 mark)
(e) Mohit, a registered person under GST of U.P. has intra-state sales of Rupees 1.30 crores and purchases from Delhi of Rupees 1.10 crores. He is eligible to opt for composition scheme of GST. (Aug 2021, 1 mark)
Answer:
(a) False. In terms of provisions of Section 9(1) Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, CGST rates may be notified by the Government on the recommendations of the GST Council. But such rates cannot exceed twenty percent (20%).

(b) False. Since as per Section 9(2) of Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 central tax on the supply of Natural Gas shall be levied from such date as may be notified by the Government on the recommendations of GST Council and the Government has not yet notified such date.

(c) True. According to Section 10(2) of Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, all registered persons having same Permanent Account Number (PAN) have to opt for Composition Scheme together. If one opts
for composition levy for one registered place, then all places will be covered under Composition scheme. Thus, Jai Singh cannot opt for composition scheme in one state and Normal scheme in another.

(e) True. The Composition Scheme under GST is optional and alternative method specially designed for the small taxpayers whose turnover is ₹ 1.5 Crores. In the present case Mohit’s aggregate turnover is ₹ 1.3 crore and does not exceed ₹ 1.5 crores. Further He cannot make inter-state sales but can make inter-state purchases.

An Overview on GST - CS Professional Study Material

Question 2.
Answer the following independent issues in the context of provisions contained under the GST Act, 2017?
(ii) GST Council.
(iii) Point of Taxation.
(iv) SGST cannot be levied in a Union Territory and to plug this loophole, the GST Council had decided to have which legislature.
(v) Name the Act and the period which provides compensation to the States for the loss of revenue because of implementation of GST. (Dec 2017, 4 marks)
Answer:
(ii) Article 279A provides for constituting a council called the Goods and Services Tax council within 60 days from date of commencement of 101st Constitution Amendment Act, 2016. GST Council was constituted by The President of India by Notification on 15-09-16.

A GST Council would be constituted comprising the Union Finance Minister (who will be the Chairman of the Council), the Minister of State (Revenue) and the State Finance/Taxation Ministers to make recommendations to the Union and the States on

  1. the taxes, cesses and surcharges levied by the Centre, the States and the local bodies which may be subsumed under GST;
  2. the goods and services that may be subjected to or exempted from the GST;
  3. the date on which the GST shall be levied on petroleum-crude, high speed diesel, motor spirit (commonly known as petrol), natural gas and aviation turbine fuel;
  4. model GST laws, principles of levy, apportionment of IGST and the principles that govern the place of supply;
  5. the threshold limit of turnover below which the goods and services may be exempted from GST;
  6. the rates including floor rates with bands of GST;
  7. any special rate or rates for a specified period to raise additional resources during any natural calamity or disaster;
  8. special provision with respect to the North- East States, J&K, Himachal Pradesh and Uttarakhand; and
  9. any other matter relating to the GST, as the Council may decide.

(iii) Point of taxation means the point in time when the goods or services are deemed to be supplied. The liability to pay GST arises upon the time of supply. That is the rate relevant for taxation of supply depends upon Time of supply. Section 12 of CGST Act, 2017 deals with the provisions of Time of Supply of goods and Section 13 deals with provisions relating to Time of supply of services.

(iv) SGST cannot be levied in a. Union Territory without legislature: This applies to following Union Territories of India: Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Lakshadweep, Dadra and Nagar Haveli, Daman and Diu and Chandigarh.
GST Council decided to have Union Territory GST Law (UTGST):
Which would be at par with State Goods and Servicece Tax (SGST). As per Article 246(4) of Constitution, the Parliament has powers to make laws with respect to any matter for any part of the territory of India, which is not included in the State, including the matters enumerated in State List. Therefore, with the approval from the GST Council, the Central Government passed the UTGST Law in the Parliament.

(v) Goods and Services Tax (Compensation to States) Act, 2017: Objective of this Act is to provide for compensation to the States for the loss of revenue arising on account of implementation of the goods and services tax in pursuance of the provisions of the Constitution (One Hundred and First Amendment) Act, 2016, for next five years.

Question 3.
Narrate all those advantages which will be available to Trade because of implementation of GST. (Dec 2017, 5 marks)
Answer:
Advantages of GST to Trade:

  1. Reduction in multiplicity of taxes.
  2. Mitigation of cascading/double taxation.
  3. More efficient neutralization of taxes especially for exports.
  4. Development of common national market.
  5. Simpler tax regime-fewer rates and exemptions.

Question 4.
Explain the following terms used under the Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017:
(i) Causal Taxable Person
(iii) Manufacture (Dec 2017, 2 marks each)
Answer:
(i) “Casual Taxable Person” means a person who occasionally undertakes transactions involving supply of goods or services or both in the course or furtherance of business, whether as principal, agent or in any other capacity, in a State or a Union territory where he has no fixed place of business [Section 2(20)]

(iii) “Manufacture” means processing of raw material or inputs in any manner that results in emergence of a new product having a distinct name, character and use and the term “manufacturer” shall be construed accordingly [Section 2(72)]

An Overview on GST - CS Professional Study Material

Question 5.
Explain in the context of CGST Act, 2017 the following:
(ii) Composition levy (Dec 2017, 2 marks)
Answer:
Composition levy is an optional alternative method of levy of tax designed for small taxpayers:
(a) Threshold limit viz. aggregate turnover in state of taxable person should not exceed ₹ 1.5 crore (or 75 lakh in special category states)

(b) Rates of composition levy i.e. 1 % of turnover for manufacturers, 1 % of turnover for traders, and 5% of turnover for restaurants.
There are other conditions, which need be fulfilled to avail of composition levy and further, there are restrictions as to input tax credit.

Question 6.
Briefly explain the following features of GST law in India:
(i) Consumption based tax (Dec 2018, 2 marks)
Answer:
GST is a consumption based tax i.e. tax payment accrue to the state where consumption of supply take place. Exports are not taxable because place of consumption is outside India whereas imports are taxable as place of consumption is in India.

Question 7.
Is a dealer, who is not required to be registered because he has not crossed the turnover limit, required to pay GST under reverse charge in respect of supplies for which reverse charge is applicable? (Dec 2018, 2 marks)
Answer:
Yes, as per Section 24 of CGST Act, 2017 the taxpayer who is required to pay tax under reverse charge have to compulsorily register under GST and threshold limit of ₹ 20 lakhs shall not be applicable to him.

Question 8.
Examine the correctness or otherwise of the following statements in accordance with the provisions of GST Act, 2017 and support your answer by giving brief reasons:
(i) The composition scheme will not be an optional scheme.
(ii) A taxable person having same PAN can opt to pay tax under composition scheme by seeking separate registration for branches.
(iii) A taxable person will be eligible to opt for composition scheme only for one out of the three or more business verticals.
(iv) Composition scheme can be availed, where the taxable person effects inter-state supplies.
(v) Composition tax can be collected from the customers. (Dec 2020, 1 × 5 = 5 marks)
Answer:
(i) No, it is an Optional scheme provided the eligibility criterion to opt the scheme is being satisfied by the person. [Section 10 CGST Act, 2017].
(ii) No, a registered person shall not be eligible to opt for composition scheme unless all such registered persons (branches having separate registration under a single PAN) opt to pay tax under the composition scheme as per CGST Act, 2017.[Proviso to Section 10(2) CGST Act, 2017].
(iii) No, composition scheme would become applicable for all the business verticals/registrations which are held by the person with same PAN. [Proviso to Section 10(2) CGST Act, 2017].
(iv) No, composition scheme is applicable subject to the condition that the taxable person does not affect inter-state supplies. [Section 10(2)(c) CGST Act, 2017].
(v) No, the taxable person under composition scheme is restricted from collecting tax in any manner. [Section 10(4) CGST Act, 2017],

Question 9.
“A Registered person opted for composition scheme under section 10(1) of the CGST Act, 2017 cannot provide supply of any service either outward or inward service”.
Discuss the validity of the above statement. (Dec 2022, 5 marks)

An Overview on GST - CS Professional Study Material

Question 10.
X is a registered trader in Ghaziabad (Uttar Pradesh). In the Financial Year 2022-23 total value of supplies are as follows:
(i) Intra-state supplies made under forward charge – ₹ 35 lakh
(ii) Intra-state supplies made which are chargeable to GST at Nil rate — ₹ 25 lakh
(iii) Intra-state supplies of goods which are wholly exempt under section 11 of CGST Act, 2017 — ₹ 30 lakh
(iv) Value of inward supplies on which tax payable under Reverse Charge Basis (RCM) — ₹ 20 lakh
Briefly explain whether X is eligible to opt for Composition Scheme in the financial year 2023-24? (Dec 2018, 5 marks)
Answer:
As per Section 10 of CGST, 2017, a registered person, whose aggregate turnover in the preceding financial year did not exceed ₹ 1.5 crore may opt for Composition Scheme.
As per Section 2(6) of CGST Act, 2017, “aggregate turnover” means the aggregate value of all taxable supplies (excluding the value of inward supplies on which tax is payable by a person on reverse charge basis), exempt supplies, exports of goods or services or both and inter-State supplies of persons having the same Permanent Account Number.

Computation of Aggregate Turnover in F.Y. 2022-23 : ₹ in lakhs
Intra-state supplies made under forward charge : 35
Intra-state supplies made which are chargeable to GST at Nil rate : 25
Intra-state supplies of goods which are wholly exempt under Section 11 of CGST Act, 2017 : 30
Value of inward supplies under Reverse Charge Basis
(not to be included in computing aggregate turnover) : Nil
Total : 90

Since, aggregate turnover does not exceed ₹ 1.5 crore during the financial year 2022-23 Mr. X is entitled for Composition Scheme for F.Y. 2023-24.

Question 11.
Gokhale & Sons is registered in Karnataka and paying GST under composition scheme, provides the following details for the tax period ended on 31st December, 2022:

Particulars (₹)
(i) Taxable turnover of goods within state
(ii) Exempted turnover of goods within state
25,00,000
27,00,000

Calculate the total GST without bifurcation between CGST and SGST to be paid by Gokhate & Sons for the tax period ended on 31st December, 2022 in following independent situation on the basis of details of turnover as given:
(i) If Gokhale & Sons is Manufacturer
(ii) If Gokhale & Sons is Trader (June 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
As per Amendment in Notification No. 8/2017 vide Notification No. 1/2018 Central Tax dated 01.01.2018, effective rate of tax under composition scheme for manufactures has been reduced from 2% to 1 % (CGST + SGST) w.e.f 01.01.2018. Thus, w.e.f. 01.01.2018, uniform rate of 1% is applicable for both manufacturers and traders paying tax under composition scheme.

Further, Notification No. 8/2017 Central Tax dated 27.06.2017 has also been amended to provide that for other categories of composition suppliers (other than manufacturers and restaurants), composition tax would be leviable as percentage of turnover of taxable supplies of goods. Prior to the amendment, the tax was payable as a percentage of the total turnover.

Hence, total tax will be as follow:
(i) ₹ 52,000 (1% of 52,00,000) (if Gokhale & Sons is a Manufacturer)
(ii) ₹ 25,000 (1% of 25,00,000) (if Gokhale & Sons is a trader).

An Overview on GST - CS Professional Study Material

Question 12.
Ganga Co. Ltd. commenced business on 01-07-2021. It applied for registration on 05-08-2022. The registration was granted on 07-08-2022. What is the effective date of registration ? Instead of 01 -07-2021, if it had commenced business on 20-07-2022, what would be your answer?

Ganga Co. Ltd. is an authorized dealer of two-wheeler vehicles. Its sales turnover was ₹ 125 lakhs for the year ended 31-03-2023. It also provided after sales service to customers for ₹ 7 lakhs. Is it eligible for composition levy for the financial year 2022-23? (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
Eligibility for composition levy:
As per rule 10(3) of CGST Rules, 2017 if the applicant has submitted an application for registration after the expiry of 30 days from the date of his becoming liable to registration, the effective date of registration shall be the date of the grant of registration.

Ganga Co Ltd commenced business on 01.07.2022 but applied on 05.08.2022 and it was granted on 07.08.2022. Since, the application for registration has been made after the expiry of 30 days from the date when it was liable to obtain registration, the effective date of registration would be the date of grant of registration i.e. 07.08.2022.

If it had commenced business on 20.07.2022, the application for registration submitted within 30 days i.e. 07.08.2022, hence the effective date of registration would be 20.07.2022.

Under section 10 of the CGST Act, a registered person opting to pay tax under composition levy can apart from manufacture/ supply of goods, provide service not exceeding 10% of total turnover or ₹ 5 lakhs whichever is higher.
In this case the annual turnover is ₹ 125 lakhs and hence the higher of the two limits is ₹ 12.5 lakhs; the amount received by way of supply of service is ₹ 7 lakhs which is less than 10% of the total turnover.
Hence, Ganga Co. Ltd is eligible for composition levy.

Question 13.
(i) X Ltd. availing the composition scheme under GST Act, and paying taxes accordingly had a turnover from the supply of goods of Rupees 150 Lakhs, upto 31st December, 2022. On the 1st of January, 2023 (01.01.2023) another supply of Rupees 1.20 Lakhs was made. Explain whether X Ltd. can continue to avail the composition scheme and the relevant provision of GST Act, 2017 in this regard. (Aug 2021, 2 marks)
(ii) Z Ltd. registered under GST and having opted for simplified composition scheme (as prescribed under Notification No. 2/2019 – CT (Rate) has furnished the following details :

Supply of services (attracting GST @ 18%) : ₹ 20,00,000
Supply of goods (attracting GST @ 12%) : ₹ 20,00,000
Inward supplies (subject to reverse charge under section
9(3) of CGST Act, 2017 attracting GST @ 18%) : ₹ 5,00,000
Calculate the tax liability of Z Ltd. (Aug 2021, 3 marks)
Answer:
(i) No, a registered person is entitled to avail of the composition scheme only up to the date on which his aggregate turnover under GST does not exceed ₹ 150 Lakhs. Accordingly, in this case since the limit of ₹ 1.5 crore is reached on 31st December, 2022 the composition scheme is not available to X Ltd. any more and normal scheme will be applicable henceforth. To convert to normal scheme the dealer will file intimation for withdrawal from composition scheme in the prescribed FORM GST CMP – 04 within seven days from 31st December, 2022

(ii) Calculation of Tax Liability of Z Ltd. under New Composition Scheme

Particular Amount Tax Rate CGST SG9T Total
Supply of Services 20,00,000 3% + 3% 60,000 60,000 1,20,000
Supply of Goods 20,00,000 3%+ 3% 60,000 60,000 1,20,000
Inward Supplies
Attracting RCM 5,00,000 9% + 9% 45,000 45,000 90,000

Total Tax liability of ₹ 3,30,000 Shall be paid through electronic cash ledger.

Question 14.
Lokesh Pvt. Ltd. a company engaged in the manufacturing of auto parts and spares having registered office and factory located at Jaipur has got itself registered under the composition scheme for the purpose of tax under GST. Company furnishes the following information/details and of the total value of supplies including inward supplies taxed under reverse charge basis for the financial year 2022-23 :

Particulars: Amount (₹)
(i) Intra-state supplies of auto spares ‘V’ units Chargeable to GST @ 12% : ₹ 36,00,000
(ii) Intra-state supplies of auto spares ‘X’ units Chargeable to GST @ 5% : ₹ 30,00,000
(iii) Inward supplies on which tax payable under
Reverse Charge having GST rate of 18% : ₹ 9,60,000
(iv) Intra-state supplies wholly exempt under section 11 of CGST : ₹ 16,40,000
Determine the tax liability of Lokesh Pvt. Ltd. payable under composition and the gross total tax liability for the Financial year 2022-23. (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
Computation of turnover for tax under Composition Scheme

Particulars Amount(₹)
1. Intra-state supplies of Auto Spares ‘V’ 36,00,000
2. Intra-state supplies of Auto Spares ‘X’ 30,00,000
3. Inward supplies on which tax payable under Reverse Charge Mechanism (RCM)(GST Rate 18%) Nil
4. Intra state supplies wholly exempt under section 11 of Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 16,40,000
Turnover within the state 82,40,000
Rate of composite tax (CGST 0.5% + SGST 0.5%) 1%
Total Composite Tax 82,400

2. Tax payable under reverse charge basis

Particulars Amount(₹)
Inward supplies on which tax payable under RCM 9,60,000
Rate of GST 18%
Tax payable under RCM 1,72,800

3. Total tax payable by the Company for 2022-23

Amount(₹)
Under Composition 82,400
Under RCM 1,72,800
2,55,200

An Overview on GST - CS Professional Study Material

Question 15.
Lalit Industries, registered in Assam, is engaged in making inter-state supplies of hosiery garments. The aggregate turnover of Lalit Industries in the preceding financial year is ₹ 72 Lakh. It has opted for composition levy under Section 10(1) and 10(2) of CGST Act, 2017 in the current financial year and paid tax for the April-June quarter of current year under composition levy. The proper officer has levied penalty for wrongly availing the scheme on Lalit Industries in addition to the tax payable by it. Justify, in the context of provision of CGST Act, 2017 the validity of the action taken by proper officer. (June 2022, 5 marks)
Answer:
As per section 10(1) of the Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017,
a registered person, whose aggregate turnover in the preceding financial year did not exceed ₹ 1.5 crore in a State/Union Territory [₹ 75 Lakh in case of Special Category States except Assam, Himachal Pradesh and Jammu and Kashmir], may opt for composition scheme.

However, he shall not be eligible to opt for composition scheme if, interalia, he is engaged in making any inter-State outward supplies of goods or services.

In the given case, since Lalit Industries is engaged in making inter-Stale supplies of Hosiery Garments, it is not eligible to opt for composition scheme in current year irrespective of its turnover not exceeding the threshold limit of ₹ 75 Lakh in the preceding financial year.

Further, if the proper officer has reasons to believe that a taxable person has paid tax under composition scheme despite not being eligible, such person shall, in addition to any tax payable, be liable to a penalty and the provisions of section 73 or section 74 shall, mutatis mutandis, apply for determination of tax and penalty.

Thus, the action taken by the proper officer of levying the penalty for wrongly availing the composition scheme is valid in law.

Question 16.
Anil, a retailer who keeps zero inventories, presents the following expected information for the year:
(a) Purchase of goods: ₹ 50 lakh (GST @ 5% extra)
(b) Sales (at fixed selling price inclusive of all taxes): ₹ 60 lakh (GST rate on such goods is @ 5%).
Discuss whether he should opt for composition scheme under GST law if composition tax is 1 % of turnover. Expenses for keeping detailed statutory records required under the GST Law will be ₹ 1,75,000 p.a., which shall get reduced to ₹ 75,000 if composition scheme is opted for. Other fixed expenses are ₹ 2,75,000 p.a. (Dec 2022, 5 marks)

Question 17.
What is Goods and Services Tax (GST)?
Answer:
It is a destination based tax on consumption of goods and services. It is proposed to be levied at all stages right from manufacture up to final consumption with credit of taxes paid at previous stages available as setoff. In a nutshell, only value addition will be taxed and burden of tax is to be borne by the final consumer.

Question 18.
What exactly is the concept of destination based tax on consumption?
Answer:
The tax would accrue to the taxing authority which has jurisdiction over the place of consumption which is also termed as place of supply.

Question 19.
Which of the existing taxes are proposed to be subsumed under GST?
Answer:
The GST would replace the following taxes:

(i) taxes currently levied and collected by the Centre:
(a) Central Excise duty
(b) Duties of Excise (Medicinal and Toilet Preparations)
(c) Additional Duties of Excise (Goods of Special Importance)
(d) Additional Duties of Excise (Textiles and Textile Products)
(e) Additional Duties of Customs (commonly known as CVD)
(f) Special Additional Duty of Customs (SAD)
(g) Service Tax
(h) Central Surcharges and Cesses so far as they relate to supply of goods and services.

(ii) State taxes that would be subsumed under the GST are:
(a) State VAT
(b) Central Sales Tax c. Luxury Tax
(c) Entry Tax (all forms)
(d) Entertainment and Amusement Tax(except when levied by the local bodies)
(e) Taxes on advertisements
(f) Purchase Tax
(g) Taxes on lotteries, betting and gambling
(i) State Surcharge sand Cesses
So far as they relate to supply of goods and services. The GST Council shall make recommendations to the Union and States on the taxes, cesses and surcharges levied by the Centre, the States and the local bodies which may be subsumed in the GST.

An Overview on GST - CS Professional Study Material

Question 20.
What principles were adopted for subsuming the above taxes under GST?
Answer:
The various Central, State and Local levies were examined to identify their possibility of being subsumed under GST. While identifying, the following principles were kept in mind:

  1. Taxes or levies to be subsumed should be primarily in the nature of indirect taxes, either on the supply of goods or on the supply of services.
  2. Taxes or levies to be subsumed should be part of the transaction chain which commences with import/ manufacture/ production of goods or provision of services at one end and the consumption of goods and services at the other.
  3. The subsumation should result in free flow of tax credit in intra and inter-State levels. The taxes, levies and fees that are not specifically related to supply of goods & services should not be subsumed under GST.
  4. Revenue fairness for both the Union and the States individually would need to be attempted.

Question 21.
Which are the commodities proposed to be kept outside the purview of GST?
Answer:
Article 366(12A) of the Constitution as amended by 101st Constitutional Amendment Act, 2016 defines the Goods and Services tax (GST) as a tax on supply of goods or services or both, except supply of alcoholic liquor for human consumption. So alcohol for human consumption is kept out of GST by way of definition of GST in constitution. Five petroleum products viz. petroleum crude, motor spirit (petrol), high speed diesel, natural gas and aviation turbine fuel have temporarily been kept out and GST Council shall decide the date from which they shall be included in GST.

Furthermore, distribution and transmission of electricity and sale and purchase of real estate will also be kept out by way of exemptions.

Question 22.
What type of GST is proposed to be implemented?
Answer:
It would be a dual GST with the Centre and States simultaneously levying it on a common tax base.
The GST to be levied by the Centre on intra-State supply of goods and / or services would be called the Central GST (CGST) and that to be levied by the States/ Union territory would be called the State GST (SGST)/ UTGST. Similarly, Integrated GST (IGST) will be levied and administered by Centre on every inter- State supply of goods and services.

Question 23.
Why is Dual GST required?
Answer:
India is a federal country where both the Centre and the States have been assigned the powers to levy and collect taxes through appropriate legislation. Both the levels of Government have distinct responsibilities to perform according to the division of powers prescribed in the Constitution for which they need to raise resources. A dual GST will, therefore, be in keeping with the Constitutional requirement of fiscal federalism.

Question 24.
Which authority will levy and administer GST?
Answer:
Centre will levy and administer CGST & IGST while respective States /UTs will levy and administer SGST/ UTGST.

Question 25.
Why was the Constitution of India amended recently in the context of GST?
Answer:
Currently, the fiscal powers between the Centre and the States are clearly demarcated in the Constitution with almost no overlap between the respective domains. The Centre has the powers to levy tax on the manufacture of goods (except alcoholic liquor for human consumption, opium, narcotics etc.) while the States have the powers to levy tax on the sale of goods. In the case of inter-State sales, the Centre has the power to levy a tax (the Central Sales Tax) but, the tax is collected and retained entirely by the States.

As for services, it is the Centre alone that is empowered to levy service tax. Introduction of the GST required amendments in the Constitution so as to simultaneously empower the Centre and the States to levy and collect this tax. The Constitution of India has been amended by the Constitute (One hundred and first amendment) Act, 2016 for this purpose. Article 246A of the Constitution empowers the Centre and the States to levy and collect the GST.

Question 26.
What are the benefits which the Country will accrue from GST?
Answer:
Introduction of GST would be a very significant step in the field of indirect tax reforms in India. By amalgamating a large number of Central and State taxes into a single tax and allowing set-off of prior-stage taxes, it would mitigate the ill effects of cascading and pave the way for a common national market. For the consumers, the biggest gain would be in terms of a reduction in the overall tax burden on goods, which is currently estimated at 25%-30%.

Introduction of GST would also make our products competitive in the domestic and international markets. Studies show that this would instantly spur economic growth. There may also be revenue gain for the Centre and the States due to the widening of the tax base, increase in trade volumes and improved tax compliance. Last but not the least, this tax, because of its transparent character, would be easier to administer.

An Overview on GST - CS Professional Study Material

Question 27.
What would be the role of GST Council?
Answer:
A GST Council would be constituted comprising the Union Finance Minister (who will be the Chairman of the Council), the Minister of State (Revenue) and the State Finance, Taxation Ministers to make recommendations to the Union and the States on

  1. the taxes, cesses and surcharges levied by the Centre, the States and the local bodies which may be subsumed under GST;
  2. the goods and services that may be subjected to or exempted from the GST;
  3. the date on which the GST shall be levied on petroleum crude, high speed diesel, motor sprit (commonly known as petrol), natural gas and aviation turbine fuel;
  4. model GST laws, principles of levy, apportionment of IGST and the principles that govern the place of supply;
  5. the threshold limit of turnover below which the goods and services may be exempted from GST;
  6. the rates including floor rates with bands of GST;
  7. any special rate or rates for a specified period to raise additional resources during any natural calamity or disaster;
  8. special provision with respect to the NorthEast States, J&K, Himachal Pradesh and Uttarakhand; and
  9. any other matter relating to the GST, as the Council may decide.

Question 28.
What is the guiding principle of GST Council?
Answer:
The mechanism of GST Council would ensure harmonization on different aspects of GST between the Centre and the States as well as among States. It has been provided in the Constitution (one hundred arid first amendment) Act, 2016 that the GST Council, in its discharge of various functions, shall be guided by the need for a harmonized structure of GST and for the development of a harmonized national market for goods and services.

Question 29.
How will decisions be taken by GST Council?
Answer:
The Constitution (one hundred and first amendment) Act, 2016 provides that every decision of the GST Council shall be taken at a meeting by a majority of not less than 3/4th of the weighted votes of the Members present and voting. The vote of the Central Government shall have a weightage of 1/3rd of the votes cast and the votes of all the State Governments taken together shall have a weightage of 2/3rd of the total votes cast in that meeting. One half of the total number of members of the GST Council shall constitute the quorum at its meetings.

Question 30.
Who are not eligible to opt for composition scheme?
Answer:
Broadly, five categories of registered person are not eligible to opt for the composition scheme. These are:

  1. supplier of services other than supplier of restaurant service;
  2. supplier of goods which are not taxable under the CGST Act/SGST Act/UTGST Act.
  3. an inter-State supplier of goods;
  4. person supplying goods through an electronic commerce operator;
  5. manufacturer of certain notified goods.

Question 31.
How to compute ‘aggregate turnover’ to determine eligibility for composition scheme?
Answer:
The methodology to compute aggregate turnover is given in Section 2(6). Accordingly, ‘aggregate turnover’ means value of all outward supplies (taxable supplies +exempt supplies +exports + inter-state supplies) of a person having the same PAN and it excludes taxes levied under central tax (CGST), State tax (SGST), Union territory tax (UTGST), integrated tax(IGST) and compensation cess. Also, the value of inward supplies on which tax is payable under reverse charge is not taken into account for calculation of ‘aggregate turnover’.

Question 32.
What are the rates of tax for composition scheme?
Answer:

Composition Scheme – Applicable GST Rate
Type of Business CGST SGST Total
Manufacturer and Traders (Goods) 0.5% 0.5% 1%
Restaurants not serving alcohol 2.5% 2.5% 5%

An Overview on GST Notes

GST
GST is an Indirect tax. It is a destination based tax on consumption of goods and services. It is levied at all stages right from manufacture up to final consumption with credit of taxes paid at previous stages available as setoff. In a nutshell, only value addition will be taxed and burden of tax is to be borne by the final consumer. Following are features of GST.

  • Value added tax
  • Destination based tax
  • Consumption based tax
  • Tax on both goods and services
  • Tax on supply
  • Comprehensive and continuous chain of Input Tax Credit
  • Final burden on ultimate Consumer

Under GST supply has been divided into two categories

  • Sale within the state (known as Intrastate Supply)
  • Sale from one State to another State (known as Interstate Supply)

Electronic Commerce Operators (ECO)
Electronic Commerce Operators (ECO) display products as well as services which are actually supplied by some other person to the consumer, on their electronic portal. The consumers buy such goods/ services through these portals. On placing the order for a particular product/ service, the actual supplier supplies the selected product/ service to the consumer. The price/ consideration for the product/ service is collected by the ECO from the consumer and passed on to the actual supplier after the deduction of commission by the ECO. For Example: OLA, UBER, TRIVAGO etc, are some of ECO working in India.

Composition scheme
Composition scheme gives an option to small businesses under which they can opt to pay a fixed percentage of turnover as TAX in lieu of Normal Tax and be relieved from the detailed compliance of the GST law.

Treatment under Normal Scheme (If Assessee not opted Composition Scheme)
His tax liability to be paid will be as under:
Tax on outward supply-tax on inward supply
(12% * 1,80,000) – (12% * 1,00,000) = 9,600
Thus dealer has paid tax at normal rate and has availed the benefit of tax paid on input supply. .

Treatment under Composition Scheme
Under Composition Scheme dealer is required to pay tax on turnover at specified rate let say 1% only, however he is not allowed to take the benefit of ITC on inward supplies.

Turnover for Composition Scheme
Section 2(6) of CGST Act, 2017 provides that the term “aggregate turnover” means the aggregate value of all taxable supplies (excluding the value of inward supplies on which tax is payable by a person on reverse charge basis), exempt supplies, exports of goods or services or both and inter-state supplies of persons having the same Permanent Account Number, to be computed on all India basis but excludes central tax, state tax, union territory tax, integrated tax and cess.

Advantages/ Merits of Composition Scheme and Disadvantages/Demerits

Advantages: :

  • Lesser compliance (returns, maintaining books of record, issuance of invoices)
  • Limited tax liability
  • High liquidity as taxes are at a lower rate
  • Single Return, i.e. only one Return is required to be filed instead of three returns as required to be filed by normal tax payer

Disadvantages:

  • A limited territory of business. The dealer is barred from carrying out inter-state transactions
  • No Input Tax Credit available to composition dealers as well as the person who is purchasing goods from composition dealer.
  • The taxpayer will not be eligible to supply exempt goods or goods through an e-commerce portal.

Exempt Supply
Section 2(47) of CGST Act, 2017 provides that “exempt supply” means supply of any goods or services or both which attracts nil rate of tax or which may be wholly exempt from tax under section 11 of Central Goods and Services Tax Act, or under section 6 of the Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act, and includes non-taxable supply;
THUS, Exempt supply includes the supply of following type of goods and services:
(a) Supply attracting nil rate of tax;
(b) Supplies wholly exempt from tax;
(c) Non-taxable supply;

Ethics and Business – CS Professional Study Material

Chapter 15 Ethics and Business – CS Professional Governance, Risk Management, Compliances and Ethics Notes is designed strictly as per the latest syllabus and exam pattern.

Ethics and Business – Governance, Risk Management, Compliances and Ethics Study Material

Question 1.
Write short notes on the following:
Code of ethics (Old Syllabus) (June 2014, 3 marks)
Answer:
A code of ethics consists of general statements sometimes altruistic or inspirational, that serves as principles and the basis for rules of conduct.
A code of ethics should reflect upper manager’s desire for compliance with the values, rules and policies that support an ethical climate. The development of a code of ethics should involve the president, board of directors, and chief executive officers who will be implementing the code. Legal staff should also be called on to ensure that the code has correctly assessed key areas of risk and that it provides buffers for potential legal problems.

The six core values or principles that are desirable for code of ethics include:

  1. trustworthiness
  2. respect
  3. responsibility
  4. fairness
  5. caring
  6. citizenship

Ethics and Business - CS Professional Study Material

Question 2.
Write short notes on the following:
(a) Ethical dilemma (Dec 2014, 3 marks)
Answer:
Ethical Dilemma
Dilemma is a situation that requires a choice between option that are or seem equally unfavourable or mutually exclusive.
By definition, an ethical dilemma involves the need to choose from among two or more morally acceptable courses of action, when one choice prevents selecting the other, or, the need to choose between equally unacceptable alternatives (Hamric, spross and Hanson, 2000).

A dilemma could be right vs. wrong situation in which the right would be more difficult to pursue and wrong would be more convenient. A right versus wrong dilemma is easier to resolve.

An ethical dilemma is a situation that will often involve an apparent conflict between moral imperatives, in which to obey one would result in transgressing another. This is also called an ethical paradox.

An ethical dilemma involves a situation that makes a person question what is the ‘right’ or ‘wrong’ thing to do. Ethical dilemmas makes individuals think about their obligations, duties or responsibilities. These dilemmas can be highly complex and difficult to resolve. Easier dilemmas involve a ‘right’ versus ‘wrong’ answer, whereas, complex ethical dilemmas involve a decision between right and wrong.

Question 3.
“An organisation’s structure is a significant factor to the study of business ethics.” Comment. (June 2012, 5 marks)
Answer:
An organization’s structure is important to the study of business ethics. In a Centralized organization, decision making authority is concentrated in the hands of top- level managers, and little authority is delegated to lower levels. Responsibility, both internal and external, rests with top management. This structure is especially suited for organization that make high risk involved decisions and whose lower-level managers are not highly skilled in decision making. It is also suitable for organizations in which production processes are routine and efficiency is of primary importance.

These organizations are usually extremely bureaucratic, and the division of the labour is typically very well defined. Each worker knows his or her job and each has clear understanding of how to carry out assigned tasks. Centralized organizations stress formal rules, policies, and procedures, backed up with elaborate control systems. Their codes of ethics may specify the techniques to be used for decision making.

Because in their top- down approach and the distance between employee and decision maker, centralized organization structures can lead to unethical acts. If the centralized organization is very bureaucratic some employees may behave according to “the letter of the law” rather than the spirit.

In decentralized organization decision making authority is delegated as for down the chain of command as possible. Such organizations have relatively few formal rules, and coordination and control are usually informal and personal. They focus instead on increasing the flow information. As a result, one of the main strength of decentralized organizations is their adaptability and early recognition of external change. With greater flexibility , managers can react quickly to change in their ethical environment. Weakness of decentralized organizations is the difficulty they have in responding quickly to change in policy and procedures established by top management. In addition, independent profit centers within a decentralized organization may deviate from organizational objectives.

Ethics and Business - CS Professional Study Material

Question 4.
(a) “A code of ethics should reflect upon top management’s desire for compliance with the values, rules and policies that support an ethical climate.” Elucidate. (2012, 5 marks)
(b) You are the Company Secretary of Innovative Products Ltd. The Board of directors desires to know the advantages of business ethics. Draft a note for consideration of the Board of directors. (Dec 5 marks)
Answer:
(a) The Chairman XYZ Limited
Sub: Note on code of conduct and Business Ethics in India, Regulation 17(5), 25(5), 26(3) & 16(d) of the SEBI (Listing Obligations & Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 requires that:

1. Regulation 17(5)
(a) The board of directors shall lay down a code of conduct for all members of board of directors and senior management of the listed entity.

(b) The code of conduct shall suitably incorporate the duties of independent directors as laid down in the Companies Act, 2013.

2. Regulation 25(5)
An independent director shall be held liable, only in respect of such acts of omission or commission by the listed entity which had occurred with his knowledge, attributable through processes of board of directors, and with his consent or connivance or where he had not acted diligently with respect to the provisions contained in these regulations.

3. Regulation 26(3)
All members of the board of directors and senior management personnel shall affirm compliance with the code of conduct of board of directors and senior management on an annual basis.

4. Regulation 16 (d)
“Senior Management” shall mean officers/personnel qf the listed entity who are members of its core management team excluding board of directors and normally this shall comprise all members of management one level below the chief executive officer/managing director/whole time director/manager (including chief executive officer/manager, in case they are not part of the board) and shall specifically include company secretary and chief financial officer.

In the United States of America, Section 406 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act, 2002 requires public companies to disclose whether they have codes of ethics and also to disclose any waivers of those codes for certain members of senior management.

Section 406 of Regulation S-K which is prescribed regulation under the U/S Securities Act,’requires companies to disclose:

  • whether they have a written code of ethics that applies to their “principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions;
  • any waivers of the code of ethics for these individuals; and
  • any changes to the code of ethics

If companies do not have a code of ethics, they must explain why they have not adopted one. A company may either file its code as an exhibit to the annual report, post the code on the company’s Website, or agree to provide a copy of the code upon request and without charge.

Code of Conduct:
Code of conduct popularly known as code of Business Conduct contains standards of business conduct that must guide actions of the Board and senior management of the company.
The code may include the following:
(a) Company Values.
(b) Avoidance of conflict of interest
(c) Accurate and timely disclosure in reports and documents that the company files before Government agencies, as well as in company’s other communications.
(d) Compliance of applicable laws, rules and regulations including Insider Trading Regulations.
(e) Maintaining confidentiality of company affairs.
(f) Non – competition with company and maintaining fair dealings with the company.
(g) Standards of business conduct for companies customers, communities suppliers, shareholders, competitors, employees.
(h) Prohibition of Directors and senior management from taking corporate opportunities for themselves or their families.
(i) Review of the adequacy of the code annually by the Board.
(j) No authority of waiver of the code for any one should be given. The code of conduct for each company summarises its philosophy in doing business.
To create a code of ethics, an organisation must define its most important guiding values, formulate behavioural standards to illustrate the application of those values to the roles and responsibilities of the person affected reviews the existing procedures for guidance and direction as to how those values and standards are typically applied and establish the systems and processes to ensure that the code is implemented and effective. Codes of ethics are not easily created from boilerplate. Ideally, the development of a code will be a process in which Boards and senior managements actively debate and decide core values, roles and responsibilities, expectations, and behavioural standards.

(b) Advantages of Business Ethics :
Adherence to a Code of Conduct offers the following advantages ;

  • Honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;
  • Full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that a company files with, or submits to the commission and in other public communications made by the company;
  • Compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;
  • The prompt internal reporting of violations of the code to an appropriate person or persons identified in the code; and
  • Accountability for adherence to the code.

Ethics and Business - CS Professional Study Material

Question 5.
Briefly discuss the following:
Ethical dilemma (June 2013, 3 marks)
Answer:
Ethical Dilemma
Dilemma is a situation that requires a choice between option that are or seem equally unfavourable or mutually exclusive.
By definition, an ethical dilemma involves the need to choose from among two or more morally acceptable courses of action, when one choice prevents selecting the other, or, the need to choose between equally unacceptable alternatives (Hamric, spross and Hanson, 2000).

A dilemma could be right vs. wrong situation in which the right would be more difficult to pursue and wrong would be more convenient. A right versus wrong dilemma is easier to resolve.
An ethical dilemma is a situation that will often involve an apparent conflict between moral imperatives, in which to obey one would result in transgressing another. This is also called an ethical paradox.

An ethical dilemma involves a situation that makes a person question what is the ‘right’ or ‘wrong’ thing to do. Ethical dilemmas makes individuals think about their obligations, duties or responsibilities. These dilemmas can be highly complex and difficult to resolve. Easier dilemmas involve a ‘right’ versus ‘wrong’ answer, whereas, complex ethical dilemmas involve a decision between right and wrong.

Question 6.
(a) “In a centralised organisation, decision making authority is concentrated in the hands of top level managers and little authority is delegated to the .lower levels.” In the light of this statement, discuss the importance of an organisation structure in the study of business ethics. (2013, 5 marks)

Question 7.
Discuss briefly the following:
Organisation structure and ethics (June 2013, 3 marks)

Question 8.
Briefly comment on the following:
(i) Business ethics play a vital role for an organisation. (June 2014, 3 marks)
Answer:
Business ethics play a vital role for an organisation
Business ethics comprises the principles and standards that guide behaviour in the conduct of business. Businesses must balance their desire to maximize profits against the needs of the stakeholders. Maintaining this balance often requires tradeoffs. To address these unique aspects of businesses, rules – articulated and implicit, are developed to guide the businesses to earn profits without harming individuals or society as a whole. The coverage of business ethics is very wide as it deals with norms relating to a company and its employees, suppliers, customers and neighbors, its fiduciary responsibility to its shareholders. It reflects the philosophy of business, one of whose aims is to determine the fundamental purposes of a company.

Business ethics stands for the saneness or purity of purpose that is upheld through carefully designed actualpractices of a business enterprises. It is an embodiment of conscience concern towards execution of business processes in tune with the nobility of the purpose.

Question 9.
Discuss the importance of organisation’s structure in the study of business ethics. [Old Syllabus] (June 2014, 6 marks)

Question 10.
‘The code of conduct for each company summarises its philosophy of doing business.” In the light of the above statement, enumerate the contents of such code. (Old Syllabus) (June 2014, 5 marks)
Answer:
The exact details of this code are a matter of discretion, but there are some common principles in drafting of the code in most of the companies. Which are given here as under:

  • Use of company’s assets;
  • Avoidance of unlawful agreements;
  • Avoidance of actions involving conflict of interest;
  • Avoidance of offering or receiving monetary or other inducements;
  • Maintenance of confidentiality;
  • Safety at work place;
  • Maintaining and managing records;
  • Free and fair competition;
  • Disciplinary actions;
  • Collection of information from legitimate source only.

Ethics and Business - CS Professional Study Material

Question 11.
“Ethics is the study of moral decisions that are made by us in the course of performance of our duties.” In the light of this statement, discuss the concept of business ethics and its advantages. (Old Syllabus) (Dec 2014, 6 marks)
Answer:
Business ethics is a form of applied ethics. In broad sense ethics in business is simply the application of moral or ethical norms to business. The term ethics has its origin from the Greek word “ethos”, which means character or custom – the distinguishing character, sentiment, moral nature or guiding beliefs of a person, group or institution. The synonyms of ethics as per Collins Thesaurus are – conscience, moral code, morality, moral philosophy. moral values, principles, rules of conduct, standards.

Advantages of Business Ethics
1. Attracting and retaining talent:
People aspire to join organizations that have high ethical values. Companies are able to attract the best talent and an ethical company that is dedicated to taking care of its employees will be rewarded with employees being equally dedicated in taking care of the organization. The ethical climate matter to the employees. Ethical organizations create an environment that is trustworthy, making employees willing to rely, take decisions and act on the decisions and actions of the co-employees.

2. Investor Loyalty:
Investors are concerned about ethics, social responsibility and reputation of the company in which they invest. Investors are becoming more and more aware that an ethical climate provides a foundation for efficiency, productivity and profits. Relationship with any stakeholder, including investors, based on dependability, trust and commitment results in sustained loyalty.

3. Customer satisfaction:
Customer satisfaction is a vital factor in successful business strategy. Repeat purchases/orders and enduring relationship of mutual respoct is essential for the success of the company.

4. Regulators:
Regulators eye companies functioning ethically as responsible citizens. The regulator need not always monitor the functioning of the ethically sound Company. The company earns profits and reputational gains if it acts within the confines of business ethics.

Question 12.
Do you think that an organisation having centralised organisation structure can lead to unethical acts? Why? (June 2015, 2 marks)
Answer:
Because of the top-down approach and the distance between employee and decision maker, centralized organizational structures can lead to unethical acts. If the Centralized organization is very bureaucratic, some employees may behave according to “the letter of the law” rather than the spirit.

Question 13.
Elucidate the following:
(a) Contents of a code of conduct. (June 2015, 5 marks)
Answer:
The code of conduct may include the following:
(a) Company Values.
(b) Avoidance of conflict of interests.
(c) Accurate and timely disclosure in reports and documents that the company files before Government agencies, as well as in the company’s other communications.
(d) Compliance of applicable laws, rules and regulations including Insider Trade Regulations.
(e) Maintaining confidentiality of the company affairs.
(f) Standards of business conduct for the company’s customers, communities, suppliers, shareholders, competitors, employees.
(g) Prohibition of Directors and Senior management from taking corporate opportunities for themselves or their families.
(h) Review of the adequacy of the Code annually by the Board.

Ethics and Business - CS Professional Study Material

Question 14.
What are the causes of ethical dilemmq and how will the senior management handle ethical dilemma? (June 2015, 5 marks)
Answer:
An ethical dilemma involves a situation that makes a person question what is the ‘right’ or ‘wrong’ thing todq, They make individuals think about their obligations, duties or responsibilities. These dilemmas can be highly complex and difficult to resolve, Easier dilemmas involve a ‘right’ versus ‘wrong’ answer; whereas, complex ethical dilemmas involve a decision between a right and another right choice.

Steps to Resolving an Ethical Dilemma:

  • Considering the options available
  • Considering Consequences- positives & negatives of each option
  • Analysing Actions
  • Decision making and commitment
  • Evaluating system.

Question 15.
How academicians, legislators and professionals are joining hands to improve the corporate scenario throughout the affected world ? (Dec 2015, 5 marks)
Answer:
Academicians, Legislators and Professionals are joining hands throughout the world to improve corporate scenario. World over, a consultative stakeholder centric approach is being adopted before introducing any new law or regulation. Companies are encouraged to be more self-governed and professionals are being tasked with ensuring the compliance of laws.

Various for profit and non-profit associations are working in order to ensure good corporate performance. The European Corporate Governance Institute (ECGI), an International Scientific Non-Profit Association has been established to improve corporate governance through fostering independent scientific research and related activities. It provides a forum for debate and dialogue between academicians, legislators ana practitioners, focusing on major corporate governance issues and thereby promoting best practice. Based upon impartial and objective research and the collective knowledge and wisdom of its members, it advises on the formulation of corporate governance policy and development of best practice and undertakes any other activity that will improve understanding and exercise of corporate governance.

It acts as a focal point for academicians working on corporate governance in Europe and elsewhere, encouraging the interaction between the different disciplines such as Economics, Law, Finance and Management. The Institute disseminates research results and other relevant material. It draws on the expertise of scholars and brings from numerous countries and brings together a critical mass of expertise and interest to bear on this important subject.

Question 16.
Briefly comment on the following statement:
(i) Ethical conduct is in the long-term interest of business.
(ii) An ‘ethical dilemma’ involves a situation, when a person is indecisive as to what is right and what is wrong. (June 2016, 2 marks each)
Answer:
(i) Ethical conduct is in the long-term interests of business. A business enterprise that is honest and fair to its customers, employees and other stakeholders earns their trust and goodwill. It ultimately results in customer satisfaction, healthy competition, industrial growth and high earnings. Businesses must balance their desire to maximise profits against the requirements of stakeholders.

(ii) An ethical dilemma involves a situation that makes a person question what is the ‘right’ or ‘wrong’ thing to do. They make individuals think about their obligations, duties or responsibilities. These dilemmas can be highly complex and difficult to resolve. Easier dilemmas involve a ‘right’ versus ‘wrong’ answer; whereas, complex ethical dilemmas involve a decision between a right and another right choice. However, any dilemma needs to be resolved.

Ethics and Business - CS Professional Study Material

Question 17.
“In the globalised world, ethical assessments are based on relativism.” Comment on this statement in the light of business practices adopted by corporates in different parts of the world. (June 2016, 5 marks)
Answer:
In the globalised word, ethical assessments are based on relativism. Some elements or aspects of experience or culture are relative to, i.e., dependent on, other elements or aspects. There are no absolute truths in ethics and that what is morally right or wrong varies from person to person or from society to society. The term often refers to truth relativism, which is the doctrine that there is no absolute truth. The truth is always relative to some particular frame of reference, such as a society or a language or a culture. For example, killing animals for sport (like bull fighting) could be right in one culture and wrong in another.

Adjustments in the holiday calendar, dress code, formality in business dealings, promotional policies adopted by the companies, all vary across regions. Banks in Middle East do not charge interest on housing loans; they buy property and sell at higher prices to be paid in form of instalments. Similarly, Me Donald changes its ingredients in similar products to match worldwide cultural sensitivity.

Question 18.
Elucidate the following:
Code of Conduct. (Dec 2016, 5 marks)

Question 19.
“What is considered ethical behaviour in one society might be considered unethical in another. For example, euthanasia (mercy killing) is permitted in some countries but it is considered strictly unethical in most of the other countries.” In the light of the above statement discuss the common features of ethics. (June 2017, 5 marks)
Answer:
Yes, the statement mentioned in the question, ‘What is considered ethical behaviour in one society might be considered unethical in another’, is correct. The example quoted about the practice prevailing in some of the countries of euthanasia, (mercy killing) is permitted or say ethical, while in other countries it is considered strictly as unethical. In light of the above, the common features of ethics may be listed as follows:

  • Ethics is a conception of right or wrong conduct. Ethics tells us when our behaviour is moral and when it is immoral. It deals with the fundamental human relationship, how we think and behave towards others and how we want them to think and behave towards us.
  • Ethics relates to the formalised principles derived from social values. It deals with the moral choices that we make in the course of performing our duties with regard to other members of society. Hence, it is relevant in the context of a society only.
  • Ethical principles are universal in nature. They prescribe obligations and virtues for everybody in a society. They are important not only in business and politics but in every human endeavour.
  • There exist no sharp boundaries between ethical and non-ethical. Therefore, people often face ethical dilemmas wherein a clear cut choice becomes very difficult.
  • The concepts of equity and justice are implicit in ethics. Fair and equitable treatment to all is its primary aim.
  • Ethics and legality of action do not necessarily coincide. What a society interprets as ethical or unethical ends up expressed in laws. The legality of actions and decisions does not necessarily make them ethical. For example, not helping an injured person in a road accident may be unethical but not illegal.

Question 20.
“Companies showing commitment to ethical conduct consistently outperform in comparison to those which do not show.” Comment. (Dec 2017, 5 marks)
Answer:
Advantages of Business Ethics
Companies displaying a “clear commitment to ethical conduct” consistently outperform those companies that do not display an ethical conduct,
A company that adheres to ethical values and dedicately takes care of its employees is rewarded with equally loyal and dedicated employees.

  • Attracting and retaining talent
  • Investor Loyalty
  • Customer Satisfaction
  • Regulators.

Ethics and Business - CS Professional Study Material

Question 21.
‘The code of conduct of a company summarizes its philosophy of doing business. The exact details of this code are a matter of discretion.” Enumerate the principles of drafting the code of conduct as followed in most of the companies. (Dec 2018, 5 marks)
Answer:
Code of conduct, which is popularly known as Code of Business Conduct contains standards of business conduct that must guide actions of the Board and senior management of the company.
The Code of Conduct for each company summarises its philosophy of doing business. Although the exact details of this code are a matter of discretion, the following principles have been found to occur in most of the companies:

  • Use of company’s assets;
  • Avoidance of actions involving conflict of interests;
  • Avoidance of compromising on commercial relationship;
  • Avoidance of unlawful agreements;
  • Avoidance of offering or receiving monetary or other inducements;
  • Maintaining confidentiality;
  • Collection of information from legitimate sources only;
  • Safety at workplace;
  • Maintaining and Managing Records;
  • Free and Fair competition;
  • Disciplinary actions against the erring person.

Question 22.
Describe the following terms:
(i) “Ethical Dilemma”
(ii) “Indian Ethos” (Dec 2019, 5 marks each)
Answer:
(ii) Indian Ethos: Indian Ethos in Management refers to the values and practices that can contribute to service, leadership and management. The essence of good governance and leadership lies not in the paraphernalia of systems and procedures but on the quality of people who create, govern or operate the systems, which is knows as Sanathana Dharma (the eternal essence), and have been influenced by various strands of Indian philosophy.

Question 23.
A ‘Code of Ethics’ and a ‘Code of Conduct’ are often confused or used interchangeably. Discuss. (Dec 2020, 5 marks)
Answer:
Difference between a Code of ethics and Code of conduct
The terms “Code of Ethics” and “Code of Conduct” are often mistakenly used interchangeably. They are, in fact, two unique documents. Codes of ethics, which govern decision-making, and codes of conduct, which govern actions, represent two common ways that companies self-reguiate.

Similarities
Both a Code of Ethics and a Code of Conduct are similar as they are used in an attempt to encourage specific forms of behaviour by employees. Ethics guidelines attempt to provide guidance about values and choices to influence decision making. Conduct regulations assert that some specific actions are appropriate, others in appropriate. In both cases, the organization’s desire is to obtain a narrow range of acceptable behaviour from employees.

Differences
With similarities, comes differences. Both are used in an attempt to regulate behaviour in very different ways. Ethical standards generally are wide-ranging and non-specific, designed to provide a set of values or decision-making approaches that enable employees to make independent judgments about the most appropriate course of action. Conduct standards generally require little judgment; you obey or incur a penalty, and the code provides a fairly clear set of expectations about which actions are required, acceptable or prohibited.

Ethics and Business - CS Professional Study Material

Question 24.
Explain specific additional provisions for Board Members and Management Committee Members in a Model Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. (Aug 2021, 3 marks)
Answer:
The Model Code of conduct is applicable to the Board Members and all employees in and above Officers level. Everyone must read and understand the Model Code and ensure to abide by it in their day-to-day activities. Apart from general moral imperatives and Specific Professional Responsibilities, there are some specific additional provisions for Board Members and Management Committee Members.
The following specific additional provisions would be incorporated in the Model Code of Business Conduct and Ethics:
As Board members:
1. They undertake to inform the Chairman of the Board of any changes in our other board positions, relationship with other business and other events/ circumstances/ conditions that may interfere with our ability to perform Board/Board Committee duties or may impact the judgment of the Board as to whether we meet the independence requirements of Listing Agreement with Stock Exchanges.

2. Board members must also undertake that without prior approval of the disinterested members of the Board, we will avoid apparent conflict of interest. Conflict of interest may exist when we have personal interest that may have a potential conflict with the interest of the company at large. Some illustrative cases can be:

  • Related Party Transactions: Entering into any transactions or relationship with the Company or its subsidiaries in which they have a financial or other personal interest (either directly or indirectly such as through a family member or other person or other organisation with which they are associated).
  • Outside Directorship: Accepting Directorship on the Board of any other Company that compete with the business of Company.
  • Consultancy/Business/Employment: Engaging in any activity (be it in the nature of providing consultancy service, carrying on business, accepting employment) which is likely to interfere or conflict with their duties/responsibilities towards the Company. They should not invest or associate themselves in any other manner with any supplier, service provider or customer of the Company.
  • Use of Official position for personal gains: They should not use their official position for their personal gains.

As Board Members and Management Committee members, they must undertake to actively participate in meetings of Board, or the Committees thereof and the meetings of management committee on which they serve. ; Space to write important points for revision

Question 25.
Explain the term “Ethical Dilemma” and the mode to come out of Ethical Dilemma. (June 2022, 5 marks)

Question 26.
You are a Company Secretary of the Mentor Products Ltd. You are made responsible for tender filing for the company. Your company is looking forward to win the tender by a government department.
A junior worker joins your company after working with your competitor Genius Products Ltd. for 5 years. The worker informs you that in his previous company he had access to the bids made by the company and that he had knowledge of what standards of cost were set by that company.
He offers for assistance in writing the bid by providing information of the competitor.
How would you resolve the ethical dilemma? Explain with reasons:
(i) Would you take input from him for preparation of the tender?
(ii) Avoid such input and focus on your own standards, or
(iii) Ask him to leave the company for proposing to leak trade secret of competitor as that reflects his integrity.
(iv) If you decide to retain him, how will you ensure that such things do not
happen in future? (Juen 2014, 2 marks each)
Answer:
(i) No, we would not take inputs from him for preparation of the tender because it is against ethics.
(ii) Yes, we will avoid such input and focus on our own standard because if our competitor knows the leakage of information they will ask for re-tendering.
(iii) Yes, we will ask him to leave the company for proposing to leak trade secret of competitor as that reflects his integrity because for some gains we can suffer a great loss by the said employee to leak our secrets to our competitor in future.
(iv) We will post him in any other division where our confidential matters should not be known to him.

Ethics and Business - CS Professional Study Material

Question 27.
Over the number of years Seasons Ltd., fully owned by Calmitech Corporation Ltd., a listed entity, of which you are now the company secretary, has adopted aggressive growth strategy via targeted acquisition together with organic growth plan. Therefore, the disclosure requirements are based upon the listing rules. Recently Seasons acquired Hijobs Ltd., for geographic exposure, revenues and profits. During the negotiation process there were issues regarding management structure, values and due diligence. Post completion the process of acquisition the problems started to emerge like lack of data provided in due diligence, reflected the fact that it either didn’t exist or was incomplete. Now it was time for preparation of the year end accounts. There were issues regarding incomplete accounting records and incorrect exchange rates. In short preparation of the Annual report and the financial statements was a significant challenge. You investigated relatively limited available information on the branch and tentatively concluded that is not material.
(i) What would you do knowing that disclosure of such information to the auditors and the Board may delay the parent company’s result announcement to the market?
(ii) What fundamental ethical principles would you take into consideration for making a prudent decision? (Juen 2017, 5 marks each)
Answer:
(i) The basic principle of Corporate Governance is to maintain the ethical standards, adequate disclosures, transparency and work in the interest of all the stakeholders. Being a Company Secretary of the company, I would act in the best interest of the company and disclose the findings immediately to the Board of Directors, Board of the parent company and the auditors. In addition, I would look for a code of conduct which provides guidance on such matters. Proper qualitative and quantitative assessment on materiality of the new facts can be initiated in the best interest of the company. A team may be formed to expedite correcting the entries and making correct disclosures. Although, the process may defer the declaration of results in the market, but it. is better than declaring the wrong results and then provide significant additional disclosures at a later date. This delay for the broader interest is inevitable.

(ii) The following ethical principles would be considered to form a prudent decision:

  • Integrity: Accounts and reports should be prepared in accordance with accounting standards and other principles so that they reflect the true and fair position of the company.
  • Honesty: The aim should be to be honest to the company for the interest of various stakeholders. Truthfulness and correct disclosures cannot be sacrificed at any cost for immediate gains.
  • Objectivity: Disclosures must be made at adequate places supported by proper annexures and other related evidences. In case there is a delay in making disclosures, it should be justified with proper reasons.
  • Professional Competence: Professional ethics and standards including due care and diligence should be maintained in all circumstances.
  • Confidentiality: Confidentiality of the company affairs should be maintained. The situation should be controlled to avoid panic in the organisation in order to ensure that the market standing and the stock prices are not negatively affected.

Question 28.
Apex Pharmaceuticals Company Ltd. is a well reputed multinational company dealing in manufacturing and marketing of life saving drugs and formulations. Company’s Research and Development (R & D) Department is actively engaged in development and formulations of new drugs in general and life saving drugs in particular. While experimenting with a chemical molecule, R & D department sees the possibility that a molecule may be developed into a drug that may prove very helpful in the treatment of a rare, painful and life threatening genetic disease, for which no effective drug is available at present in the market, but which afflicts to only one child in one million. However, development of the drug will require investment of huge sum of investors’ money of the company, despite the drug may not have saleability.
The R & D department of the company brings this to the notice of Mr. Ram, who is the CEO of the company.
Taking the above facts into consideration, answer:
(i) What dilemma Mr. Ram is facing?
(ii) As a CEO, in place of Mr. Ram, how you would have acted in such situation? (Dec 2017, 5 marks each)
Answer:
(i) Dilemma is a situation that requires a choice between options that are or seem equally unfavourable or mutually exclusive. By definition, an ethical dilemma involves the need to choose from among two or more morally acceptable courses of action, when one choice prevents selecting the other; or, the need to choose between equally unacceptable alternatives. A dilemma could be a right vs. wrong situation in which the right would be more difficult to pursue and wrong would be more convenient. Easier dilemmas involve a ‘right’ versus ‘wrong’ answer; whereas complex ethical dilemmas involve a decision between a right and another right choice.

Keeping of the fact of the case, it can be said that Mr. Ram is certainly in dilemma. Here in this case, Mr. Ram is required to choose between carrying out the development of a drug for a rare, painful and life threatening disease which afflict to only one in a million and the action of spending huge sum of shareholder’s money. As one can see, both are positive and ethically right choices. As a socially responsible person, he has to think in terms of eliminating a serious but at the same time he must be careful in dealing with shareholder’s money. Thus, it is a classic case of ethical dilemma.

(ii) As CEO in place of Mr. Ram, I would have opted the following course of action to resolve this ethical dilemma.

  • Defining the problem clearly;
  • Getting the collection of the statistical data across the globe, the previous history of such type of genetic disease and probable cause of its spreading in the coming time;
  • Searching and developing all possible options available;
  • Evaluating each available option carefully in term of pros and cons oteach of them;
  • Taking the senior management (Board of Directors, etc.) in confidence and keep them apprising of the situation;
  • Comparing positive and negative consequences of each option;
  • Choosing the best available action keeping resources and other prevailing situations of the company in mind; and
  • Properly implementing-the decision taken and keeping the follow up of the same.

Ethics and Business - CS Professional Study Material

Question 29.
In a branch of ABC Bank, Branch Manager throughout the year has been under acute pressure to achieve the business targets. At the year-end, he finds that despite his best efforts, he has not been able to achieve the targets given by his team leader. Simultaneously, he found that there are various cash credit limits sanctioned which are not being utilized. On 31S1 March, he makes debit entries as withdrawals in such unutilized cash credit limits and transfers to current accounts of the borrowers and again reverses these entries on 1st April. In addition, to avoid the mounting pressure of reduction in NPAs, he makes credit transfer entries in cash credit limits not transacted since last six months and reverses these entries on next day after year-end, i.e. 1st April.
In this way, he has been able to manage the achievement of his deposits and advances targets. Also, he has temporarily engaged a boy as attendant. As to employ a casual staff, he was required compliance of laid down policy of the bank, he shown payments made to him as water and cleaning charges under different names. He argues that as no loss has been caused to any one, hence he is right.
In the light of above answer the following questions:
(i) Evaluate his actions in the light of ethical practices and mention which types of ethical issues are there at his branch. (Dec 2018, 5 marks)
(ii) What do understand by ‘Ethics in Compliance’? Describe by citing an example and a case study involving issues of ethics in compliance. (Dec 2018, 5 marks)
Answer:
1. In the given case, the Branch Manager, in order to achieve the targets assigned to him adopted the following unethical practices:
(i) Making debit entries in unutilised cash credit limits and transfer to current account of the borrowers.

2. Making credit transfer entries in cash credit limits not transacted since last 6 months and reversing the said entries on 1st April i.e. after the year end.

3. Temporarily engaging an attendant and showing payments made to him as water and cleaning charges.
In light of the above the ethical issues may be summarised as under:
(i) Window dressing of the financials by inflating deposits and to suppress non-performing assets (NPAs), he makes ever-greening of NPAs in violation of RBI directives by manipulating books of apcounts. This amounts to cooking of the balance sheet of the branch without real business. Hence these are issues of Ethics in Accounts and Finance.

(ii) To avoid compliance of laid down procedure to employ a casual worker, he shows the payments as water and cleaning charges in miscellaneous expenses. Hence this is an issue of Ethics in compliance.

(ii) Compliance is about obeying and adhering to rules and authority with letter and spirit. The motivation for being compliant could be to do the right thing out of the fear of being caught rather than a desire to abide by the law. An ethical climate in an organisation ensures that compliance with law is fueled by a desire to abide by the laws. Organisations that value high ethical values comply with the laws not only in letter but go beyond what is stipulated or expected of them.

Ethical compliance helps companies to develop a work culture that abides by the workplace laws and reduces the costs associated with fines and lawsuits. One of the disadvantages of an ethical compliance program is that it requires the comprehensive support of management in order to ensure its effectiveness. If members of the management team decide to apply their own version of corporate ethics to the way they manage their departments, then this clash of principles can cause confusion in the workplace. For example, a manager who tends to compromise when his fellow employees are involved in taking bribe, it may set a precedence of undermining the entire corporate culture.

Business and Ethics Notes

Business ethics:
Business ethics constitute the ethical/moral principles and challenges that arise in a business environment.
Some of the areas related with – and not limited to- business ethics include the following:
1. Finance and Accounting: Creative accounting, Earnings management, Financial analysis, Insider trading, Securities Fraud, Facilitation payment.
2. Human Resource Management: Executive compensation, Affirmative action, Workplace surveillance, Whistle blowing, Occupational safety and health, Indentures servitude, Union busting, Sexual Harassment, Employee raiding.
3. Sales and Marketing: Price fixing, price discrimination, green washing, spamming, using addictive messages/images in advertising, Marketing to children, False advertising, Negative campaigning. .
Business Ethics is the application of ethical principles and methods of analysis to business. Business ethics deals with the topic of study that has been given its due importance in business, commerce and industry since last three decades.

Indian Ethos:
Indian Ethos in Management refers to the values and practices that can contribute to service, leadership and management. These values and practices are rooted in Sanathana Dharma (the eternal essence), and have been influenced by various strands of Indian philosophy.

Ethics and Business - CS Professional Study Material

Ethical Dilemma:
An ethical dilemma or ethical paradox is a decision-making problem between two possible moral imperatives, neither of which is unambiguously acceptable or preferable. The complexity arises out of the situational conflict in which obeying one would result in transgressing another.

Five Bottom Line of the future:

  • Economic Bottomline
  • Human Bottomline
  • Social Bottomline
  • Environmental Bottomline
  • Evolutionary Bottomline

Four fundamental ethical principles:

  • The Principle of Respect for autonomy
  • The Principle of Beneficence
  • The Principle of non maleficence
  • The Principle of justice

Six values that are desirable for codes of ethics:

  • Trustworthiness
  • Respect
  • Responsibility
  • Fairness
  • Caring
  • Citizenship.

Code of Conduct:
A code of conduct is a set of rules outlining the social norms, religious rules and responsibilities of, and or proper practices for, an individual.

Advantages of business ethics

  • Attracting and retaining talent
  • Investor loyalty
  • Customer satisfaction and regulators.

CSR and Sustainability – CS Professional Study Material

Chapter 16 CSR and Sustainability – CS Professional Governance, Risk Management, Compliances and Ethics Notes is designed strictly as per the latest syllabus and exam pattern.

CSR and Sustainability – Governance, Risk Management, Compliances and Ethics Study Material

Question 1.
Write short note on the following: (Dec 2012, 3 marks)
(i) ISO 26000.
Answer:
ISO 26000 is the international standard giving guidance on social responsibility and is intended for use by organizations of all types both public and private sectors, in developed and developing countries.

This International Standard is not a management system standard. It is not intended or appropriate for certification purposes or regulatory or contractual use. Its intent is to provide organizations with guidance concerning social responsibility and can be used as part of public policy activities.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 2.
Write short note on the following. (June 2013, 3 marks)
(i) CSR assessment.
Answer:
CSR Assessment:
CSR audit has yet to gain momentum but the concept aims to give an independent opinion by external auditor on the extent of alignment of CSR objectives with the business goals and level of managerial commitment and performance with regard to attainment of social responsibility objectives defined by the Company’s Board.

Question 3.
Write short note on the following: (Dec 2018, 3 marks each)
(a) Social Accountability International Standard.
(c) Brundtland Commission.
(d) Sustainability Reporting is an intrinsic element of Integrated Report. Elaborate.
Answer:
(a) Social Accountability international Standard
The SA8000 Standard is the leading social certification standard for factories and organizations across the globe.

This is one of the world’s first auditable social certification standard. It is based on ILO, UN and national law conventions, and adopts a management system approach in order to ensure that companies that adopt this approach also comply with it. This standard ensures the protection of basic human rights of workers.

The nine basic elements of this standard include

  1. child labour
  2. forced and compulsory labour
  3. health and safety
  4. freedom of association and the right to collective bargaining
  5. discrimination
  6. disciplinary practices
  7. working hours
  8. remuneration
  9. management systems.

According to SAAS, there are 695 facilities in India that have been accredited.with this standard. Out of these, Aditya Birla Chemicals (India) Limited, Bhilai Steel Plant Steel Authority of India Limited, Birla tyres, Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Limited and Reliance Infrastructure Limited figure prominently in the list of certified facilities within India.

(c) The Brundtland Commission, formally the World Commission on Environment and Development (WCED), known by the name of its Chairman Gro Harlem Brundtland, was convened by the United Nations in 1983. The Commission was created to address growing concern “about the accelerating deterioration of the human environment and natural resources and the consequences of that deterioration of economic and social development. “In establishing the Commission, the UN General Assembly recognized that environmental problems were global in nature and determined that it was in the common interest of all nations to establish policies for sustainable development. In establishing the Commission, the UN General Assembly recognized that environmental problems were global in nature and determined that it was in the common interest of all nations to establish policies for sustainable development.

(d) Sustainability reporting is an intrinsic element of integrated reporting. Sustainability reporting considers the relevance of sustainability to an organization and also addresses sustainability priorities and key topics, focusing on the impact of sustainability trends, risks and opportunities on the long term prospects and financial performance of the organization. Sustainability reporting is fundamental to an organization’s integrated thinking and reporting process in providing input into the organization’s identification of its material issues, its strategic objectives, and the assessment of its ability to achieve those objectives and create value over time.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 4.
Write the short notes on CSR Audit. (Aug 2021, 3 marks)
Answer:
To ensure that the Companies comply with the provisions of Section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013 and rule made thereunder and genuinely spend the CSR amount on the eligible welfare projects, it is imperative to improve governance and transparency in CSR sphere.
Akin to other areas of corporate activity requiring compliance, need for a dedicated independent professional has been felt in the area of social responsibility as well. In this regard, an independent CSR Audit/ Review and issue of CSR Audit / Review Report by the Company Secretaries in Practice shall not only give the existing CSR Mechanism much needed support and give necessary comfort to the Stakeholders, regulators and the society at large that the companies are complying with the legal requirements but will also give authentic information about utilization of CSR Fund by the Companies in specified CSR activities.

The Companies Act, 2013 does not contain any provision relating to CSR Audit. However, monitoring of CSR activities and its reporting is mandatory as per the Companies (Company Social Responsibility Policy) Rules 2014. Also, it is the responsibility of the Company through the CSR Committee to monitor the funds of the Company which are to be utilized as per the CSR Policy of the Company. So, Companies may voluntarily get an Audit conducted of its CSR initiatives and compliances.

Question 5.
Attempt the following: (Dec 2012, 5 marks)
Distinguish between ‘corporate sustainability’ and ‘corporate social responsibility’.
Answer:
Corporate Sustainability
Corporate sustainability indicates new philosophy as an alternative to the traditional growth and profit maximisation model under which sustainable development comprising environmental protection, social justice and equity and economic development are given more significant focus while recognizing simultaneously corporate growth and profitability.

Corporate Social Responsibility
As a corporate citizen every corporate is duty bound to its society wherein they operate and serve. Although there is no hard and fast rules, CSR activities need to be clubbed and integrated into the business model of the company.

Question 6.
Explain the following statement: (June 2014, 5 marks)
Distinguish between ‘corporate-social responsibility’ and ‘corporate sustainability’.

Question 7.
Distinguish between ‘carbon footprint’ and ‘carbon offsetting’. (Dec 2014, 5 marks)
Answer:
Carbon footprint:
A carbon footprint is an estimate of how much carbon is produced to support your lifestyle. Essentially, it measures your impact on the climate based on how much ^carbon you produce. Factors that contribute to your carbon footprint include travel methods and general home energy usage. Carbon footprints can also be applied on a larger scale, to companies, businesses, even countries. The word ‘carbon’ in the phrase ‘carbon footprint’ is often used as a short-cut to describe the main greenhouse gases – carbondioxide (CO2), methane and nitrous oxide in terms of carbon dioxide equivalents.

Carbon offsetting:
Carbon offsets are used to reduce the amount of carbon that an individual or institution emits into the atmosphere. Carbon offsets work in a financial system where, instead of reducing its own carbon use, a company can comply with emissions caps by purchasing an offset from an independent organization. The organization will then use that money to fund a project that reduces carbon in the atmosphere. An individual can also engage with this system and similarly pay to offset his or her own personal carbon usage instead of, or in addition to, taking direct measures such as driving less or recycling.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 8.
“Within the broader concept of corporate social responsibility (CSR), the concept of triple bottom line (TBL) is gaining recognition.” Discuss the need to apply the concept of TBL. (June 2012, 5 marks)
Answer:
Within the broader concept of corporate social responsibility, the concept of Triple Bottom Line (TBL), is gaining significance and becoming popular amongst corporate.
The need to apply the concept of TBL includes:
(a) Increased consumer sensitivity to corporate social behaviour.
(b) Growing demands for transparency from shareholders/ stakeholders.
(c) Increased environmental regulation.
(d) Legal costs of compliance and default.
(e) Concern over global warming.
(f) Increased social awareness.
(g) Awareness about and willingness for. respecting human rights.
(h) Media’s attention to social issues.
(i) Growing corporate participation in social upliftment.

Question 9.
Attempt the following:
(i) Discuss the quantitative methods used to assess the sustainability. (June 2012, 5 marks)
(ii) Narrate briefly the relationship between corporate sustainability and corporate social responsibility. (June 2012, 5 marks)
Answer:
(i) Some of the quantitative methods used to assess sustainability are:
Life Cycle Assessment: Life cycle assessment tracks the environmental impacts of a product from its raw materials through disposal at the end of the useful life. LCA is an important tool for developing an environmental self-portrait and for finding ways to minimize harm.

Ecological Footprints: The ecological footprint is a measure of human demand on the Earth’s ecosystems. It represents the amount of biologically productive land and sea area needed to regenerate the resources a human population consumes and to absorb and render harmless the corresponding waste, given prevailing technology and resource management practice.

Environmental Performance index: Environmental performance Index (EPI) is a method of quantifying and numerically benchmarking the environmental performance of a country’s policies. This Index was developed from the Pilot Environmental performance Index, first published in 2002 and designed to supplement the environmental targets set forth in the U.N. Millennium Development Goals.

(ii) The Concept of Corporate Social Responsibility is different from that of Corporate sustainability. The first recognised contribution in the literature dates back to Bowen, who stressed the responsibilities of businesses and wrote that social responsibility refers to the obligations of businessmen to pursue those policies, to make those decisions or to follow lines of action which are desirable in terms of the objectives and values of our society.

Although Corporate Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility have different roots and have developed along diverse theoretical paths, they ultimately converged. This strong complementarities is evident in some recent definitions of corporate social responsibility provided by international organization like the prince of wales International Business Leaders Forum: corporate social responsibility means open and transparent business practices that are based on ethical values and respect for employees, communities and the environment. It is designed to deliver sustainable value to society at large, as well as shareholders.

Sustainable business success and shareholder value cannot be achieved solely through maximising short-term profits, but instead through market-oriented yet responsible behaviour.

The concept of sustainable development has been transposed frorrv the macro to the corporate dimension. According to management theory, the attempt to include sustainability issues in the managerial framework can be divided into two separate issues: Corporate Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 10.
Discuss briefly the following:
(i) Corporate citizenship (Dec 2012, 3 marks)
Answer:
(i) Corporate citizenship is a commitment to improve community well-being through voluntary business practices and contribution of corporate resources leading to sustainable growth. It means moving from supply driven to more demand led strategies keeping in mind the welfare of all stakeholders, more participatory approaches to working with communities; balancing the economic cost and benefits with the social and finally dealing with processes rather than structures. The ultimate goal is to establish dynamic relationship between the community, business and philanthropic activities so as to complement and supplement each other.

Question 11.
Attempt the following:
(i) “Sustainable development is a broad concept that balances the need for economic growth with environmental protection and social equity.” Elucidate this statement. (Dec 2012, 5 marks)
Answer:
(i) Sustainable development is a broad concept that balances the need for economic growth with environmental protection and social equity. It is a process of change in which the exploitation of resources, the direction of investments, the orientation of technological development, and institutional change are all in harmony and enhance both current and future potential to meet human needs and aspirations. Sustainable development is a broad concept and it combines economics, social justice, environmental science and management, business management, politics and law.
Four acceptable fundamental principle of sustainable development are:

  1. Principle of intergenerational equity: Need to preserve natural resources for future generation.
  2. Principle of sustainable use: Use of natural resources in a prudent manner without or with minimum tolerable impact on nature.
  3. Principle of equitable use or intergenerational equity: Use of natural resources by any state/country must take into account its impact on other states.
  4. Principle of integration: Environmental aspect and impacts of socio-economic activities should be integrated so that prudent use of natural resources is ensured.

Attempt of the following:
(ii) Elaborate the key aspects on which companies are required to focus as a good corporate citizen. (June 2013, 5 marks)
Answer:
As a good corporate citizen, the companies are required to focus on the following key aspects:

  • Absolute value creation for the society.
  • Ethical corporate practices.
  • Worth of earth through environmental protection.
  • Equitable business practices.
  • Corporate social responsibility.
  • Innovate new technology/process/system to achieve eco-efficiency.
  • Creating market of all.
  • Switching over from stakeholder dialogue to holistic partnership.
  • Compliance of statutes, rules and regulations, standards.

Question 12.
Explain the following statements: (Dec 2013, 5 marks each)
(i) Kyosei philosophy reflects a confluence of social, environmental, technological and political solutions.
(ii) ‘Sustainable development’ and ‘corporate sustainability’ are intermingled.
(iii) ‘Ecological footprint’ is a measure of human demand on the earth’s ecosystems.
Answer:
(i) Kyosei philosophy reflects a confluence of social, environmental, technological and political solutions. It believes that peace, prosperity and social and environmental improvement come through positive action.
It works in five stages:

  1. Economic survival pf the company.
  2. Cooperating with labour.
  3. Cooperating outside the company.
  4. Global activism, and
  5. Making the governments a Kyosei partner.

(ii) Sustainable Development: As per the world commission on Environment and Developments “Sustainable Development is the development that meet the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs”.
Corporate Sustainability: Corporate sustainability is a business approach that creates long-term consumer and employee value by not , only creating “a green strategy aimed towards the natural environment, but taking into consideration every dimension of how a business operates in the social, cultural and economic environment. Also formulating strategies to build a company that fosters longevity through transparency and proper employee development.

Looking above we can say that sustainable development and corporate sustainability are intermingled as per Elkington developed the concept of Triple Bottom Line which proposed that business goals were inseparable from the societies and environments within which they operate.

(iii) The ecological footprint is a measure of human demand on earth’s ecosystems. It represents the amount of biologically productive land and sea area needed to regenerate the resources a human population consumes and to absorb and render harmless the corresponding waste, given prevailing technology and resource management practice.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 13.
Discuss in brief the following:
(i) Tripple bottom line approach of corporate social responsibility [Old Syllabus] (June 2014, 3 marks)
Answer:
Triple Bottom Line Approach of CSR: Within the broader concept of corporate social responsibility, the concept of Triple Bottom Line (TBL) is gaining significance and becoming popular amongst corporates. Coined in 1997 by John Ellington, noted management consultant, the concept of TBL is based on the premise that business entities have more to do than make just profits for the owners of the capital, only bottom line people understand. “People, Planet and Profit” is used to succinctly describe the triple bottom lines. “People” (Human Capital) pertains to fair and beneficial business practices toward labour and the community and region in which a corporation conducts its business. “Planet” (Natural Capital) refers to sustainable environmental practices. It is the lasting economic impact the organization has on its economic environment. A TBL company endeavors to benefit the natural order as much as possible or at the least do no harm and curtails environmental impact. “Profit” is the bottom line shared by all commerce. Space to write important points for revision

Question 14.
(a) “Government regulations and public policy tend to bring the bare minimum involvement by the corporate towards their corporate responsibilities. Beyond this legal framework, initiatives by corporates should come-up voluntarily.” Elaborate.
(b) “Greenwashing is a form of corporate misrepresentation.” Explain. (June 2014, 5 marks each)
Answer:
(a) Government regulation and public policy tend to bring the bare minimum involvement by the corporates towards their corporate responsibilities beyond this legal framework should come up voluntarily:

The laws in India takes care of the basic CSR through various legislations under labour laws such as Factories Act, 1948, ESI Act, 1948, Employees Compensation Act, 1923, Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, Equal Remuneration Act, 1976, The Minimum Wages Act, 1948, Employees’ Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952, environment protection laws such as the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and the Environment Protection Act, 1986.

The main object of the Factories Act, 1948 is to ensure adequate safety measures and to promote the health and welfare of the workers employed in factories. The Act also makes provisions regarding employment of women and young persons (including children and adolescents), annual leave with wages etc.

The Employees’ State insurance Act, 1948 provides for certain benefits to employees in case of sickness, maternity and employment injury and also makes provisions for certain other matters in relation thereto.

The Employees Compensation Act, 1923 is a social security legislation. It imposes statutory liability upon an employer to discharge his moral obligation towards his employees when they suffer from physical disabilities and diseases during the course of employment in hazardous working conditions.

The Act also seeks to help the dependents of the workmen rendered destitute by the ‘accidents’ and from the hardship arising out from such accidents.
In 1972, the Department of Science and Technology set up a National Committee on Environmental Planning and Coordination to identify and investigate problems of preserving or improving the human environment and also to propose solutions for environmental problems. In 1977, by an amendment to the Constitution, Article 48A was introduced imposing a duty on the State to protect and improve the environment and safeguard the forests and wildlife of the country. Article 51A also, provides for the protection and improvement of the natural environment including fores’3, lakes, rivers and wild life and to have compassion for living creatures.

The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act was enacted in 1974 and the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act was passed by the Union of India in 1981.
In 1986, the Government enacted the Environment Protection Act to provide for the protection and improvement of environment and the prevention of hazards to human beings, other living creatures, plants and property.
However, over reliance on regulation can stifle corporate creativity and innovation.

Corporate citizenship is a commitment to improve community well being through voluntary business practices and contribution of corporate resources leading to sustainable growth. Corporate responsibility is achieved when a business adapts CSR well aligned to its business goals and meets or exceeds, the ethical, legal, commercial and public expectations that society has of business.

The term corporate citizenship implies the behaviour, which would maximize a company’s positive impact and minimize the negative impact on its social and physical environment. It means moving from supply driven to more demand led strategies, keeping in mind the welfare of all stakeholders, more participatory approaches to working with communities, balancing the economic cost and benefits with the social and finally dealing with processes rather than structures. The ultimate goal is to establish dynamic relationship between the community, business and philanthropic activities so as to complement and supplement each other.

(b) Green Washing
Green washing is a form of corporate misrepresentation where a company will present a green public image and publicize green initiatives that are false or misleading. A company might release misleading claims or even true green initiatives while privately engaging in environmentally damaging practices. Companies are trying to take advantage of the growing public concern and awareness for environmental issues by promoting an environmentally responsible image. Green washing is used by companies to win over investors (especially those interested in socially responsible investing), create competitive advantage in the market place and convince critics that the company is well intentioned. There is a profit driven motive to green washing as well green products are among the fastest growing segments in the market. Internationally, the increase in green advertising claims has become a cause for concern.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 15.
The Japanese concept of Kyosei reflects spirit of cooperation. Formulate a note on how to implement Kyosei in an organisation. (June 2014, 5 marks)
Answer:
Kyosei works in five stages
(a) First is economic survival of the company
(b) Second is cooperating with labour
(c) Third is cooperating outside the company
(d) Fojrth is global activism, and
(e) Fifth is making the government/s a Kyosei partner.

Question 16.
Discuss and elaborate the following:
(i) Corporate philanthropy. (Dec 2014, 3 marks)
Answer:
Philanthropy means the act of donating money, goods, time or effort to support a charitable cause with regard to a defined objective. Philanthropy can be equated with benevolence and charity for the poor and needy. Philanthropy can be any selfless giving towards any kind of social need that is not served, under served or perceived as unserved or under served. Philanthropy can be done by an individual or by a corporate.

Question 17.
Explain briefly the following:
CSR Standard – ISO 26000. (Dec 2014, 3 marks)
Answer:
CSR Standard – ISO 26000:
ISO 26000 is the international standard giving guidance on social responsibility and is intended for use by organizations of all types both public and private sectors, in developed and developing countries. It provides guidance on principles of social responsibility, the core subjects and issues pertaining to social responsibility and on ways to integrate socially responsible behaviour into existing organizational strategies, systems, practices and processes.

It intends to assist organizations in contributing to sustainable development. It is intended to encourage them to go beyond legal compliance, recognizing that compliance with law is a fundamental duty of any organization and an essential part of their social responsibility. ISO 26000 is hot a management system standard. It is not intended or appropriate for certification purposes or regulatory or contractual use.

Question 18.
Discuss in brief the principles recommended in the National Voluntary Guidelines on Social, Environmental and Economic Responsibilities of Business. (Dec 2014, 5 marks)
Answer:
National Voluntary Guidelines on Social, Environmental & Economic Responsibilities of Business:
The Ministry of Corporate Affairs had released Voluntary Guidelines on CSR in 2009 as the first step towards main streaming the concept of Business Responsibilities. Keeping in view the feedback from stakeholders, it was decided to revise the same with a more comprehensive set of guidelines that encompasses social, environmental and economical responsibilities of business. Accordingly, MCA issued a new set of National Voluntary Guidelines on Social, Environmental & Economic Responsibilities of Business in July 2011.

The Guidelines emphasize that businesses have to endeavor to become responsible actors in society, so that their every action leads to sustainable growth and economic development. Accordingly, the Guidelines use the terms ‘Responsible Business’ instead of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) as the term ‘Responsible Business’ encompasses the limited scope and understanding of the term CSR.
The Guidelines have been articulated in the form of nine (9) Principles with the Core Elements. A suggested approach for adopting these guidelines, the steps for building a strategy for responsible business as well as business responsibility reporting framework, have been prescribed under the Guidelines.

Question 19.
Attempt the following:
(i) “Since its incorporation, a corporate entity consistently endeavours to better and in long run eyes towards achieving excellence.” In the light of this statement, discuss the concept of corporate sustainability and explain how a corporate entity should venture to secure corporate sustainability. (Dec 2014, 5 marks)
Answer:
The word sustainable is derived from sustain or sustained. The synonyms of the word sustained as per the Collins Thesaurus include perpetual, prolonged, steady. Two phrases, i.e. Sustainable development and Corporate sustainability are intermingled. If we consider first one as a universal set, Corporate sustainability is one of the significant sub-set of such universalset.

Sustainable development is a broad concept that balances the need for economic growth with environmental protection and social equity. It is a. process of change in which the exploitation of resources, the direction of investments, the orientation of technological development and institutional change are all in harmony and enhance both current and future potential to meet human needs and aspirations. Sustainable development is a broad concept and it combines economics, social justice, environmental science and management, business management, politics and law.

It indicates development that meets the needs of the present generation without compromising the ability of the future generations to meet their needs. The principle behind it is to foster such development through technological and social activities which meets the needs of the current generations but at the same time ensures that needs of the future generation are not impaired. For example, natural energy resources like Coal, Petroleum etc., should be prudently used and wastage should be avoided so that future generation can have these energy resources for their survival also.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 20.
What are the areas a company should focus upon so as to be a good corporate citizen? (June 2015, 5 marks)
Answer:
As a good corporate citizen, the companies are required to focus on the following key aspects:

  • Absolute Value Creation for the Society
  • Ethical Corporate Practices
  • Worth of Earth through Environmental Protection
  • Equitable Business Practices
  • Corporate Social Responsibility
  • Innovate new technology/process/system to achieve eco-efficiency
  • Creating Market for All
  • Switching over from Stakeholders Dialogue to holistic Partnership
  • Compliance of Statutes.

Question 21.
Mention any ten sustainability terminologies. (June 2015, 5 marks)
Answer:
Ten Sustainability Terminologies:
1. Carbon footprint:
A carbon footprint is an estimate of how much carbon is produced to support your lifestyle. Essentially, it measures your impact on the climate based on how much carbon you produce.

2. Carbon offsetting:
Carbon offsets are used to reduce the amount of carbon that an individual or institution emits into the atmosphere. Carbon offsets work in a financial system where, instead of reducing its own carbon use, a company can comply with emissions caps by purchasing an offset from an independent organization.

3. Carbon Neutral:
Through carbon offsetting organisation to individual are counterbalancing the emissions they produce to make themselves carbon neutral.

4. Cradle to grave:
The life of a product, from creation to end use.

5. Cradle to cradle:
Using an end use product for the source of a new product.

6. Energy Star:
Energy Star is a program that evaluates the energy efficiency Of appliances, house fixtures and other home utilities.

7. Ethical consumerism:
The purchasing of products that do not harm or exploit the workers that f help produce a product and to minimise the impact on the environment.

8. EUI:
EUI, or energy use intensity, is a unit of measurement that describes a building’s energy use. EUI represents the energy consumed by a s building relative to its size.

9. Greenhouse effect:
Gases produced naturally and by human activities that have contributed to the warming of the planet, known as Global warming, by trapping the suns rays.

10. Life Cycle Assessment:
Life Cycle Assessment tracks the environmental impacts of a product from its raw materials through disposal at the end of its useful life. LCA is an important tool for developing an environmental self-portrait and for finding ways to minimize harm.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 22.
“Sustainability is an emerging mega trend and is a measure of gpod Corporate Governance.” Explain. (June 2015, 5 marks)
Answer:
Sustainability is an emerging mega trend and is a measure of good corporate governance. Over the years, environmental issues have steadily encroached on businesses’ capacity to create value for customers, shareholders, and other stakeholders. Globalized workforces and supply chains have created environmental pressures and attendant business liabilities. The rise of new world powers has intensified competition for natural resources (especially oil) and added a geopolitical dimension to sustainability. “Externalities” such as carbon dioxide emissions and water use are fast becoming material-meaning that investors consider them central to a firm’s performance and stakeholders expect companies to share information about them.

These forces are magnified by escalating public and governmental concern about climate change, industrial pollution, food safety, and natural resource depletion, among other issues. Consumers in many countries are seeking out sustainable products and services or leaning on companies to improve the sustainability of traditional ones.

Question 23.
Explain the following:
CSR Standard – ISO 26000. (Dec 2015, 5 marks)
Answer:
ISO 26000 is the international standard giving guidance on social responsibility and is intended for use by organizations of all types both public and private sectors, in developed and developing countries. It provides guidance on principles of social responsibility, the core subjects and issues pertaining to social responsibility and on ways to integrate socially responsible behaviour into existing organizational strategies, systems, practices and processes.

It intends to assist organizations in contributing to sustainable development. It is intended to encourage them to do beyond legal compliance, recognizing that compliance with law is a fundamental duty of any organization and an essential part of their social responsibility. It is intended to promote common understanding in the field of social responsibility, and to complement other instruments and initiatives for social responsibility, not to replace them.

Question 24.
(i) Justify why ‘corporate sustainability’ and ‘corporate social responsibility’ have different background and different theoretical path although scholars and practitioners often interpret corporate sustainability and corporate social responsibility as being nearly synonymous.
(ii) Every company is required to constitute a CSR Committee under the Companies Act, 2013. Do you agree? Explain with the relevant provisions of the law. (Dec 2015, 5 marks each)
Answer:
(i) Although Corporate Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility gave different roots and gave developed along diverse theoretical paths, they ultimately converged. This strong complimentary is evident in some recent definitions of Corporate Social Responsibility provided by international organizations like the prince of Wales International Business Leaders Forum: Corporate Social Responsibility means open and transparent business practices that are based on ethical values and respect for employees, communities and the environment. It is designed to deliver sustainable value to society at large, as well as to shareholders.

The concept of sustainable development has been transposed from the macro to the corporate dimension. Companies, in fact, are a productive resource of our socio-economic system and key to the eventual implementation of sustainability. According to management theory, the attempt to include sustainability issues in the managerial framework can be divided into two separate issues: Corporate Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility. The actualization of the theoretical pillars of SD (Sustainability Development) within Corporate Sustainability/Corporate Social Responsibility seems crucial to effectively respond to the challenges posed by sustainability.

(iii) Corporate Social Responsibility [Section 135 – Companies Act, 2013]
Every Company having net worth of ₹ 500 crores or more, or turnover of ₹ 1,000 crores or more or a net profit of ₹ 5 crores or more during the immediately preceding financial year shall constitute a Corporate Social Responsibility Committee of the Board consisting of 3 or more directors, out of which atleast one director shall be an independent director.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 25.
“Corporate Boards are also involved in women empowerment.” Comment. (June 2016, 5 marks)
Answer: ‘
The corporate boards are involved in promoting women empowerment. Woman directors can play a significant role in board room quality decision making. The Companies Act, 2013 has taken a positive step in this direction by providing for mandatory appointment of women director on corporate boards. Section 149(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 provides that certain classes of companies must have .least one woman director. Rule 3 of the Companies (Appointment and Qualification of Directors) Rules, 2014 specifies following classes of Companies:

  • every listed company
  • other public companies having a paid-up share capital of ₹ 100 crore or more or turnover of ₹ 300 crore or more.

Regulation 17(1) of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 provides that the composition of board shall have an optimum combination of executive and non-executive directors with at least one woman director. Moreover, the Companies Act, 2013 has also made it mandatory for companies to include activities related to woman empowerment and gender equality in its CSR activities. Thus, India Inc has woken up to the need of taking women seriously in board rooms.

Question 26.
Discuss briefly the Department of Public Enterprises Guidelines on Corporate Social Responsibility and Sustainability for Central Public Sector Enterprises. (June 2016, 5 marks)
Answer:
DPE Guidelines on CSR and Sustainability for CPSEs:
The CSR provisions of the Act, Schedule VII of the Act, and the CSR Rules are inviolable. However, in addition to the CSR provisions of the Act and the CSR Rules, the Department of Public Enterprises (DPE) has formulated Guidelines on CSR and Sustainability (hereinafter referred to as the Guidelines’) which are applicable to CPSEs. It is clarified that the Guidelines do not supersede or override any provision of the Act, or Schedule VII of the Act, or the CSR Rules, but will only supplement them. The Guidelines are in the nature of initiatives or endeavour which the key stakeholders expect of CPSEs in the discharge of their Corporate Social Responsibility. Any possible situation in which there may be a conflict between the CSR Rules and the Guidelines, is not envisaged. However, it is clarified that in case of any perceived conflict between the CSR Rules and the Guidelines, the former shall prevail in all circumstances.

The term Sustainability has been used in conjunction with CSR in the title of DPE Guidelines because CSR activities which are envisaged in the Act and in the CSR Rules can be supplemented with sustainability initiatives as both aim at achieving sustainable development goals. In the Guidelines the need for taking sustainability initiatives is emphasised in addition to the requirement of mandatory compliance with the CSR Rules. The Guidelines are aimed at providing an overarching framework of Sustainability within which CSR is firmly embedded. Therefore, CPSEs are advised to read the CSR Rules together with the Guidelines to clearly understand what is expected of them by the stakeholders.

The Act enjoins all companies to have a CSR policy, and the information which needs to be furnished in the CSR policy is specified in the CSR Rules. There is to be no deviation from the mandatory provisions of the Act and the CSR Rules in this regard. However, the CSR policy document of a CPSE should also include a vision and mission statement of how the CPSE proposes to comply with the Guidelines. The broad sustainability initiatives w„hich a CPSE intends to undertake should also find mention therein. Sir.ce CSR and Sustainability issues are complementary in nature, and both are to be mentioned in the policy document, it is suggested that it may be referred to as ‘CSR and Sustainability’ policy. The change in nomenclature of the policy document and its information expanse would not in any way detract from the CPSE’s commitment to CSR, or dilute its content. Rather, it would only indicate the willingness of the CPSE to voluntarily take a few extra steps to address social, economic and environmental concerns, which may be beyond the realm of CSR as envisaged in the Act and the CSR Rules, but are nevertheless worthy of attention for promotion of sustainable development in its diverse dimensions.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 27.
“Greenwashing is an evil practice amongst the corporates.” Comment. (June 2016, 5 marks)

Question 28.
The Triple Bottom Line is made up of social, economic and environmental aspects and indicated by the phrase ‘people, planet and profit’. Elucidate. (June 2016, 5 marks)
Answer:
The Triple Bottom Line is made up of “Social, Economic and Environmental” aspect and is indicated by the “People, Planet, Profit” phrase.
“People” means Human Capital. It implies that fair and beneficial business practices towards labour and the community and region in which a corporation conducts its business would create long-term value. Well being of a corporate, its labour and other stakeholder interests are interdependent. “Planet” means the Natural Capital. It refers to sustainable environmental practices. A company which decides to follow TBL always keep in mind that it does no harm to nature or creates negative environmental impact.

A TBL company, as a corporate policy, debars itself from manufacturing harmful or destructive products, such as weaDons, and those toxic chemicals etc. that are injurious to society as well as nature. Even if they are involved in such activities they ensure to protect nature as well as human society from its hazardous process and the products.

“Profit” means the reflection of economic impact an organization has on its business activities and that too after meeting all costs that would protect society and environment, ii somehow indicates real value addition a corporate makes through its various activities. Space to write important points for revision

Question 29.
(a) “The term Corporate Social Responsibility refers to the concept of business being accountable for how it manages’the impact of its processes on stakeholders and takes responsibility for producing a positive effect on society”. What are the factors influencing corporate social responsibility?
(b) “Sustainable development is a broad concept that balances the need for economic growth with environmental protection and social equity”. Define sustainable development and its principles. (Dec 2016, 5 marks each)
Answer:
(a) Factors Influencing CSR
Many factors and influences, including the following, have led to
increasing attention being devoted to CSR:

  • Globalization.
  • Governments and intergovernmental bodies, such as the United Nations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development and the International Labour Organization have developed compacts, declarations, guidelines, principles and other instruments that outline social norms for acceptable conduct.
  • Advances in communications technology, such as the Internet, cellular phones and personal digital assistants, are making it easier to track corporate activities and disseminate information about them.
  • Consumers and investors are showing increasing interest in supporting responsible business practices and are demanding more information on how companies are addressing risks and opportunities related to social and environmental issues.
  • Numerous serious and high-profile breaches of corporate ethics have contributed to elevated public mistrust of corporations and highlighted the need for improved corporate governance, transparency, accountability and ethical standards.
  • Citizens in many countries are making it clear that corporations should meet standards of social and environmental care, no matter where they operate.
  • There is increasing awareness of the limits of government legislative and regulatory initiatives to effectively capture all the issues that corporate social responsibility addresses.
  • Businesses are recognizing that adopting an effective approach to CSR can reduce risk of business disruptions, open up new opportunities, and enhance brand and company reputation.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 30.
Answer the following:
(a) Why CSR at all?
(b) What are different stages of KYOSEI? (Dec 2016, 5 marks each)
Answer:
(a) Business cannot exist in isolation; business cannot be oblivious to societal development. The social responsibility of business can be integrated into the business purpose so as to build a positive synergy between the two.

  • CSR creates a favourable public image, which attracts customers,
  • Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) activities have its advantages. It builds up a positive image encouraging social involvement of employees, which in turn develops a sense of loyalty towards the organization, helping in creating a dedicated workforce proud of its company.
  • The company’s social involvement discourages excessive regulation or intervention from the Government or statutory bodies, and hence gives greater freedom and flexibility in decision-making.
  • The internal activities of the organisation have an impact on the external environment, since the society is an inter-dependent system.
  • A business organisation has a great deal of power and money, entrusted upon it by the society and should be accompanied by an equal amount of responsibility.
  • Companies can better address the grievances of its employees and create employment opportunities for the unemployed.
  • Financial institutions are increasingly incorporating social and environmental criteria into their assessment of projects. When making decisions about where to place their money, investors are looking for indicators of effective CSR management.

Question 31.
(a) ‘The Concept of Kyosei is actually integrating business, government and the society and finally aiming at transnational approach.” Can such objective be attained? Explaining the concept of Kyosei justify your answer.
(b) Discuss the core principles of National Voluntary Guidelines on Social, Environmental and Economic responsibility of business (June 2017, 5 marks each)
Answer:
(a) A concise definition of this word would be “living and working together for the common good,” but for some, the definition is broader: “All people, regardless of race, religion or culture, harmoniously living and working together into the future.” Kyosei is a Japanese technique meaning “a spirit of cooperation”.

Kyosei philosophy reflects a confluence of social, environmental, technological and political solutions. It believes that peace, prosperity and social and environmental improvement come through positive action.

(b) Core Principles of National Voluntary Guidelines on Social, Environmental and Economic Responsibilities of Business are given below:
Principle 1: Businesses should conduct and govern themselves with Ethics, Transparency and Accountability.
Principle 2: Businesses should provide goods and services that are safe and contribute to sustainability throughout their life cycle.
Principle 3: Businesses should promote the well being of all employees.
Principle 4: Businesses should respect the interests of, and be responsive towards all stakeholders, especially those who are disadvantaged, vulnerable and marginalized.
Principle 5: Businesses should respect and promote human rights.
Principle 6: Business should respect, protect, and make efforts to restore the environment.
Principle 7: Businesses, when engaged in influencing public and regulatory policy, should do so in a responsible manner.
Principle 8: Businesses should support inclusive growth and equitable development.
Principle 9: Businesses should engage with and provide value to their customers and consumers in a responsible manner.

Question 32.
Discuss in brief the following:
(b) Government Role in improving Sustainability.
(c) Functions of CSR Committee.
(d) Carbon footprint vis-a-vis Ecological footprint. (June 2017, 3 marks each)
Answer:
(a) Government’s Role in improving Sustainability
Governments are interceding with unprecedented levels of new regulations, like SEBI mandated Business Responsibility Reporting in India for top listed companies besides the voluntary reporting for others, Integrated Reporting in South Africa and many other jurisdictions are placing similar requirement on companies to report about the sustainability aspects in addition to financial information.

In 2011, Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA), Govt, of India issued the first voluntary reporting framework for reporting on Business Responsibility in the form of ‘National Voluntary Guidelines (NVG) on Social, Environmental and Economic Responsibilities of Business’. SEBI considering the framework given under the NVG guidelines, inserted clause 55 to the listing agreement to give mandate to top 100 listed companies to adopt the Business Responsibility Framework. The other listed companies are encouraged to adopt the Business Responsibility Reporting voluntarily. The similar regulators initiatives are required in other jurisdiction also to encourage the companies to adopt the Reporting on Sustainability aspects. Over the past 10 years, environmental issues have steadily encroached on businesses’ capacity to create value for customers.

(c) Functions of CSR Committee
The purpose of the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Infosys Limited (the “Company”) shall be to assist the Board and the Company in fulfilling its corporate social responsibility (“CSR”). The Committee has overall responsibility for:

  • identifying the areas of CSR activities;
  • recommending the amount of expenditure to be incurred on the identified CSR activities;
  • implementing and monitoring the CSR policy from time to time; and
  • coordinating with Infosys Foundation or such other agency in implementing programs and executing initiatives as per CSR policy of the Company.

The purpose and responsibilities of the Committee shall include such other items/matters prescribed under applicable law or prescribed by the Board in compliance with applicable law from time to time.
The Committee is also responsible for reporting progress of various initiatives and in making appropriate disclosures on a periodic basis.

(c) A carbon footprint is an estimate of how much carbon is produced to support your lifestyle. Essentially, it measures your impact on the climate based on how much carbon you produce. Factors that contribute to your carbon footprint include travel methods and general home energy usage. Carbon footprints can also be applied on a larger scale to companies, businesses and even countries.

The ecological footprint is a measure of human demand on the earth’s ecosystems. It compares human demand with planet earth’s ecological capacity to regenerate it. It represents the amount of biologically productive land and sea area needed to regenerate the resources a human population consumes and to absorb and render the corresponding waste harmless, given prevailing technology and resource management practices.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 33.
(a) “Modern business organizations are; giving higher attention on discharging their social responsibilities.” Elaborate and discuss the factors which led to increasing attention being devoted to’CSR by these organizations.
(b) Why sustainability is considered an imperative in the present age? (Dec 2017, 5 marks each)
Answer:
(a) Many factors and influences, including the following, have led to increasing attention being devoted to CSR:
→ Globalization – coupled with focus on cross-border trade, multinational enterprises and global supply chains—is increasingly
raising CSR concerns related to human resource management practices, environmental protection, and health and safety, among other things.

→ Governments and intergovernmental bodies, such as the United Nations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development and the International Labour Organization have developed compacts, declarations, guidelines, principles and other instruments that outline social norms for acceptable conduct.

→ Advances in communications technology, such as the Internet, cellular phones and personal digital assistants, are making it easier to track corporate activities and disseminate information about them. Non-governmental organizations now regularly draw attention through their websites to business practices they view as problematic.

→ Consumers and investors are showing increasing interest in supporting responsible business practices and are demanding more information on how companies are addressing risks and opportunities related to social and environmental issues.

→ Numerous serious and high-profile breaches of corporate ethics have contributed to elevated public mistrust of corporations and highlighted the need for improved corporate governance, transparency, accountability and ethical standards.

→ Citizens in many countries are making it clear that corporations should meet standards of social and environmental care, no matter where they operate.

→ There is increasing awareness of the limits of government legislative and regulatory initiatives to effectively capture all the issues that corporate social responsibility addresses.

→ Businesses are recognizing that adopting an effective approach to CSR can reduce risk of business disruptions, open up new opportunities, and enhance brand and company reputation.

(b) Sustainability is an emerging megatrend and is a measure of good corporate governance. Over the years, environmental issues have giddily encroached on businesses’ capacity to create value for the customers, shareholders, and other stakeholders. Globalized workforces and supply chains have created environmental pressures and attendant business liabilities. The rise of new world powers has intensified competition for natural resources (especially oil) and added a geopolitical dimension to sustainability. “Externalities”, such as carbon dioxide emissions and water use are fast becoming materials meaning that investors consider them central to a firm’s performance and stakeholders expect companies to share information about them.

These forces are magnified by escalating public and governmental concern about climate change, industrial pollution, food safety, and natural resource depletion, among other issues. Consumers in many countries are seeking out sustainable products and services or leaning on companies to improve the sustainability of traditional ones.
Further fueling this megatrend, thousands of companies are placing strategic bets on innovation in energy efficiency, renewable power, resource productivity, and pollution control. In the end, it can be concluded that the top management of an orgnisation can no longer afford to ignore sustainability as a central factor in their companies’ long-term competitiveness.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 34.
Discuss the following:
(a) Triple Bottom Line Approach of CSR.
(b) Carbon Offsetting. , (Dec 2017, 3 marks each)
Answer:
(a) Triple Bottom Line Approach of CSR
Within the broader concept of corporate social responsibility, the concept of Triple Bottom Une (TBL) is gaining significance and becoming popular amongst corporates. Coined in 1997 by John Ellington, noted management consultant, the concept of TBL is based on the premise that business entities have more to do than make just profits for the owners of the capital, only bottom line people understand. “People, Pianet and Profit” is used to succinctly describe the’triple bottom lines. ‘People” (Human Capital) pertains to fair and beneficial business practices toward labor and thd community and region in which a corporation conducts its business. “Planet” (Natural Capital) refers to sustainable environmental practices. It is the lasting economic impact the organization has on its economic environment A TBL company endeavors to benefit the natural order as much as possible or at the least do no harm and curtails environmental impact. “Profit” is the bottom line shared by all commerce.

(c) Carbon offsets are used to reduce the amount of carbon that an individual or institution emits into the atmosphere. Carbon offsets work in a financial system where, instead of reducing its own carbon use, a company can comply with emissions caps by purchasing an offset from an independent organization. The organization wifi then use that money to fund a project that would reduce carbon in the atmosphere. An individual can also engage himself with this system, and similarfy pay to offset his or her own personal carbon usage, instead of or in addition to, taking direct measures such as driving less or recycling.

Question 35.
(i) Discuss fundamentals principles of sustainable development.
(ii) Green Washing. (Dec 2017, 3 marks each)
Answer:
(i) Fundamental Principle of Sustainable Development agreed by the world community are:

  • Principle of Intergenerational equity: Need to preserve natural resources for the future generations.
  • Principle of sustainable use: Use of natural resources in a prudent manner without or with minimum tolerable impact on nature.
  • Principle of equitable use or intergenerational equity: Use of natural resources by any state/country must take into account its impact on other states.
  • Principle of integration: Environmental aspects and impacts of socio-economic activities should be integrated so that prudent use of natural resources is ensured.

(ii) Green washing is a form of corporate misrepresentation where a company will present a green public Image and publicize green initiatives that are false or misleading. A company might release misleading claims or even true green initiatives while privately engaging in environmentally damaging practices. Companies are trying to take advantage of the growing public concern and awareness for environmental issues by promoting an environmentally responsible image. Green washing is used by companies to win over investors (especially those interested in socially responsible investing), create competitive advantage in the marketplace, and convince critics that the company is well-intentioned. There is a profit-driven motive to green washing as well green products are among the fastest growing segments in the market. Internationally, the increase in green advertising claims has become a cause for concern.

Question 36.
(a) What is sustainable development? Discuss principles of sustainable development agreedjupon by the world community: (June 2018, 5 marks)
(b) “Business cannot exist in isolation; it cannot be oblivious to Societal Development.” Elaborate this statement (2018, 5 marks)
Answer:
(a) Sustainable development is a broad concept that balances the need for economic growth with environmental protection and social equity. It is a process of change in which the exploitation of resources, me direction of investments, the orientation of technological development, and institutional change are all in harmony and enhance both current and future potential to meet human needs and aspirations. Sustainable development is a broad concept and it combines economics, social justice, environmental science and management, business management, politics and law.
Four fundamental Principle of Sustainable Development agreed by the world community are:

  1. Principle of Inter generational equity: Need to preserve natural resources for the future generations.
  2. Principle of sustainable use: Use of natural resources in a prudent manner without or with minimum tolerable impact on nature.
  3. Principle of equitable use or intergenerational equity: Use of natural resources by any state/country must take into account its impact on other states.
  4. Principle of integration: Environmental aspects and impacts of socio-economic activities should be integrated so that prudent use of natural resources is ensured.

(b) Business cannot exist in isolation; business cannot be oblivious to societal development. The social responsibility of business can be integrated into the business purpose so as to build a positive synergy between the two.
1. CSR creates a favourable public image, which attracts customers.

2. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) activities have its advantages.

3. Society gains through better neighborhoods and employment opportunities, while the organization benefits from a better community, which is the main source of its workforce and the consumer of its products.

4. Public needs have changed leading to changed expectations from consumers.

5. The company’s social involvement discourages excessive regulation or intervention from the Government or statutory bodies, and hence gives greater freedom and flexibility in decision-making.

6. The internal activities of the organisation have an impact on the external environment, since the society is an inter-dependent system.

7. A business organisation has a great deal of power and money, entrusted upon it by the society and should be accompanied by an equal amount of responsibility.

8. The good public image secured by one organisation by their social responsiveness encourages other organizations in the neighborhood or in the professional group to adapt themselves to achieve their social responsiveness.

9. The atmosphere of social responsiveness encourages co-operative attitude between groups of companies.

10. Companies can better address the grievances of its employees and create employment opportunities for the unemployed.

11. A company with its “ear to the ground” through regular stakeholder dialogue is in a better position to anticipate and respond to regulatory, economic, social and environmental changes that may occur.

12. Financial institutions are increasingly incorporating social and environmental criteria into their assessment of projects.

13. In a number of jurisdictions, governments have expedited approval processes for firms that have undertaken social and environmental activities beyond those required by regulation.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 37.
Discuss in brief the following:
(a) Life Cycle Assessment.
(b) Global Compact Self-Assessment Tool. (June 2018, 3 marks each)
Answer:
(a) Life Cycle Assessment (LCA)
Life Cycle Assessment tracks the environment impacts of a product from its raw materials through disposal at the end of its useful life. LCA is an important tool for developing an environmental self-portrait and for finding ways to minimize harm. A good LCA can shed light on ways to reduce the resources consumed and lower costs all along the value chain.

A Life Cycle Assessment looks at this complete circle and measures environmental impact at every phase. It provides the foundation for understanding the issues a company must address and clues to help find Eco-Advantage.

(b) The Global Compact Self Assessment Tool is an easy-to-use guide designed for use by companies of all sizes and across sectors committed to upholding the social and environmental standards within their respective operations. The tool consists of 45 questions with a set of three to nine indicators for each question. It consists of a ‘management section’ and four other sections, including human rights, labour, environment and anti-corruption that relate to the principles of the UN Global Compact. The tool is in line with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights. For a small company, this tool acts as a measure of the company’s performance in all areas of the UN Global Compact and how well these issues are managed.

Question 38.
(i) The Ministry of Corporate Affairs issued the Corporate Governance Social Responsibility Voluntary Guidelines 2009, which emphasize that every business should design and formulate a CSR policy to guide the strategic planning and a roadmap for its CSR initiatives. Outline the core elements of CSR policy. (2018, 5 marks)
(ii) “Tata steel’s Vision strikes a balance between economic value as well as ecological and societal value”. Comment. (June 2018, 5 marks)
Answer:
(i) The CSR Policy should normally cover following core elements:

  • Care for all Stakeholders
  • Ethical functioning
  • Respect for Workers’ Rights and Welfare
  • Respect for Human Rights
  • Respect for Environment
  • Activities for Social and Inclusive Development

(ii) Yes, Tata Steel’s Vision strikes a balance between economic value as well as ecological and societal value by aspiring to be “a Global Benchmark in Value Creation and Corporate Citizenship”. In the initial years, Tata Steel’s CSR interventions were more as a ‘provider’ to society where the community was given support for its overall needs, both for sustenance and development. Gradually, the shift in approach led to Tata Steel being an ‘enabler’ focusing on building community capacity through training programmes; focusing on providing technical support rather than giving aid. At present, CSR interventions of Tata Steel focus on ‘sustainable development’ to enhance the quality of life of people. It guides the Company in its race to excel in all areas of sustainability.

Guided by this mandate, Tata Steel has for decades uses its skills and resources, to the extent it can reasonably afford, to give back to the community a fair share of the product of its efforts.
Tata Steel’s approach to business has evolved from the concept that the wealth created must be continuously returned to society. The responsibility of combining the three elements of society – social, environmental, and economic is of utmost importance to the way of life at Tata Steel. Today, Tata Steel’s CSR activities in India encompass the Company’s Steel Works, Iron ore mines and collieries, reaching out to the city of Jamshedpur, its peri-urban areas and over 800 villages in the states of Jharkhand, Odisha and Chhattisgarh.

Community involvement is a characteristic of all Tata Steel Group companies around the world. It can take the form of financial support, provision of materials and the involvement of time, skills and enthusiasm of employees. The Group contributes to a very wide range of social, cultural, educational, sporting, charitable and emergency assistance programmes.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 39.
(a) You have been recently appointed as a Company Secretary of a large company which has incurred expenditures on various CSR activities during the year. Advise the Board about the particulars to be ensured in Annual Report for disclosureson Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) under Companies Act, 2013 by the Board. (2018, 5 marks)
Answer:
The companies which are required to constitute a CSR Committee as per Section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013 shall disclose the composition of CSR Committee in its Board Report. It is mandatory for such companies to disclose in Board’s Report, an annual report on CSR. The report of the Board of Directors attached to the financial statements of the Company would also need to include an annual report on the CSR activities of the company. The Company Secretary will advise the Board about the format prescribed for annual report on the CSR containing following particulars:

  • A brief outline of the company’s CSR policy, including overview of projects or programs proposed to be undertaken and a reference to the web-link to the CSR policy and projects or programs.
  • The composition of the CSR Committee.
  • Average net profit of the company for last three financial years.
  • Prescribed CSR Expenditure.
  • Details of expenditure incurred on CSR activities during the financial year.
  • In case the company has failed to spend the two percent of the average net profit of the last three financial years or any part thereof, the company shall provide the reasons for not spending the amount in its Board report.
  • A responsibility statement of the CSR Committee that the implementation and monitoring of CSR Policy, compliance with CSR objectives and Policy of the company.

Question 40.
What do you know about UN Global Compact? Give brief I Introduction and mention Principles as pronounced by the Compact. (Dec 2018, 5 marks)
Answer:
The UN Global Compact is a strategic policy initiative for businesses that are committed to aligning their operations and strategies with ten universally accepted principles in the areas of human rights, labour, environment and, anti-corruption.

The UN Global Compact’s Ten Principles are derived from the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the International Labour Organization’s Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work, the Rio Declaration on Environment and Development, and the United Nations Convention Against Corruption. These Principles are:

Human Rights:
Principle 1: Businesses should support and respect the protection of internationally proclaimed human rights; and
Principle 2: make sure that they are not complicit in human rights abuses. Labour
Principle 3: Businesses should uphold the freedom of association and the effective recognition of the right to collective bargaining;
Principle 4: the elimination of all forms of forced and compulsory labour;
Principle 5: the effective abolition of child labour; and
Principle 6: the elimination of discrimination in respect of employment and occupation.

Environment
Principle 1: Businesses should support a precautionary approach to environmental challenges;
Principle 2: undertake initiatives to promote greater environmental responsibility; and
Principle 3: encourage the development and diffusion of environmentally friendly technologies.
Anti-corruption
Principle 4: Businesses should work against corruption in all its forms, including extortion and bribery.
Principles to be clubbed under the following headings.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 41.
“Social, environmental and economical issues are fundamental to corporate to sustain in long run”. In view of this statement, define Corporate Sustainability and describe key aspects, companies as a corporate citizen, should focus. (Dec 2018, 5 marks)
Answer:
The contribution of sustainable development to corporate sustainability is twofold:

  • First, it helps in setting out the areas that companies should focus on i.e., environmental, social, and economic performance.
  • Secondly, it provides a common societal goal for corporations, governments, and civil society to work towards ecological, social, and economic sustainability.

However, sustainable development by itself does not provide the necessary arguments for why companies should care about these issues. Those arguments come from corporate social responsibility and stakeholders theory.

Corporate sustainability is a business approach that creates long-term shareholder value by embracing opportunities and managing risks deriving from economic, environmental and social developments. Corporate sustainability describes business practices built around social and environmental considerations.

Corporate sustainability encompasses strategies and practices that aim to meet the needs of the stakeholders today while seeking to protect, support and enhance the human and natural resources that will be the need of the future.
As a good corporate citizen, the companies are required to focus on the following key aspects: .

  • Absolute Value Creation for the Society.
  • Ethical Corporate Practices.
  • Worth of the Earth through Environmental Protection.
  • Equitable Business Practices.
  • Corporate Social Responsibility.
  • Innovate new technology/process/system to achieve eco-efficiency.
  • Creating Market for All.
  • Switching over from the Stakeholders Dialogue to holistic Partnership.
  • Compliance of Statutes.

Question 42.
What is Paris Agreement? Discuss. (Dec 2018, 5 marks)
Answer:
The Paris Agreement builds upon the Convention and for the first time brings all nations into a common cause to undertake ambitious efforts to combat climate change and adapt to its effects, with enhanced support to assist developing countries to do so. As such, it charts a new course in the global climate effort.

The Paris Agreement’s central aim is to strengthen the global response to the threat of climate change by keeping a global temperature rise this century well below 2 degrees Celsius above pre-industrial levels and to pursue efforts to limit the temperature increase even further to 1.5 degrees Celsius. Additionally, the agreement aims to strengthen the ability of countries to deal with the impacts of climate change.

To reach these ambitious goals, appropriate financial flows, a new technology framework and an enhanced capacity building framework will be put in place, thus supporting action by developing countries and the most vulnerable countries, in line with their own national objectives. The Agreement also provides for enhanced transparency of action and support through a more robust transparency framework.

Question 43.
“Businesses should support inclusive growth and equitable development”. Mention core elements of this principle of National Voluntary Guidelines on Social, Environment and Economic Responsibilities of Business 2011. (Dec 2018, 5 marks)
Answer:
The Principle “Businesses should support inclusive growth and equitable development” is recommended by the National Voluntary Guidelines on Social, Environmental and Economic Responsibilities of Business Guidelines. The principle recognizes the value of the energy and enterprise of businesses and encourages them to innovate and contribute to the overall development of the country, especially to that of the disadvantaged, vulnerable and marginalised sections of society.

The principle also emphasizes the need for collaboration amongst businesses, government agencies and civil society in furthering this development agenda.

The principle reiterates that business prosperity and inclusive growth and equitable development are interdependent.
The core elements of this Principle are:

  • Businesses should understand their impact on social and economic development, and respond through appropriate action to minimise the negative impacts.
  • Businesses should innovate and invest in products, technologies and processes that promote the well being of society.
  • Businesses should make efforts to complement and support the development priorities at local and national levels, and assure appropriate resettlement and rehabilitation of communities who have been displaced owing to their business operation.
  • Businesses operating in regions that are underdeveloped should be specially sensitive to local concerns.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 44.
What is the measure of liability of an enterprise which is engaged in a hazardous or inherently dangerous industry, where by any chance an accident occurs, persons die or get injured? Answer with reference to the Oleum Gas leak case by narrating in brief the issues raised by the petitioner and important Judgements pronounced by the Apex court. (Dec 2018, 5 marks.)
Answer:
The Oleum Gas Leak case came into limelight after it got originated in a writ petition filed in the Supreme Court by the environmentalist and lawyer M. C. Mehta, as a public interest litigation.

The petition raised some seminal questions concerning the Articles 21 and 132 of the Constitution, the principles and norms for determining the liability of large enterprises engaged in manufacture and sale of hazardous r products, the basis on which damage in case of such liability should be uantified, and whether such large enterprises should be allowed to continue to function in thickly populated areas and if they are permitted so to function. The pressing issue which the Supreme Court had to decide immediately in the petition, was whether to allow the caustic chlorine plant of Shriram Foods and Fertiliser Industries to be restarted.

On December 4,1985 a major leakage of oleum gas took place from one of the units of Shriram, and this leakage affected a large number of people, I both amongst the workmen and the public in general. This gas leak followed by another disaster i.e., within two days, another leakage took place as result of escape of oleum gas from the joints of a pipe. The Delhi Administration issued two orders, on the behest of Public Health and Policy, to cease carrying on any further operation in the unit, and to remove such chemical and gases from there.

The Inspector of Factories and the Assistant Commissioner (Factories) issued separate orders on December 7th and 24th, 1985 to shut down both the plants.’ Aggrieved, Shriram filed a writ petition challenging the two prohibitory orders issued under the Factories Act of 1948, and sought interim permission to reopen the caustic chlorine plant.

” The Supreme Court, after examining the reports of the various committees that were constituted from time to time to examine the areas of concern and potential problems relating to the plant, as well as the existence of safety and pollution control measures, etc., held that pending consideration of the issue whether the caustic chlorine plant should be directed to be shifted and relocated at some other place, arrived at the conclusion that the caustic chlorine plant should be allowed to be restarted by the management subject to certain specified stringent conditions.

The Apex Court said that it is not possible to adopt a policy of not having any chemical or other hazardous industries merely because they pose hazard or risk to the community. If such a policy was adopted, it would mean the end of all progress and development. Such industries, even if hazardous, have to be set up since they are essential for the economic development and advancement of well-being of the people. We can only hope to reduce the element of hazard or risk to the community by taking all necessary steps for locating such industries in a manner which would pose least risk or danger to the community by maximizing safety requirements.

Question 45.
Describe the following terms:
“Environment, Social, Governance (ESG) Index”. (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
Environment, Social, Governance (ESG) Index : ESG describes the environmental, social and corporate governance issues. The ESG index employs a unique and innovative methodology that quantifies a company’s ESG practices and translates them into a scoring system which is then used to rank each company against its peers in the market. Its quantitative scoring system offers investors complete transparency on Environmental, Social & governance issues of a company.
The ESG Performance indicators are:

  • Environment – Energy use and efficiency, Greenhouse gas emissions, Water use, Use of ecosystem services – impact & dependence and Innovation in environment friendly products and services.
  • Social – Employees, Poverty and community impact and Supply chain management. ’
  • Governance-Codes of conduct and business principles, accountability, transparency and disclosure and Implementation – quality and consistency.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 46.
Define the term “Sustainable Development”. What are the fundamental principles of Sustainable Development ? (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
Sustainable development is a broad concept and it combines economics, social justice, environmental science and management, business management, politics and law. Sustainable Development indicates development that meets the needs of the present generation without compromising with the ability of the future generations to meet their needs. The principle behind it is to foster such development through technological and social activities which meets the needs of the current generations, but at the same time ensures that the needs of the future generation are not impaired. The contribution of sustainable development to corporate sustainability is twofold:

  • First, it helps set out the areas that companies should focus on environmental, social, and economic performance.
  • Secondly, it provides a common societal goal for corporations, governments, and civil society to work towards ecological, social, and economic sustainability.

Four fundamental Principle of Sustainable Development agreed by the world community are as under:

  1. Principle of Intergenerational equity: Need to preserve natural resources for the future generations.
  2. Principle of sustainable use: Use of natural resources in a prudent manner without or with minimum tolerable impact on nature.
  3. Principle of equitable use or intra-generational equity: Use of natural resources by any state / country must take into account its impact on other states.
  4. Principle of integration: Environmental aspects and impacts of socio-economic activities should be integrated so that prudent use of natural resources is ensured.

Question 47.
Explain the concept and need to apply the Triple Bottom approach for CSR. (Dec 2020, 5 marks)
Answer:
The triple bottom line is an accounting framework with three parts: social, environmental (or ecological) and financial. Some organizations have adopted the TBL framework to evaluate their performance in a broader perspective to create greater business value.
The need to apply the concept of TBL is caused due to:
(a) Increased consumer sensitivity to corporate social behaviour
(b) Growing demands for transparency from shareholders/stakeholders
(c) Increased environmental regulation
(d) Legal costs of compliances and defaults
(e) Concerns over global warming
(f) Increased social awareness
(g) Awareness about and willingness for respecting human rights
(h) Media’s attention to social issues
(i) Growing corporate participation in social upliftment

Question 48.
Define the following terms:
(i) Standard and Poor’s ESG India Index . (Aug 2021, 1 mark)
(ii) Sustainable Value Added (SVA) (Aug 2021, 1 mark)
Answer:
(i) Standards and Poor’s ESG India Index:
Standard & Poor’s ESG India index provides investors with exposure to a liquid and tradable index of 50 of the best performing stocks in the Indian market as measured by environmental, social, and governance parameters. The index employs a unique and innovative methodology that quantifies a company’s ESG practices and translates them into a scoring system which is then used to rank each company against their peers in the Indian market. Its quantitative scoring system offers investors complete transparency.

The creation of the index involves a two-step process, the first of which uses a multi-layered approach to determine an ‘ESG’ score for each company. The second step determines the weighting of the index by score. Index constituents are derived from the top 500 Indian companies by total market capitalizations that are listed on National Stock Exchange of India Ltd. (NSE). These stocks are then subjected to a screening process which yields a score based on a company’s ESG disclosure practices in the public domain.

(ii) Sustainable Value Added (SVA):
Sustainable development is a normative concept laid out as the combination of economic prosperity, environmental integrity and social equity. Value is created whenever benefits exceed costs. There are two approaches to measure corporate contribution to sustainability i.e. Absolute Measures and Relative Measures.

Sustainable Value Added takes Into account both, the efficiency and the absolute level (effectiveness) of resource use. It has never been more important for businesses to use their economic, environmental and social resources efficiently. Conceptually, SVA stresses the complementary disposition of economic, environmental and social resources. Sustainable Value Added is the extra value created when the overall level of environmental and social impacts is kept constant.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 49.
Explain the Economic Value Added (EVA) and how it is helpful in calculating the true economic profit of an enterprise ? (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
Economic Value Added (EVA) is promoted by a consulting firm Stern Steward & Co., which was established in 1982 and pioneered the EVA concept in 1989. EVA is a performance measure that captures the true economic profit of an enterprise. EVA is used by over 300 successful companies. EVA is a value based financial performance measure. It is an investment decision tool and it is also a performance measure reflecting the absolute amount of shareholder value created. It is computed as the product of the “excess return” made on an investment or investments and the capital invested in that investment or investments. “Economic Value Added (EVA) is the net operating profit minus an appropriate charge for the opportunity cost of all capital invested in an enterprise or project. It is an estimate of true economic profit, or amount by which earnings exceed or fall short of the required minimum rate of return investors could get by investing in other securities of comparable risk (Stewart, 1990).”
EVA is net operating profit after tax less capital charge.
Or, EVA = NOPAT- (Invested Capital x WACC)
Where
NOPAT is Net’Operating profit after taxes
WACC is Weighted average cost of capital

Components of EVA
The equation for EVA shows that there are three key components to a company’s
EVA: i.e. NOPAT, Capital invested, and the WACC:

  • NOPAT can be calculated manually but is normally listed in a public company’s financials.
  • Invested Capital is the amount of money used to fund a specific project.
  • WACC is the average rate of return a company expects to pay its investors; the weights are derived as a fraction of each financial source in a company’s capital structure. WACC can also be calculated but is normally provided as public record.

An equation for invested capital often used to calculate EVA is = Total Assets – Current Liabilities, two figures easily found on a firm’s balance sheet. In this case, the formula for EVA is: NOPAT – (Total Assets – Current Liabilities) * WACC.

The cost of capital is a weighted average that reflects the cost of both debt and equity capital. Thus, EVA measures the excess of a firm’s operating income over the cost of the capital employed in generating those earnings. It relates operating income to capital employed in an additive operation. This is in contrast to return on assets (ROA = operating income/capital), which compares operating income to capital employed in a multiplicative operation. EVA assesses the performance of a company and its management through the idea that a business is only profitable when it creates wealth and returns for shareholders, thus requiring performance above a company’s cost of capital. EVA as a performance indicator is very useful. The calculation shows how and where a company created wealth, through the inclusion of balance sheet items. This forces managers to be aware of assets and expenses when making managerial decisions. However, the EVA calculation relies heavily on the amount of invested capital, and is best used for asset-rich companies that are stable or mature. Companies with intangible assets, such as technology businesses, may not be good for an EVA evaluation.

Question 50.
Karl-Henrik Robert along with a group of 50 scientists developed four basic, non-negotiable system conditions for global sustainability. What are these conditions? (June 2022, 5 marks)

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 51.
Tata Motors Ltd. is the leading automotive company in India having global operations. The company started its operations in 1945 and now it is world’s fourth largest truck and bus manufacturer. It is the first Indian company from the engineering sector that was listed in the New York Stock Exchange in 2004. The company has always maintained high standards of professionalism, honesty, transparency, integrity and ethical behaviour and incorporated them while conducting business. The company has structured Corporate Social Responsibility programmes and set out Tata Business Excellence Model (TBEM) as a means to drive business excellence and also track progress on long-term strategic objectives.
In the light of TBEM, write a brief note on each of the following:
(i) Corporate governance
(ii) Corporate social responsibility
(iii) Sustainability reporting
(iv) Environment management
(v) Social management (June 2014, 15 marks)
Answer:
(i) Corporate Governance: Company has always adopted highest standards of professionalism, honesty, integrity and ethical behaviour and incorporated them in the way of conducting business. The Company continues to strengthen its corporate governance practices through implementation of specific models and methods. The Tata Business Excellence Model (TBEM) is a means to drive business excellence and also track progress on long term strategic objectives.

(ii) Corporate Social Responsibilities: Company’s CSR execution process comprises various activities like identification of communities, prioritization of identified needs, designing projects for addressing selected needs, arrangement of resources and implementation of projects, evaluation of the impacts at the end of project. Health education employability and environment are the key areas of Company’s CSR activities. The Tata Code of Conduct (TCoC) plays an important role in infusing the principles of ethics, transparency and responsibility across our operations.

(iii) Sustainability Reporting: The Sustainability Report 2010- 2011 entitled “Sustainability in Motion” is the Company’s seventh Corporate Sustainability Report. Robust management systems, sound work ethics, better fuel efficiency standards, improved passenger safety, increased material recycling, conservation of energy and water, managing wastes, etc. are some of the examples of sustainability in motion at Tata Motors Limited.

(iv) Environment Management: The Company made an aim to create awareness and promote good environmental practices and management systems in its supply chain with the aid of ISO14001 certification for its channel partners. ‘Yugandhara’ is used for creating climate change consciousness amongst the employees. The Company focuses on tree plantation, wasteland development, encouraging usage of bio-gas plants, and rainwater harvesting initiatives. Overall the Company has invested 346.90 million towards environment management activities across operations. The notable initiatives briefly include:
(a) 4.54% of total energy requirement of the Company was met through the Renewable energy, 48,620 tC02e emissions avoided through usage of renewable energy. 2.47% of net turnover was spent on R&D activities by Company.

(b) Company implemented ideas to reduce packaging material and increase use of recycled material as a result of the various programmes conducted, since the inception of this policy.

(c) Elimination of hazardous material as per regulations prescribed by the respective State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) and as per the Hazardous Wastes Management & Handling Rules and reducing their carbon footprint.

(d) Re-cycling of material is best illustrated in the use scrap metal generated externally as well as internally by either using sustainable packaging (replacing wood with metal) or reusing existing packaging (recycling wood).

(e) Company works towards developing low carbon, fuel saving technologies that will help reduce greenhouse gas emissions. Development of CNG vehicles, electric vehicles and hybrids are at the forefront of company. CNG versions of buses and light commercial vehicles, LPG versions of Indica and CNG versions of ACE goods carrier are the one step towards it.

(f) Under the scheme of Green Infrastructure, a new technology of using light pipes as a source of light has been tried in Jamshedpur and planning to be implemented in Lucknow by the first quarter of FY 2011 -12. A pilot solar power project of 25KW, is also set up by the Energy Management Cell to reduce the energy cost.

(g) Through coordination between NEAC (National Environment Awareness Campaign), GVK (Gram Vikas Kendra), and Tata Motors Jamshedpur the Company has been able to network with around 500 NGOs in the State of Jharkhand highlighting the importance of bio diversity conservation.

(v) Social Management: The Company has tremendously made its share in enhancing the standard of living by providing following benefits to employees and the society itself:
(a) Company promotes employee well being during their tenure as well as after their retirement. Benefits such as gratuity, superannuation, Bhavishya Kalyan Yojana (BKY), post retirement medicare scheme, provident fund and compensated absences are provided to employees.

(b) Company has designed climate change mitigation and Sustainability programmes for creating awareness among Employees. Employees who showed aptitude for engineering and management excellence are sponsored for advanced technical/management programmes in reputed institutes.

(c) Safety observations and incidents receive a high priority in the company as top management being directly involved in all such matters. A steering committee is also headed by the Managing Director that addresses safety, health and environment issues on a monthly basis.

(d) Nav Jagrat Manav Samaj (NJMS), a registered society supported by Tata Motors Jamshedpur is part of the community services department, which is dedicated to the cause of identifying, treating and rehabilitating leprosy afflicted persons and their families.

(e) Company has strict policy of not employing children in any of its Companies.

Sustainability and Corporate Social Responsibility - CS Professional Study Material

Question 2.
For the purpose of generating employment in Banaras, a leather industry is being started which consumes a large amount of water and discharges waste water containing putrescible organic and toxic inorganic materials into the river resulting in death of all aquatic life. Whether court should allow the owners of the tanneries to continue as it is working in public interest or direct them to stop working? Give reasons. (Dec 2015, 5 marks)

CSR and Sustainability Notes

Sustainable Development:
Sustainable development is development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs

Corporate Susiainibilty:
Corporate sustainability is an approach that creates long-term stakeholder value by implementing a business strategy that considers every dimension of how a business operates in the ethical, social, environmental, cultural, and economic spheres.

Triple Bottom Line:
The triple bottom line is an accounting framework with three parts: social, environmental (or ecological) and financial. Some organizations have adopted the TBL framework to evaluate their performance in a broader perspective to create greater business value.

Sustainable Reporting:
A sustainability report is an organizational report that gives information about economic, environmental, social and governance performance.

Global Reporting Initiative:
The Global Reporting Initiative (known as GRI) is an international independent standards organization that helps businesses, governments and other organizations understand and communicate their impacts on issues such as climate change, human rights and corruption.

Business Responsibility Report:
SEBI vide Circular no. CIR/CFD/CMD/10/2015 dated November 04,2015 has prescribed the format for the Business Responsibility Report (BRR) in respect of reporting on ESG (Environment, Social and Governance)1 parameters by listed entities.
In terms of amendment to regulation 34 (2) (f) of LODR Regulations vide Gazette notification no. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2021 /22 dated May 05,2021, it has now been decided to introduce new reporting requirements on ESG parameters called the Business Responsibility and Sustainability Report

(BRSR). Accordingly, for the top one thousand listed entities based on market capitalization, a business responsibility report describing the initiatives taken by the listed entity from an environmental, social and governance perspective, in the format as specified by the Board from time to time. However, the requirement of submitting a business responsibility report shall be discontinued after the financial year’2021-22 and thereafter, with effect from the financial year 2022-23, the top one thousand listed entities based on market capitalization shall submit a business responsibility and sustainability report in the format as specified by the Board from time to time. Further, during the financial year 2021-22, the top one thousand listed entities may voluntarily submit a business responsibility and sustainability report in place of the mandatory business responsibility report. Further, the remaining listed entities including the entities which have listed their specified securities on the SME Exchange, may voluntarily submit such reports The BRSR is accompanied with a guidance note to enable the companies to interpret the scope of disclosures. The format of the BRSR and the guidance note are detailed in Annexure I and Annexure II respectively.

The BRSR seeks disclosures from listed entities on their performance against the nine principles of the ‘National Guidelines on Responsible Business Conduct’ (NGBRCs) and reporting under each principle is divided into essential and leadership indicators. The essential indicators are required to be reported on a mandatory basis while the reporting of leadership indicators is on a voluntary basis. Listed entities should endeavor to report the leadership indicators also.

The BRSR is intended towards having quantitative and standardized disclosures on ESG parameters to enabie comparability across companies, sectors and time. Such disclosures will be helpful for investors to make better investment decisions. The BRSR shall also enable companies to engage more meaningfully with their stakeholders, by encouraging them to look beyond financials and towards social and environmental impacts.

The BRR framework is divided into five sections:
The BRR framework is divided into three sections
The Business Responsibility & Sustainability Report framework is divided into three sections in Annexure I:
(a) Section A: General Disclosures.
(b) Section B: Management and Process Disclosures.
(c) Section C: Principle wise Performance Disclosure

Board Processes through Secretarial Standards – CS Professional Study Material

Chapter 4 Board Processes through Secretarial Standards – CS Professional Governance Risk Management Compliances and Ethics Notes is designed strictly as per the latest syllabus and exam pattern.

Board Processes through Secretarial Standards – Governance, Risk Management, Compliances and Ethics Study Material

Question 1.
Write short note on:
Matters that cannot be discussed in a Board meeting conducted through Video-conferencing. (Dec 2020, 3 Marks)
Answer:
The following matters shall not be dealt with in any meeting held through video conferencing or other audio visual means.-

  • the approval of the annual financial statements;
  • the approval of the Board’s report;
  • the approval of the prospectus;
  • the Audit Committee Meetings for consideration of financial statement including consolidated financial statement if any, to be approved by the board under sub-section (1) of section 134 of the Act; and the approval of the matter relating to amalgamation, merger, demerger, acquisition and takeover.

Provided that where there is quorum presence in a meeting through physical presence of directors, any other director may participate through video conferencing or other audio visual means.

Relaxation to consider restricted items at Board Meetings held through Video Conferencing The Companies (Meetings of Board and its Powers) Rules, 2014 were amended to provide relaxations till 30th June, 2021 in holding Board meetings with physical presence of Directors for approval of restricted matters prescribed under Section 173(2) of the Act read with Rule 4 of the Companies (Meetings of Board and its Powers) Rules, 2014.
Accordingly, up to 30th June 2021, following restricted matters can be dealt in Board meetings held through video conferencing or other audio-visual means by duly ensuring compliance of Rule 3 of the Companies (Meetings of Board and its Powers) Rules, 2014.

Question 2.
(i) KLM Ltd. in its 64th Board meeting held on 30th June, 2019 has constituted Risk Management Committee with objective of mitigation of risk and recommendation of preventive measures comprising of two Independent Directors and one Whole Time Director. In the first Meeting of the Committee held on 6th July, 2019, Whole Time Director could not be present and sought the leave of absence. The Board proposal about the constitution was silent with respect to Chairman of the Committee and quorum of the Meeting of Committee. The remaining two members held the Meeting and the Senior most Director present in the Meetihg was selected as Chairman of the Committee. The Committee also approved the policy for Systematic Risk Management. Whether, the decision of the Committee is valid in light of the approved Secretarial Standards as issued by the ICSI? (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
The Secretarial Standard 1 (SS-1) deals with the Meetings of the Board of Directors.
Clause 3.5 of Secretarial Standard 1 (SS-1) which relates to the Meetings of Committees provides as under:
“Unless otherwise stipulated in the Act or the Articles or under any other law, the Quorum for Meetings of any Committee constituted by the Board shall be as specified by the Board. If no such Quorum is specified, the presence of all the members of any such Committee is necessary to form the Quorum”. In the given case Of the company KLM Ltd, it is mentioned in the question itself that “The Board proposal about the constitution was silent with respect to Chairman of the Committee and quorum of the Meeting of Committee”. Since the quorum was not specified, hence as per the clause 3.5 of SS-1, where no such quorum is specified, the presence of all the members of such committee is necessary to form the quorum. Therefore, the meeting was held by the Risk Management Committee (RMC) without the presence of adequate quorum and in view of this the decision taken by the RMC is also invalid.

Board Processes through Secretarial Standards - CS Professional Study Material

Question 3.
ABC Ltd., is a Joint Venture between an Indian Company and a Multi-National Company. In present Covid pandemic situation, a Board Meeting through video conference was held on 29th October, 2020 at a shorter notice of 3 days. One of the agenda items was approval of the financial statements for the quarter ended 30th September, 2020.

One of the Directors joined late in the Board Meeting and was not present while discussing one agenda item. None of the Independent Directors were present.
The Company needs funds and is proposing to issue rights shares. Board recommended increase in authorised share capital as well as approved convening of an EGM through Video Conference on 31st December, 2020. The Board discussed on a business proposal at length in the Board Meeting. When minutes were circulated by the Company Secretary, both the joint venture nominee Directors on the Board of the Company had different views on the discussions made and suggested modifications to the minutes which were not in harmony with the minutes circulated by the Company Secretary. Chairman of the Board of Directors is nominee of Indian Company. He is firm that Chairman’s decision is final in finalising the minutes of the meeting. Based on the above facts, answer the following questions:
(a) Discuss whether the financial statements can be approved in Board Meeting through Video Conferencing?
(b) What is the procedure to be followed by the Company Secretary when conducting Board Meeting through Video Conferencing as per SS-I ?
(c) How is proceeding of the Meeting is recorded by the Company Secretary in the Board Meeting ? Discuss on recording and finalisation of minutes in light of the provisions of applicable SS-I.
(d) Can EGM be held through Video Conferencing? (2021, 5 Marks)
Answer:
(a) Approval of financial statements for the quarter ended 30th September 2020 should have been approved at a physically held Board Meeting as per Section 173 and Section 179 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 4 of the Companies (Meetings of Board and its Powers) Rules, 2014.
However, on account of current scenario due to COVID-19 pandemic, Ministry of Corporate Affairs had relaxed these provisions vide Companies (Meetings of Board and its Powers) Amendment Rules, 2020 dated 19th March 2020 by providing that for the period beginning from the commencement of the Companies (Meetings of Board and its Powers) Amendment Rules, 2020 and ending on the 30th June 2020 (later extended upto 30th June, 2021), the meetings on all matters referred to in sub-rule (1) of Rule 4 may be held through video conferencing or other audio visual means in accordance with rule 3. Therefore, the resolution passed is proper.
(Note: Rule 4 has been omitted vide the Companies (Meetings of Board and its Powers) Amendment Rules, 2021 dated 15.06.2021 implying that all business matters can now be dealt in meetings held through video conferencing or other audio visual means in accordance with Rule 3).

(b) The complete process for conducting of board meetings through video conferencing is prescribed under Section 173 read with Rule 3 of the Companies (Meetings of Board and its Powers) Rules, 2014 and Secretarial Standard 1.
Process to be followed by Company Secretary when conducting the Board Meeting through Video Conference is as below:
The notice of the meeting shall inform the directors regarding the option available to them to participate through video conferencing mode. The notice shall also contain all the necessary information to enable the directors to participate through video conferencing mode, like contact number or email address of the chairman or any other person authorised by the board, to whom the director shall confirm in this regard.
The notice shall also seek advance confirmation from the directors as to whether they will participate through electronic mode in the meeting. Director who intends to participate through video conferencing shall give prior intimation to chairman of the company well in advance so that the company can make necessary arrangements in this behalf.
At the commencement of the meeting, a roll call shall be taken by the chairperson when every director participating through video conferencing or other audio visual means shall state, for the record, the foJ lowing namely:
(a) Name
(b) The location from where he is participating,
(c) That he has received the agenda and all the relevant material for the meeting like draft resolution, notes to agenda etc, and
(d) That no orie other than the concerned director is attending or having access to the proceedings of the meeting at the location.
After the roll call, the chairperson shall confirm that the required quorum is complete.
Every participant shall identify himself for the record before speaking on any item of business on the agenda. If statement of a director in the meeting through video conferencing or other audio-visual means is interrupted or garbled, the chairperson shall request for a repeat or reiteration by the director.
The minutes of the meeting shall disclose the particulars of the directors who attended the meeting through video conferencing or other audio-visual means and the location from where and the agenda items in which he participated.

(c) As per Clause 7 of SS- 1, the Company Secretary shall record the proceedings of the Meetings. Where there is no Company Secretary, any other person duly authorised by the Board or by the Chairman in this behalf shall record the proceedings.
The Chairman shall ensure that the proceedings of the Meeting are correctly recorded. The Chairman has absolute discretion to exclude from the Minutes, matters which in his opinion are or could reasonably be regarded as defamatory of any person, irrelevant or immaterial to the proceedings or which are detrimental to the interests of the company.

Minutes need not be an exact transcript of the proceedings at the Meeting. In case any Director requires his views or opinion on a particular item to be recorded verbatim in the Minutes, the decision of the Chairman whether or not to do so shall be final.

In case of meetings held through electronic mode, all the recordings of the proceedings of the Meeting, shall be deemed to be made at the venue of the meeting as mentioned in the Notice. The proceedings of Meetings held through video conferencing or other audio visual means shall be recorded through any electronic recording mechanism and the details of the venue, date and time shall be mentioned.

Finalisation of Minutes: Within 15 days from the date of the conclusion of the Meeting, the draft Minutes thereof shall be circulated to all the members of the Board, as on the date of the Meeting, for their comments. The Directors, whether present at the Meeting or not, shall communicate their comments, if any, in writing on the draft Minutes within 7 days from the date of circulation thereof, so that the Minutes are finalised and entered in the Minutes Book within the specified time limit of 30 days. Minutes shall be entered in the Minutes Book Within 30 days from the date of conclusion of the Meeting.

(d) The Companies Act, 2013 does not contain any specific provisions allowing or disallowing conduct of members’ meetings through Video Conferencing or other audiovisual means. In other words, it is silent on the matter.
However, in view of the current extra-ordinary circumstances due to COVID-19 Pandemic MCA has vide their circular No. 14 dated 8th April 2020, circular No. 17 dated 13th, April 2020, circular No. 22 dated 15th June 2020, circular No. 33 dated 28th September 2020 and circular no. 39 dated 31st December 2020 allowed companies to hold EGMs through Video Conference or other audio visual means or postal ballot subject to some guidelines prescribed under the above circulars.
(Note: As per the recent circular issued on 23rd June 2021, companies can hold Extra-ordinary general meeting through Video Conference or other audio-visual means or transact items through postal ballot subject to compliance with the guidelines prescribed in the above circulars upto 31st December 2021.

Question 4.
P Ltd. is a listed company having 10 directors but only 9 were present in a particular board meeting. What would be the quorum required for the board meeting ? The number of interested directors in respect of an agenda item is 7. What would be the quorum in such a case ? Discuss with reference to Secretarial Standard-1 (SS-1). (Dec 2021, 5 Marks)
Answer:
(As per Secretarial Standard -1 (SS-1) on Meetings of the board of directors, the quorum for board meeting shall be one-third of the total strength of the board or two directors, whichever is higher. Any fraction contained in the above one-third shall be rounded off to the next one.
Directors participating through electronic mode in a meeting shall be counted for the purpose of quorum, unless they are to be excluded for any items of business under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 or any other law. In the instant case, P Ltd. has 10 directors. Therefore, the quorum for its board meeting would be 4 (1/3rd of 10 = 3:33, rounded off to 4). As 9 directors are present, the requisite quorum is fulfilled.
If the number of interested directors exceeds or is equal to two-thirds of the total strength, the remaining directors present at the meeting, being not less than two, shall be the quorum during such item. In a board meeting, where 7 out of 9 directors present are interested in an agenda item, two-thirds of the total strength will be 7 (2/3rd of 10 = 6.67, rounded off to 7). Hence, number of interested directors is equal to 2/3rd of total strength and the required quorum’will be the number of directors who are not interested and present at the meeting, i.e. 9-7 = 2 directors.

Board Processes through Secretarial Standards - CS Professional Study Material

Question 5.
Write a short note on frequency of meetings as per Secretarial Standard.
Answer:
Frequency of Meetings:
Meetings of the Board The company shall hold at least four Meetings of its Board in each calendar year with a maximum interval of one hundred and twenty days between any two consecutive meetings.

Meetings of Committees
Committees shall meet as often as necessary subject to the minimum number and frequency prescribed by any law or any authority or as stipulated by the Board.

Meeting of Independent Directors
Where a company is required to appoint Independent Directors under the Act, such Independent Directors shall meet at least once in a calendar year.

Question 6.
Write a short note on quorum as per Secretarial Standard.
Answer:
Quorum:
General Provisions

  • Quorum shall be present throughout the Meeting.
  • Quorum shall be present not only at the time of commencement of the meeting but also while transacting business.
  • A Director shall neither be reckoned for Quorum nor shall be entitled to participate in respect of an item of business in which he is interested. However, in case of a private company, a Director shall be entitled to participate in respect of such item after disclosure of his interest.
  • Directors participating through Electronic Mode in a meeting shall be counted for the purpose of quorum, unless they are to be excluded for any items of business under the provisions of the Act or any other law.

Meetings of the Board

  • The Quorum for a Meeting of the Board shall be one-third of the total strength of the Board, or two Directors, whichever is higher.
  • Where the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum fixed by the Articles, no business shall be transacted unless the number is first made up by the remaining Director(s) or through a General Meeting.

Meetings of Committees
Unless otherwise stipulated in the Act or the Articles or under any other law, the Quorum for Meetings Of any Committee constituted by the Board shall be as specified by the Board. If no such Quorum is specified, the presence of all the members of any such Committee is necessary to form the Quorum.

Question 7.
Write short notes on –
(a) General Content of Minutes.
(b) Specific Content of minutes.
Answer:
(a) General Content of Minutes:

  • Minutes shall state, at the beginning the serial number and type of the meeting, name of the company, day, date, venue and time of commencement of the Meeting.
  • Minutes shall record the names of the Directors present physically or through Electronic Mode, the Company Secretary who is in attendance at the Meeting and Invitees, if any, including Invitees for specific items.
  • Minutes shall contain a record of all appointments made at the Meeting.

(b) Specific Content of Minutes:
Minutes shall interalia contain:

(a) The name(s) of Directors present and their mode of attendance, if through Electronic Mode.
(b) In case of a Director participating through Electronic Mode, his particulars, the location from where he participated and wherever required, his consent to sign the statutory registers placed at the Meeting.
(c) The name of Company Secretary who is in attendance and Invitees, if any, for specific items and mode of their attendance if through Electronic Mode.
(d) Record of election, if any, of the Chairman of the Meeting.
(e) Record of presence of Quorum.
(f) The names of Directors who sought and were granted leave of absence.
(g) Noting of the Minutes of the preceding Meeting.
(h) Noting the Minutes of the Meetings of the Committees.
(i) The text of the Resolution(s) passed by circulation since the last Meeting, including dissent or abstention, if any.
(j) The fact that an Interested Director did not participate in the discussions and did not vote on item of business in which he was interested and in case of a related party transaction such director was not present in the meeting during discussions and voting on such item.
(k) The views of the Directors particularly the Independent Director, if specifically insisted upon by such Directors, provided these, in the opinion of the Chairman, are not defamatory of any person, not irrelevant or immaterial to the proceedings or not detrimental to the interests of the company.
(l) If any Director has participated only for a part of the Meeting, the Agenda items in which he did not participate.
(m) The fact of the dissent and the name of the Director who dissented from the Resolution or abstained from voting thereon.
(n) Ratification by Independent Director or majority of Directors, as the case may be, in case of Meetings held at a shorter Notice.
(o) Consideration of any item other than those included in the Agenda with the consent of majority of the Directors present at the Meeting and ratification of the decision taken in respect of such item by a majority of Directors of the company.
(p) The time of commencement and conclusion of the Meeting.

Question 8.
Write a short note on chairman as per Secretarial Standard.
Answer:
Chairman:
Meetings of the Board

  • The Chairman of the company shall be the Chairman of the Board. If the company does not have a Chairman, the Directors may elect one of themselves to be the Chairman of the Board.
  • The Chairman of the Board shall conduct the Meetings of the Board. If no such Chairman is elected or if the Chairman is unable to attend the Meeting, the Directors present at the Meeting shall elect one of themselves to chair and conduct the Meeting, unless otherwise provided in the Articles.

Meetings of Committee
A member of the Committee appointed by the Board or elected by the Committee as Chairman of the Committee, in accordance with the Act or any other law or the Articles, shall conduct the Meetings of the Committee. If no Chairman has been so elected or if the elected Chairman is unable to attend the Meeting, the Committee shall elect one of its members present to chair and conduct the Meeting of the Committee, unless otherwise provided in the Articles.

Question 9.
Write a short note on frequency of attendance of meetings as per Secretarial Standard.
Answer:
Attendance at Meetings:

  • Every company shall maintain attendance register for the Meetings of the Board and Meetings of the Committee.
  • The attendance register shall contain the following particulars: serial number and date of the Meeting; in case of a Committee Meeting name of the Committee; place of the Meeting; time of the Meeting; names and signatures of the Directors, the Company Secretary and also of persons attending the Meeting by invitation and their mode of presence, if participating through Electronic Mode
  • The attendance register shall be deemed to have been signed by the Directors participating through Electronic Mode, if their attendance is recorded in the attendance register and authenticated by the Company Secretary or where there is no Company Secretary, by the Chairman or by any other Director present at the Meeting, if so authorised by the Chairmah and the fact of such participation is also recorded in the Minutes.
  • The attendance register shall be maintained at the Registered Office of the company or such other place as may be approved by the Board.
  • The attendance register is open for inspection by the Directors. Even after a person ceases to be a Director, he shall be entitled to inspect the attendance register of the Meetings held during the period of his Directorship.
  • The attendance register shall be preserved for a period of at least eight financial years from the date of last entry made therein and may be destroyed thereafter with the approval of the Board.

Question 10.
Write a short note on frequency of passing resolution by circulation as per Secretarial Standard.
Answer:
Passing of Resolution by Circulation:
Authority

  • The Chairman of the Board or in his absence, the Managing Director or in their absence, any Director other than an Interested Director, shall decide, before the draft Resolution is circulated to all the Directors, whether the approval of the Board for a particular business shall be obtained by means of a Resolution by circulation.
  • Where not less than one-third of the total number of Directors for the time being require the Resolution under circulation to be decided at a Meeting, the Chairman shall put the Resolution for consideration at a Meeting of the Board.

Procedure

  • A Resolution proposed to be passed by circulation shall be sent in draft, together with the necessary papers, to all the Directors including Interested Directors on the same day.
  • The draft of the Resolution to be passed and the necessary papers shall be circulated amongst the Directors by hand, or by speed post or by registered post or by courier, or by e-mail or by any other recognised electronic means.
  • Each business proposed to be passed by way of Resolution by circulation shall be explained by a note setting out the details of the proposal, relevant material facts that enable the Directors to understand the meaning, scope and implications of the proposal, the nature of concern or interest, if any, of any Director in the proposal, which the Director had earlier disclosed and the draft of the Resolution proposed. The note shall also indicate how a Director shall signify assent or dissent to the Resolution proposed and the date by which the Director shall respond.

Approval
The Resolution is passed when it is approved by a majority of the Directors entitled to vote on the Resolution, unless not less than one-third of the total number of Directors for the time being require the Resolution under’circulation to be decided at a Meeting.

Recording
Resolutions passed by circulation shall be noted at a subsequent Meeting of the Board and the text thereof with dissent or abstention, if any, shall be recorded in the Minutes of such Meeting.

Validity
Passing of Resolution by circulation shall be considered valid as if it had been passed at a duly convened Meeting of the Board.

Board Processes through Secretarial Standards - CS Professional Study Material

Question 11.
Write a short note on signing and dating of minutes as per Secretarial Standard.
Answer:
Signing and Dating of Minutes:

  • Minutes of the Meeting of the Board shall be signed and dated by the Chairman of the Meeting or by the Chairman of the next Meeting.
  • The Chairman shall initial each page of the Minutes, sign the last page and append to such signature the date on which and the place where he has signed the Minutes.
  • Minutes, once signed by the Chairman, shall not be altered, save as mentioned in this Standard.
  • Within fifteen days of signing of the Minutes, a copy of the said signed Minutes, certified by the Company Secretary or where there is no Company Secretary by any Director authorised by the Board, shall be circulated to all the Directors, as on the date of the Meeting and appointed thereafter, except to those Directors who have waived their right to receive the same either in writing or such waiver is recorded in the Minutes.

Question 12.
Write short notes on:
(a) Recording of Minutes
(b) Maintenance of Minutes
(c) Preservation of Minutes and other Records
Answer:
(a) Recording of Minutes:

  • Minutes shall contain a fair and correct summary of the proceedings of the Meeting.
  • Minutes shall be written in clear, concise and plain language.
  • Wherever the decision of the Board is based on any unsigned documents including reports or notes or presentations tabled or presented at the Meeting, which were not part of the Notes on Agenda and are referred to in the Minutes, shall be identified by initialing of such documents by the Company Secretary or the Chairman.
  • Where any earlier Resolution(s) or decision is superseded or modified, Minutes shall contain a specific reference to such earlier Resolution (s) or decision or state that the Resolution is in supersession of all earlier Resolutions passed in that regard.
  • Minutes of the preceding Meeting shall be noted at a Meeting of the Board held immediately following the date of entry of such Minutes in the Minutes Book.

(b) Maintenance of Minutes:

  • Minutes shall be recorded in books maintained for that purpose.
  • A distinct Minutes Book shall be maintained for Meetings of the Board and each of its Committees.
  • A company may maintain its Minutes in physical or in electronic form.
  • The pages of the Minutes Books shall be consecutively numbered.
  • Minutes shall not be pasted or attached to the Minutes Book, or tampered with in any manner.
  • Minutes Books, if maintained in loose-leaf form, shall be bound periodically depending on the size and volume and coinciding with one or more financial years of the company.
  • Minutes Books shall be kept at the Registered Office of the company or at such other place as may be approved by the Board.

(c) Preservation of Minutes and other Records:

  • Minutes of all Meetings shall be preserved permanently in physical or in electronic form with Timestamp
  • Office copies “of Notices, Agenda, Notes on Agenda and other related papers shall be preserved in good order in physical or in electronic form for as long as they remain current or for eight financial years, whichever is later and may be destroyed thereafter with the approval of the Board.
  • Minutes Books shall be in the custody of the Company Secretary.

Question 13.
What are the Secretarial Standards specified in respect of “Notice” & “Agenda and Notes on Agenda”?
Answer:
Notice

  • Notice in writing of every meeting shall be given to every Director by hand or by speed post or by registered post or by facsimile or by e-mail or by any other electronic means.
  • Notice shall be issued by the Company Secretary or where there is no Company Secretary, any Director or any other person authorised by the Board for the purpose.
  • The Notice shall specify the serial number, day, date, time and full address of the venue of the Meeting.
  • The Notice shall inform the Directors about the option available to them to participate through Electronic Mode and provide them all the necessary information.
  • The Notice of a Meeting shall be given even if Meetings are held on pre-determined dates or at pre-determined intervals.
  • Notice convening a Meeting shall be given at least seven days before the date of the Meeting, unless the Articles prescribe a longer period.

Agenda and Notes on Agenda

  • The Agenda, setting out the business to be transacted at the Meeting, and Notes on Agenda shall be given to the Directors at least seven days before the date of the Meeting, unless the Articles prescribe a longer period.
  • Each item of business requiring approval at the Meeting shall be supported by a note setting out the details of the proposal, relevant material facts that enable the Directors to understand the meaning, scope and implications of the proposal and the nature of concern or interest, if any, of any Director in the proposal, which the Director had earlier disclosed.
  • Each item of business to be taken up at the Meeting shall be serially numbered.
  • Any item not included in the Agenda may be taken up for consideration with the permission of the Chairman and with the consent of a majority of the Directors present in the Meeting.
  • To transact urgent business, the Notice, Agenda and Notes on Agenda may be given at shorter period of time than stated above, if at least one Independent Director, if any, shall be present at such Meeting.

Board Processes through Secretarial Standards - CS Professional Study Material

Question 14.
What types of maters cannot be discussed in a board meeting conducted through video conference?
Answer:
The following types of matters cannot be discussed in a board meeting conducted through video conference:

  • Approval of the annual financial statements.
  • Approval of the Board’s report.
  • Approval of the prospectus.
  • Audit Committee Meetings for consideration of accounts.
  • Approval of the matter relating to amalgamation, merger, demerger, acquisition and takeover.

Board Processes through Secretarial Standards Notes

Section 118 (10) of Companies Act 2013:
Every company shall observe secretarial standards with respect to general and Board meetings specified by the Institute of Company Secretaries of India constituted under sectIon 3 of the Company Secretaries Act. 1980 (56 of 1980), and approved as such by the Central Government.
(In case of Specified IFSC Public Company and Private Company-Sub-section (10) of section 118 Shall not apply. – Notification Date 4th January, 2017)

Timestamp: means the current tine of an event that is recorded by a Secured Computer System and is used to describe the time that s printed to a file or other location to help keep track of when data is added, removed, sent or received.

Agenda:
An agenda is a list of meeting activities in the order in which they are to be taken up, beginning with the call to order and ending with adjournment. It usually includes one or more specific items of business to be acted upon. It may, but Is not required to, include specific times for one or more activities. An agenda may also be called a docket, schedule, or calendar. It may also contain a listing of an order of business.

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India – CS Professional Study Material

Chapter 17 Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India – CS Professional Governance Risk Management Compliances and Ethics Notes is designed strictly as per the latest syllabus and exam pattern.

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India – Governance, Risk Management, Compliances and Ethics Study Material

Descriptive Questions

Question 1.
Discuss in brief the composition of Lokpal and its powers. (June 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
Composition of Lokpal: Lokpal is a statutory, multi-member body which has no constitutional backing. It consists of one Chairperson and a maximum of 8 members.
Chairperson: A person becomes eligible for the appointment as Chairperson of Lokpal if he is a former Chief Justice of India, a former – member of Supreme Court or an eminent person with impeccable integrity and outstanding ability. Additionally, he should have adequate knowledge and 25 years of experience in the matters of the anti-corruption policy, finance, vigilance, law and management, and public administration.

Members: Out of 8 permissible members, 50% are from the judiciary. Rest 50% of members are from OBC/SC/ST/women and minorities. Judicial members should either be a former Judge of Supreme Court or a former Chief Justice of a High Court. In the case of non-judicial members, they should be eminent persons with impeccable integrity and outstanding ability in their chosen professional areas. They should have at least of 25 years of experience in matters relating to anti-corruption policy, vigilance, public administration, vigilance, law, management, and finance.

Powers of Lokpal:
Its inquiry wing has the power to search and seize objects both movable and immovable objects and make reports based on them. These reports would be taken up by the 3-member Lokpal benches for further scrutiny. The benches would give the opportunities for the allegedly corrupt officers to say in their defense. After this, the benches would undertake any of the following alternatives:

  • If the officers are found guilty, the benches would grant their sanction to the prosecution wing or CBI to file charge sheets against them. The benches can also direct the concerned government departments to start proceedings against them.
  • If the officers are found innocent, the benches would direct the filing of the closure of case reports before the Special Court.

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India - CS Professional Study Material

Question 2.
Describe the following terms:
(i) “Foreign Public Official” as per ICSI Anti-Bribery Code
(ii) Disciplinary Mechanism” under ICSI Anti-Bribery Code (Dec 2019, 5 marks each)
Answer:
(i) Foreign public official: it means any person holding a legislative, executive, administrative or judicial office of a foreign country, whether appointed or elected, whether permanent or temporary, whether paid or’ unpaid and includes a person who performs a public function or provides service for a foreign country.

(ii) Disciplinary Mechanism: As per clause 9 ‘Sanctions for Non-compliance’ of ICSI Anti Bribery Code any non-compliance of the Code is subject to disciplinary mechanism. The company shall set up disciplinary mechanism as approved by its Board, for non-compliance of any part of the Corporate Anti- Bribery Code.
The disciplinary mechanism shall include:

  • Nature of offence
  • Penalty of the office
  • Competent Authority

Question 3.
Define the following terms:
(i) “Undue Advantage” as per Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 (Aug 2021, 1 mark)
(ii) “Bribery” under ICSf Anti Bribery Code (Aug 2021, 1 mark)
(iii) Central Vigilance Commission. (Aug 2021, 1 mark)
Answer:
(i) “Undue Advantage” as per Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988:
In terms of Section 2(d), “Undue advantage” means any gratification whatever, other than legal remuneration.
Explanation: For the purposes of this clause,
(a) the word “gratification” is not limited to pecuniary gratifications or to gratifications estimable in money;
(b) the expression “legal remuneration” is not restricted to remuneration paid to a public servant, but includes all remuneration which he is permitted by the Government or the organisation, which he serves, to receive.

(ii) “Bribery” under ICSI Anti Bribery Code:
‘Bribery’ includes giving or receiving bribe and third party gratification. The act of giving bribe is when committed intentionally in the course of economic, financial or commercial activities and when it is established that there is a promise, offering or giving, directly or indirectly, of an undue advantage to any person who directs or works, in any capacity, for a commercial entity, for the person himself or for another person, in order that he in breach of his duties, act or refrain from acting.

(iii) Central Vigilance Commission:
The Central Vigilance Commission (CVC) is the body constituted by the Government in the year 1964 on the proposal of the Santharam Committee on the Prevention of Corruption. The body was established with an intention to check corruption in the Government departments. The Commission is an independent statutory body exempted from the authority of the executive. The CVC attained statutory recognition by an ordinance of 1998 and in September 12, 2003 the ordinance was replaced by The Central Vigilance Commission Act enacted by the Legislative Department under the Ministry of Law and Justice. The main purpose of the Act was to establish the Central Vigilance Commission to investigate the offences punishable under the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 by the public servants working under the Central Government, Corporations constituted under the Act of Parliament, Government companies, and local bodies owned and managed by the Centre.

Question 4.
“The Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 enacted to combat corruption in public sector and not in the private sector businesses of India.” Do you agree with the statement ? Justify your answer with the help of provided provision in the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988. (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
The Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 (PCA) criminalises the acceptance of gratification (pecuniary or otherwise) other than the acceptance of legal remuneration by public servants which is paid by their employers in connection with the performance of their duties. Aiding and abetting the commission of bribery is also an offence, such that any person, who bribes or attempts to bribe a public servant or acts as a middleman for such bribing may also be held liable. Further, the PCA creates an adverse presumption if a public servant’s assets are disproportionate in value to his or her income and cannot be satisfactorily accounted for.

The provisions of the PCA apply regardless of the location or jurisdiction of the commission of an offence, as long as the same is committed by a ‘public servant’ as defined under it. Judicial decisions have also interpreted the term ‘public servant’ in the PCA to include a wide variety of persons, such as bank employees in both private and government owned banks.
The PCA deals only with bribery of public servants. It does not extend to bribery or corruption in the private sector, i.e. where a public servant is not involved. That said, a private person/entity will be liable for inducing a public servant to commit an act that is prohibited by the PCA, by corrupt or illegal means or by exercising personal influence.

Who is Public Servant [Section 2(c)]:
“Public servant” means –
1. any person in the service or pay of the Government or remunerated by the Government by fees or commission for the performance of any public duty; Public Duty has been defined by Section 2(b) of the Act, which means a duty in the discharge of which the State, the public or the community at large has an interest.

2. any person in the service or pay of a local authority;

3. any person in the service or pay of a corporation established by or under a Central, Provincial or State Act, or an authority or a body owned or controlled or aided by the Government or a Government company as defined in section 617 of the Companies Act, 1956 (1 of 1956);

4. any Judge, including any person empowered by law to discharge, whether by himself or as a member of any body of persons, any adjudicatory functions;

5. any person authorised by a court of justice to perform any duty, in ‘ connection with the administration of justice, including a liquidator,
receiver or commissioner appointed by such court;

6. any arbitrator or other person to whom any cause or matter has been referred for decision or report by a court of justice or by a competent public authority;

7. any person who holds an office by virtue of which he is empowered to prepare, publish, maintain or revise an electoral roll or to conduct an election or part of an election;

8. any person who holds an office by virtue of which he is authorised or required to perform any public duty;

9. any person who is the president, secretary or other office-bearer of a registered co-operative society engaged in agriculture, industry, trade or banking, receiving or having received any financial aid from the Central Government or a State Government or from any corporation established by or under a Central, Provincial or State Act, or any authority or body owned or controlled or aided by the Government or a Government company as defined in section 617 of the Companies Act, 1956 (1 of 1956);

10. any person who is a chairman, member or employee of any Service Commission or Board, by whatever name called, or a member of any selection committee appointed by such Commission or Board for the conduct of any examination or making any selection on behalf of such Commission or Board;

11. any person who is a Vice-Chancellor or member of any governing body, professor, reader, lecturer or any other teacher or employee, by whatever designation called,of any University and any person whose services have been availed of by a University or any other public authority in connection with holding or conducting examinations;

12. any person who is an office-bearer or an employee of an educational, scientific, social, cultural or other institution, in whatever manner established, receiving or having received any financial assistance from the Central Government or any State Government, or local or other public authority.

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India - CS Professional Study Material

Question 5.
Write a short note on the following:
1. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA)
2. Central Vigilance Commission (CVC)
3. Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, 1967
Answer:
1. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA): The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), enacted in 1977, generally prohibits the payment of bribes to foreign officials to assist in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA can apply to prohibited conduct anywhere in the world and extends to publicly traded companies and their officers, directors, employees, stockholders, and agents. Agents can include third party agents, consultants, distributors, joint-venture partners, and others.

2. Central Vigilance Commission (CVC): The Central Vigilance Commission (CVC) is the body constituted by the Government in the year 1964 on the proposal of the Santharam Committee on the Prevention of Corruption. The body was established with an intention to check corruption in the Government departments. The Commission is an independent statutory body exempted from the authority of the executive. The CVC attained statutory recognition by an ordinance of 1998 and in September 12, 2003 the ordinance was replaced by The Central Vigilance Commission Act enacted by the Legislative Department under the Ministry of Law and Justice. The main purpose of the Act was to establish the Central Vigilance Commission to investigate the offences punishable underthe Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 by the public servants working underthe Central Government, Corporations constituted under the Act of Parliament, Government companies, and local bodies owned and managed by the Centre.

3. Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, 1967: The Act being the Central Government’s enactment was provided with the short title as ‘the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, 1967’ (Act no. 37 of 1967). The same was enacted to make provisions as to more effective prevention of Individual’s and associations’ certain unlawful activities. The Act was amended by the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Amendment Act, 2004 and also the Amending Act of 2008 for adding in its long title, the object of dealing with the Terrorist Activities. The said amendments were made in pursuance with the Resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations requiring all the States to take measures and actions against terrorism. The provisions of the Act extended to the whole of India. So far as the applicability of the provisions of the Act to persons are concerned, the section 1 itself says that all persons who commits any act or omission which is contrary to the provisions of this Act, should be held guilty in India, and be punished under this Act. Even commission of such acts or omission contrary to the provisions of this Act out side India, is also to be treated, as the same has been committed in India.

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India - CS Professional Study Material

Question 6.
What is the scope of Anti Bribery code as applicable by the ICSI?
Answer:
Scope of the Code shall be applicable to the company and its

  • Board of Directors,
  • Employees (full time or part-time or employed through any third party contract),
  • Agents, Associates, Consultants, Advisors, Representatives and Intermediaries, and
  • Contractors, Sub-contractors and Suppliers of goods and/or services Space t0 write important points for revision

Question 7.
What is the composition of the Lokpal?
Answer:
As per the law, Lokpal is a statutory, multi-member body which has no 1 constitutional backing. It consists of one Chairperson and a maximum of 8 members. The Members of Parliament, Members of State Legislative Assembly, Members of Panchayat and Municipality, persons convicted of any offence, politicians, people who are removed from the public services due to their inappropriate actions, persons holding any office of trust or business organization are not eligible to hold the coveted post of Chairperson in Lokpal.

Question 8.
Discuss in brief the powers of the Lokpal.
Answer:
Its inquiry wing has the power to search and seize objects – both movable and immovable objects – and make reports based on them. These reports would be taken up by the 3-member Lokpal benches for further scrutiny. The benches would give the opportunities for the allegedly corrupt officers to say in their defense. After this, the benches would undertake any of the following alternatives.
1. If the officers are found guilty, the benches would grant their sanction to the prosecution wing or CBI to file charge sheets against- them. The benches can also direct the concerned government departments to start proceedings against them.

2. If the officers are found innocent, the benches would direct the filing of the closure of case reports before the Special Court. Now, the benches would proceed against the complainants for filing false complaints.

COVID-19 Regulatory Updates

General Circular No. 20/2020

F. No. 2/4/2020-CL-V
Government of India
Ministry of Corporate Affairs

5th Floor, ‘A’ Wing, Shastri Bhawan,
Dr. R. P. Road, New Delhi-110001
Dated: 5th May, 2020

To
All Regional Directors,
All Registrar of Companies
All Stakeholders

Subject: Clarification on holding of annual general meeting (AGM) through video conferencing (VC) or other audio visual means (OAVM)

Sir/Madam,
Several representations have been received in the Ministry for providing relaxations in the provisions of Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) or rules made thereunder to allow companies to hold annual general meeting (AGM) in a manner similar to the one provided in General Circular No. 14/2020, dated 08.04.2020 (EGM Circular- I) and General Circular No. 17/2020 dated 13.04.2020 (EGM Circular- II), which deal with conduct of extraordinary general meeting (EGM).

2. In the meanwhile, by virtue of the General Circular No. 18/2020, dated 21.04.2020, the companies whose financial year ended on 31st December,2019, have been allowed to hold their AGM by 30th September,2020.

3. The matter has been further examined and it is stated that in view of the continuing restrictions on the movement of persons at several places in the country, it has. been decided that the companies be allowed to conduct their AGM through video conferencing (VC) or other audio visual means (OAVM), during the calendar at year 2020, subject to the fulfillment of the following requirements:

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India - CS Professional Study Material

A. For companies which are required to provide the facility of e-voting under the Act, or any other company which has opted for such facility –
I. The framework provided in para 3-A of EGM circular – I and the manner and mode of issuing notices provided in sub-para (i)-A of EGM Circurlar-ll shall be applicable mutatis mutandis for conducting the AGM.

II. In such meetings, other than ordinary business, only those items of special business, which are considered to be unavoidable by the Board, may be transacted.

III. In view of the prevailing situation, owing to the difficulties involved in dispatching of physical copies of the financial statements (including Board’s report, Auditor’s report or other documents required to be attached therewith), such statements shall be sent only by email to the members, trustees for the debenture-holder of any debentures issued by the company, and to all other persons so entitled.

IV. Before sending the notices and copies of the financial statements, etc., a public notice by way of advertisement be published at least once in a vernacular newspaper in the principal vernacular language of the district in which the registered office of the company is situated and having a wide circulation in that district, and at least once in English language in an English newspaper having a wide circulation in that district, preferably both newspapers having electronic editions, and specifying in the advertisement the following information.-
a. statement that the AGM will be convened through VC or OAVM in compliance with applicable provisions of the Act read with this Circular:
b. the date and time of the AGM through VC or OAVM;
c. availability of notice of the meeting on the website of the company and the stock exchange, in case of a listed company;
d. the manner in which the members who are holding shares in physical form or who have not registered their email addresses with the company can cast their vote through remote e-voting or through the e-voting system during the meeting;
e. the manner in which the persons who have not registered their email addresses with the company can get the same registered with the company;
f. the manner in which the members can give their mandate for receiving dividends directly in their bank accounts through the Eiectronic Clearing Service (ECS) or any other means;
g. any other detail considered necessary by the company

V. In case, the company is unable to pay the dividend to any shareholder by the electronic mode, due to non-availability of the details of the bank account, the company shall upon normalization of the postal services, dispatch the dividend warrant/cheque to such shareholder by post.

VI. In case, the company has received the permission from the relevant authorities to conduct its AGM at its registered office, or at any other place as provided under section 96 of the Act, after following any advisories issued from such authorities, the company may in addition to holding such meeting with physical presence of some members, also provide the facility of VC or OAVM, so as to allow other members of the company to participate in such meeting. All members who are physically present in the meeting as well as the members who attend the meeting through the facility of VC or OAVM shall be reckoned for the purpose of quorum under section 103 of the Act. All resolutions shall continue to be passed through the facility of e-voting system.

B. For companies which are not required to provide the facility of e-‘voting under the Act –
I. AGM may be conducted through the facility of VC or OAVM only by a company which has in its records, the email addresses of at least half of its total number of members, who –
a. in case of a Nidhi, hold shares of more than one thousand rupees in face value or more than one per cent, of the total paid-up share capital, whichever is less;
b. in case of other companies having share capital, who represent not less than seventy-five per cent, of such part of the paid-up share capital of the company as gives a right to vote at the meeting;
c. in case of companies not having share capital, who have the right to exercise not less than seventy-five per cent of the total voting power exercisable at the meeting.

II. The company shall take all necessary steps to register the email addresses of all persons who have not registered their email addresses with the company.

III. The framework provided in para 3-B of EGM Circular – I and the manner and mode of issuing notices provided in sub-para (i)-B of EGM Circular – II shall be applicable mutatis mutandisior conducting the AGM.

IV. In such meetings, other than ordinary business, only those items of special business, which are considered to be unavoidable by the Board, may be transacted.

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India - CS Professional Study Material

V. Owing to the difficulties involved in dispatching of physical copies of the financial statements (including Board’s report, Auditor’s report or other documents required to be attached therewith), such statements shall be sent only by email to the members, trustees for the debenture-holder of any debentures issued by the company, and to all other persons so entitled.

VI. The companies shall make adequate provisions for allowing the members to give their mandate for receiving dividends directly in their bank accounts through the Electronic Clearing Service (ECS) or any other means. For shareholders, whose bank accounts are not available, company shall upon normalization of the postal services, dispatch the dividend warrant/cheque to such shareholder by post.

4. The companies referred to in paragraphs 3 (A) and (B) above, shall ensure that all other compliances associated with the provisions relating to general meetings viz making of disclosures, inspection of related documents/registers by members, or authorizations for voting by bodies corporate, etc as provided in the Act and the articles of association of the company are made through electronic mode.

5. The companies which are not covered by the General Circular No. 18/2020, dated 21.04.2020 and are unable to conduct their AGM in
accordance with the framework provided in this Circular are advised to prefer applications for extension of AGM at a suitable point of time before the concerned Registrar of Companies under section 96 of the Act.

6. This issues with the approval of the competent authority.
Yours faithfully

General Circular No. 21 /2020

F. No. 2/4/2020-CL-V
Government of India
Ministry of Corporate Affairs

5th Floor, ‘A’ Wing, Shastri Bhawan,
Dr. R. P. Road, New Delhi-110001
Dated: 11th May, 2020

To
All Regional Directors,
All Registrar of Companies
All Stakeholders

Subject: Clarification on dispatch of notice under section 62(2) of Companies Act, 2013 by listed companies for rights issue opening upto 31st July, 2020

Sir/Madarn,

Several representations have been received in the Ministry for providing clarification on the mode of issue of notice referred to in section 62(1)(a)(i) of Companies Act (the ‘Act’) read with section 62(2) of the Act for rights issue by listed companies, in view of the difficulties faced by companies in sending notices through postal or courier services on account of the threat posed by Covid-19. The issues raised in the said representations have been examined. The Circular (Number SEBI/HO/CFD/DIL2/CIR/P/2020/78) issued by SEBI on 6th May, 2020 has also been considered.

2. In view of above and on account of the overall situation, it is hereby clarified that for rights issues opening upto 31st July, 2020, in case of listed companies, which comply with the aforementioned SEBI Circular dated 6th May, 2020, inability to dispatch the notice referred in para 1 of this Circular to their shareholders through registered post or speed post or courier would not be viewed as violation of section 62(2) of the Act.

3. This issues with the approval of the competent authority.

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India - CS Professional Study Material

Period/Days of Extension For Names Reserved and Resubmission of Forms

Issue Description Period/Days of Extension
1. Names reserved for 20 days for new company incorporation. SPICe+ Part B needs to be filed within 20 days of name reservation. Names expiring any day between 15th March 2020 to 17th May would be extended by 20 days beyond 17th May 2020.
2. Names reserved for 60 days for change of name of company. INC-24 needs to be filed within 60 days of name reservation. Names expiring any day between 15th March 2020 to 17th May would be extended by 60 days beyond 17th May 2020.
3. Extension of RSUB validity for companies. SRNs where last date of Resubmission (RSUB) falls between 15th March 2020 to 17th May 2020, additional 15 days beyond 17th May 2020 would be allowed. However, for SRNs already marked under NTBR, extension would be provided on case to case basis. Note: Forms will not get marked to (Not to be taken on Record)’NTBR’ due to non-resubmission during this extended period as detailed above.
– It also includes IEPF Non-STP eForms (IEPF- 3, IEPF-5 and IEPF-7)
4. Names reserved for 90 days for new LLP incorporation/change of name. FiLLiP/Form 5 needs to be filed within 90 days of name reservation. Names expiring any day between 15th March 2020 to 17th May would be extended by 20 days beyond 17th May 2020.
5. RSUB validity extension for LLPs

 

SRNs where last date of resubmission (RSUB) falls between 15th March 2020 to 17th May 2020, additional 15 days would be allowed from 17th May 2020 for resubmission. However, for SRNs already marked under NTBR, extension would be provided on case to case basis.
Note: Forms will not get marked to (Not to be taken on Record)’NTBR’ due to non-resubmission during this extended period as detailed above.
6. Extension for marking IEPF-5SRNS to‘Pending for Rejection u/r 7(3)’ and ‘Pending for Rejection u/r 7(7)’

 

SRNs where last date of  filling eVerification Report (for both Normal as well as Re-submission filing) falls between 15th March 2020 to 17th May 2020, would be allowed to file the form till 30th Sep 2020. However, for SRNs already marked under ‘Pending for Rejection u/r 7(3)’ and ‘Pending for Rejection u/r 7(7)’, extension would be provided on case to case basis.
Note: Status of IEPF-5 SRN will not change to ‘Pending for Rejection u/r 7(3)’and ‘Pending for rejection u/r 7(7)’ till 30th Sep’20.

FAQs on Companies Fresh Start Scheme (CFSS), 2020 and LLP Modified Settlement Scheme, 2020

Question 1.
Is the CFSS 2020 applicable on foreign company? Will the forms FC-1, FC-2 and FC-3 be covered under the scheme?
Answer:
Yes.

Question 2.
How to file the belated returns for companies under liquidation?
Answer:
Only Refund form, GNL-2 (149,152,153,154,156,157,158,159 and others), INC-28 (Amalgamation/Merger/Demerger/445, 466, 481, Others), MGT-14 (Others) and GNL-4 are allowed to be filed if the company status is under liquidation.

Question 3.
Can Deactivated director activated through this scheme?
Answer:
Yes. He can file DIR-3 KYC eform/Web form and INC-22A (Active) as applicable without any payment of fee provided such director is not disqualified under section 164 of the CA 2013.

Question 4.
Should the returns be filed for the subsidiary where its Holding is currently under liquidation? But the returns relate to the period where the holding had its normal business activities. How to deal this?
Answer:
Yes.

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India - CS Professional Study Material

Question 5.
Under this scheme whether AoC-4 for a year can be filed, without filling the AOC-4 for the previous year?
Answer:
Yes, you can file without filing for the previous year. There is no restriction, however it is expected that complete and continuous year filing (without skipping intermediate year) will be good corporate governance.

Question 6.
Whether any separate AOC 4 and MGT 7 has to be filed for companies under liquidation?
Answer:
There is no separate AR/BS for companies under Liquidation.

Question 7.
Whether CFSS scheme is applicable for the companies which have been automatically struck off due to non-filing of annual documents i.e. Annual Returns?
Answer:
The struck off companies have to approach the NCLT for reviving their companies first and a copy order of NCLT approving for such revival under section 252 of the CA 2013 to be filed in Form NO.INC-28. Later on they can take the benefit of this scheme.

Question 8.
With regard to LLP settlement Scheme, should the Indemnity Bond be executed on Non Judiciary Stamp Paper? If yes, then on what denomination.
Answer:
No indemnity bond is required under the LLP Settlement Scheme.

Question 9.
Applicability of CFSS to a foreign company having Project Office in India. (FC Forms to be filed in ROC).
Answer:
Yes. CFSS is applicable for foreign companies.

Question 10.
For filing MGT 14, AOC-4 for the past year, do we need to apply for condonation also?
Answer:
For filing MGT-14 beyond 300 days, condonation is required. However, AoC-4 for the past year(s) can be filed without any condonation.

Question 11.
If the Company is in Active mode, but the directors’ DINs are deactivated, what should we do? .
Answer:
Deactivated DINs for not filing the DIR-3 KYC can be activated by filing it now without the fee of INR 5000 during the currency of the CFSS, 2020 provided such director is not disqualified under section 164 of the CA 2013

Question 12.
in our case, company was struck off and as a result both directors were . disqualified. Now Company was Revived by NCLT and Revival order has been passed.
(i) How to remove disqualification of director u/s 164(2)(a)?
Answer:
The removal of disqualification is not automatic and the same cannot be cured under the provisions of CA, 2013.

(ii) INC 28 is not filed till date (as it is required to be filed within 30 Days).
Answer:
INC-28 can be filed by an authorised signatory who can be added from backend by the jurisdictional RoC based on evidence produced by the company.

(iii) How to do Annual filing of Past year?
Answer:
Past year filings can be made as per applicable norms.

Question 13.
Can a company also file its old annual returns for 3 to 4 years without late fees?
Answer:
Yes, without additional fee,

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India - CS Professional Study Material

Question 14.
The company is an inactive company. The company has defaulted in filing form SH-7. It now wants to file form SH-7 under CFSS 2020 scheme and simultaneously make application for striking off the name by filing form STK 2.
Answer:
SH-7 can be filed with applicable fee and additional fee. The additional fee waiver is not applicable for SH-7 and charge related forms.

Question 15.
Please let us know the List of eForms eligible for additional fee waiver during the currency of the CFSS, 2020 and LLP Modified Settlement Scheme, 2020?
Answer:
List of forms (CA56/CA13/LLP) eligible for additional fee waiver is available at the link:
http://www.mca.gov.in/Ministry/pdf/CFSS2020_02042020.pdf

Question 16.
A Company was not able to file Satisfaction of charge in CHG 4 as the DIN of the director was deactivated. Now with this scheme can the company first update its returns, get the din activated and then file CHG 4 under this scheme even though there is a delay of 1 year?
Answer:
Deactivated DIN can be reactivated by filing DIR-3 KYC now without payment of INR 5000. Filing of CHG-4 towards satisfaction of charges beyond 300 days is NOT permissible, however for delay in filing satisfaction of charges, form no.CHG-8 may be filed and the power for such Condonation of delay (satisfaction) is vested with Regional Director(s)

Question 17.
Is CFSS-2020 scheme applicable to subsidiary of a foreign company registered in India and foreign company itself?
Answer:
Yes.

Question 18.
Can LLP with Under Strike off or ‘Defunct’ status file form 8 and form 11 for past 3-4 years? (as per the scheme or even in general)?
Answer:
No.

Question 19.
Can we file STK-2 without filing INC-20A in this scheme? As company has not started its business and even bank account is not. opened by company. So want to strike off the name and close company to avoid any defaults and penalties.
Answer:
STK-2 can be filed by a company who has not filed INC-20A within 180 days of incorporation. After a period of 180 days of incorporation, filing of form INC-20A is allowed to be filed first. Thereafter, they can file STK-2 if they desire so by following the relevant provisions of the Act relating to Strike off procedure.

Question 20.
How to rectify AOC 04 filed with inadvertent errors?
Answer:
AoC-4 or any other STP form filed with inadvertent errors can be marked as ‘defective’ by the jurisdictional RoCs based oh evidence and formal request. Once the particular STP is marked as defective fresh filing has to be made.

Question 21.
A Company already filed MGT-7 but AOC-4 is not yet filed. Can it file AOC-4 now?
Answer:
Yes.

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India - CS Professional Study Material

Question 22.
Where orders have been passed by Hon’ble NCLT to restore the name of the company under section 252/253 subject to filing of all the pending documents and returns and no time limit is given in the order to file pending documents /forms/returns. The company has not yet filed the copy of order of NCLT with ROC. Can company avail this scheme and file all the pending documents without any additional fee?
Answer:
Yes, after filing INC-28 with a copy of order passed by NCLT.

Question 23.
What about the additional fee already paid by the entities? Is this not a hardship on them who have already paid heavy additional fee in order to abide the compliance.
Answer:
The CFSS 2020 and LLP Modified Settlement Scheme 2020 have been notified in view of the COVID-19. To provide a first of its kind opportunity to both Companies and LLPs to make good any filing related defaults, irrespective of duration of default, and make a fresh start as a fully compliant entity.

Question 24.
In the CFSS,2020 please suggest whether it would be applicable to Project office of a company in India having FCRN no.?
Answer:
Yes.

Question 25.
For filing commencement of business form to newly incorporated companies now additional 180 days is allowed but which companies are allowed such benefit. What is the cut off dates for newly incorporated companies i.e., to companies incorporated from which date this benefit will get passed on?
Answer:
All newly incorporated companies are required to file a declaration for Commencement of Business within 180 days of incorporation under section 10A of the Companies Act, 2013. An additional period of 180 more days has been allowed for this compliance, (please see circulars issued in March, 2020)

Question 26.
In the case of a company whose status as per MCA is active (for filing) but whose all directors are disqualified, what is the way Out to avail the benefits of the fresh start scheme?
Answer:
Disqualification of Directors cannot be cured under the scheme

Question 27.
An LLP is under non-compliance of one form. The LLP has applied for strike off in February 2020. Whether such an LLP can withdraw strike off application and file the form?
Answer:
There is no specific process available for withdrawal of Form 24. If Form 24 is not yet approved, LLP may approach the jurisdictional ROC to ‘reject’ the form so that status of LLP gets marked to ‘Active’ and relevant filings can be made.

Question 28.
Can companies with paid up capital between 5 crores to 10 crores which did not file Active form since CS was not appointed file the form now since threshold was increased to 10 crores from 5 crores from 01.04.2020?
Answer:
ACTIVE form can be filed without the fee of INR 10000.

Question 29.
What are options available to a company the name of which has been struck off by the ROC but is having business activities for availing this scheme.
Answer:
The company has to approach NCLT and get an Order for reviving. Thereafter the company can take the benefit under CFSS.

Question 30.
Does the scheme cover default for DIR-3 KYC?
Answer:
DIR-3 KYC can be filed without the fee of INR 5000.

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India - CS Professional Study Material

Question 31.
Does the CFSS 2020 allows refund of the late filing fee and penalty which are already paid on Company fillings made before march 2020?
Answer:
No.

Question 32.
Whether immunity certificate will be generated automatically once CFSS form is uploaded or it will be subject to approval of concern ROC.
Answer:
Subject to examination and approval by the jurisdictional RoC.

Question 33.
Whether late fees/additional fees be waived off after filing of Immunity Form i.e. full amount will be paid in advance (while filing of any Answer:
Additional fees would not be charged in respect of the 76 forms and such forms have already been displayed in MCA-21 portal.

Question 34.
Will MCA be refunding the Additional fees received as clients have paid the same while filing the same in ROC during 2019-20?
Answer:
Additional fee waiver becomes applicable only during the currency of the scheme.

Question 35.
Can a company whose director has been disqualified can use this scheme?
Answer:
The CFSS 2020 is applicable for defaulting companies to file the belated documents and does not extend to curing the disqualification of Directors.

Question 36.
Additional fee is still showing in enquire fees menu in MCA portal. Whether it needs to be updated in portal? Or it is get updated after filing forms and generating SRN.
Answer:
Yes, it gets updated while generating challan.

Question 37.
In the original LLP Settlement Scheme, the additional fee was to be paid at INR 10 per day up to a maximum of INR 5000, in the modification LLP Settlement Scheme there is no additional fees. Is the understanding correct?
Answer:
Yes.

Question 38.
If the director has been disqualified in FY 2016-17 and filling is pending, can still the benefit of the CFSS scheme can be availed by the company (if status of company is still active)?
Answer:
CFSS 2020 does not cure the disqualification of Director. If there are no authorized signatories left in the company, the company may approach the jurisdictional RoC with a formal request to add one authorized signatory from backend. Later on the company may file the belated documents under the scheme.

Question 39.
Whether the scheme is applicable for companies already struck off by MCA and not voluntarily filed by the company?
Answer:
The struck off companies may approach the NCLT for revival. Once the company is revived the belated documents may be filed.

Question 40.
Can you please explain again on the dual dates of August 31st and September 30th in LLP (Modified) Settlement Scheme, 2020?
Answer:
The belated documents can be filed without additional fee till 31 st August,2020. However belated documents could be filed till 30th September and no prosecution or punishment proceedings would be launched.

Question 41.
LLP is not in operation since incorporation in FY 2015-16, now wants to strike off from the register. LLP has already Form 11 for FY 15-16 but not Form 8, is it mandatory to file Form 8 availing LLP scheme before filing Form 24?
Answer:
No. For list of attachments while filing Form 24, please refer to instruction kit available on the portal.

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India - CS Professional Study Material

Question 42.
Which form to be file earlier CFSS-2020 or belated forms?
Answer:
Belated forms have to be filed first. CFSS-2020 would be made available w.e.f 1 st October, 2020.

Question 43.
Will this scheme be applicable on filing, if due date is falling between period April 2020 to September, 2020?
Answer:
Irrespective of the due date additional fee waiver can be availed during the currency of the scheme.

Question 44.
Is every company availing this scheme need to file FORM CFSS-2020 before filling the all the belated documents or should we file the documents directly?
Answer:
Belated documents have to be filed during the currency of the scheme. If the scheme benefits are availed, such a company has to file the CFSS e-form on or after 1st October, 2020 and before 31st March, 2021.

Question 45.
Annual Returns as well as Auditor Appointment is not done since April 2015. Can the private limited company avail this scheme?
Answer:
All companies can avail the scheme for filing belated documents.

Question 46.
If company is under NCLT, and Operations are managed by IP, whether he can opt under this scheme?
Answer:
Yes, if the company status is not struck off and if it struck off it can take the benefit after it is revived.

Question 47.
Can there be a refund of late fee deposited for forms filed earlier the notification of scheme (forms filed are covered in scheme)?
Answer:
No.

Question 48.
As under CFSS, CFSS Form needs to be filed between 01 st October to 31st March, do we need to file any such form under LLP Modified Settlement Scheme to get immunity?
Answer:
No such requirement for LLPs who have availed the benefit under the LLP Modified Settlement Scheme.

Question 49.
Is the Form CFSS 2020 currently available in the MCA portal for e-filing? If not, when will the form be made available?
Answer:
The form CFSS 2020 would be made available w.e.f 1st October 2020 and till 31st March 2021 for filing purposes.

Question 50.
Form 8 is not allowing prefill for an LLP which is under defunct status. How Should we avail the scheme for such LLP? Is the scheme available? Will new forms be made available then?
Answer:
An LLP under struck off(Defunct) status cannot avail the benefit of LLP Modified Settlement Scheme.

General Circular No. 15 /2020

F. No. CSR-01/4/2020-CSR-MCA
Government of India
Ministry of Corporate Affairs

10th April, 2020

COVID-19 related Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) on
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)

The Ministry has been receiving several references/ representations from various stakeholders seeking clarifications on eligibility of CSR expenditure related to COVID-19 activities. In this regard, a set of FAQs along with clarifications are provided below for better understanding of the stakeholders:

Frequently asked questions (FAQs) Reply
1. Whether contribution made to ‘PM CARES Fund’ shall qualify as CSR expenditure? Contribution made to ‘PM CARES Fund’ shall qualify as CSR expenditure under item no (viii) of Schedule VII of the Companies Act, 2013 and it has been further clarified vide Office memorandum F. No. CSR-05/1/2020-CSR-MCA dated 28th March, 2020.
2. Whether contribution made to ‘Chief Minister’s Relief Funds’ or ‘State Relief Fund for COVID-19’ shall qualify as CSR expenditure? ‘Chief Minister’s Relief Fund’ or ‘State Relief Fund for COVID-19’ is not included in Schedule VII of the Companies Act, 2013 and therefore any contribution to such funds shall not qualify as admissible CSR expenditure.
3. Whether contribution made to State Disaster Management Authority shall qualify as CSR expenditure? Contribution made to State Disaster Management Authority to combat COVID-19 shall qualify as CSR expenditure under item no (xii) of Schedule VII of the 2013 and clarified vide general circular No. 10/2020 dated 23rd March, 2020
4. Whether spending of CSR funds for COVID-19 related activities shall qualify as CSR expenditure? Ministry vide general circular No. 10/2020 dated 23rd March, 2020 has clarified that spending CSR funds for COVID-19 related activities shall qualify as CSR expenditure. It is further clarified that funds may be spent for various activities related to COVID-19 under items nos. (i) and (xii) of Schedule VII relating to promotion of health care including preventive health care and sanitation, and disaster management. Further, as per general circular No. 21/2014 dated 18.06.2014, items in Schedule VII are broad based and may be interpreted liberally for this purpose.
5. Whether payment of salary/wagesto employees and workers, including contract labour, during the lockdown period can be adjusted against the CSR expenditure of the companies? Payment of salary/ wages in normal circumstances is a contractual and statutory obligation of the company. Similarly, payment of salary/ wages to employees and workers even during the lockdown period is a moral obligation of the employers, as they , have no alternative source of employment or livelihood during this period. Thus, payment of salary/ wages to employees and workers during the lockdown period (including imposition of other social distancing requirements) shall not qualify as admissible CSR expenditure.
6. Whether payment of wages made to casual /daily wage workers during the lockdown period can be adjusted against the CSR expenditure of the companies? Payment of wages to temporary or casual or daily wage workers during the lockdown period is part of the moral/ humanitarian/ contractual obligations of the company and is applicable to all companies irrespective of whether they have any legal obligation for CSR contribution under section 135 of the Companies Act 2013. Hence, payment of wages to temporary or casual or daily wage workers during the lockdown period shall not count towards CSR expenditure.
7. Whether payment of exgratia to temporary /casual /daily wage workers shall qualify as CSR expenditure? If any ex-gratia payment is made to temporary/casual workers/ daily wage workers over and above the disbursement of wages, specifically for the purpose of fighting COVID 19, the same shall be admissible towards CSR expenditure as a onetime exception provided there is an explicit declaration to that effect by the Board of the company, which is duly certified by the statutory auditor.

This issues with the approval of competent authority.

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India - CS Professional Study Material

Ministry of Corporate Affairs Notification
New Delhi, the 29th April, 2020

G.S.R 268 (E). – In exercise of the powers conferred by section 149 read with section 469 of the Companies Act, 2013 (18 of 2013), the Central Government hereby makes the following rules further to amend the Companies (Appointment and Qualification of Directors) Rules, 2014, namely:-
1. (1) These rules may be called the Companies (Appointment and Qualification of Directors) Second Amendment Rules, 2020.
(2) They shall come into force on the date of their publication in the Official Gazette.

2. In the Companies (Appointment and Qualification of Directors) Rules, 2014, in rule 6, in sub-rule (1), in clause (a), for the words “five months” the words “seven months” shall be substituted.
[F. No. 8/4/2018-CL-I-Part I]
K.V.R. MURTY, Jt. Secy.

Note: The principal rules were published in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary, Part II, Section 3, Sub-section (i) vide notification number G.S.R. 259(E), dated the 31st March, 2014 and were last amended vide notification number G.S.R. 145 (E), dated the 28th February, 2020.

Securities and Exchange Board of India

Securities And Exchange Board Of India Notification
Mumbai, the 9th November, 2021

Securities and Exchange board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Sixth Amendment) Regulations, 2021 SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2021/55.- In exercise of the powers conferred by section 11 . sub-section (2) of section 11A and section 30 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 (15 of 1992) read with section 31 of the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956 (42 of 1956), the Board hereby makes the following regulations to further amend the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, namely:-
1. These regulations may be called the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Sixth Amendment) Regulations, 2021.

2. They shall come into force with effect from April 1, 2022 unless otherwise specified in the respective provision of the regulation.

3. In the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015,
I. in regulation 2, in sub-regulation (1),

a. in clause (zb), the first proviso shall be substituted with the following, namely,- “Provided that:
(a) any person or entity forming a part of the promoter or promoter group of the listed entity; or
(b) any person or any entity, holding equity shares:
(i) of twenty per cent or more; or
(ii) of ten per cent or more, with effect from April 1,2023; in the listed entity either directly or on a beneficial interest basis as provided under section 89 of the Companies Act, 2013, at anytime, during the immediate preceding financial year; shall be deemed to be a related party:”

b. clause (zc), shall be substituted with the following, namely, – “(zc) “related party transaction” means a transaction involving a transfer of resources, services or obligations between:
(i) a listed entity or any of its subsidiaries on one hand and a related party of the listed entity or any of its subsidiaries on the other hand; or
(ii) a listed entity or any of its subsidiaries on one hand, and any other person or entity on the other hand, the purpose and effect of which is to benefit a related party of the listed entity or any of its subsidiaries, with effect from April 1, 2023; regardless of whether a price is charged and a “transaction” with a related party shall be construed to include a single transaction or a group of transactions in a contract:
Provided that the following shall not be a related party transaction:
(a) the issue of specified securities on a preferential basis, subject to compliance of the requirements under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2018;

(b) the following corporate actions by the listed entity which are uniformly applicable/offered to all shareholders in proportion to their shareholding:

  • payment of dividend;
  • subdivision or consolidation of securities;
  • issuance of securities by way of a rights issue or a bonus issue; and
  • buy-back of securities.

(c) acceptance of fixed deposits by banks/Non-Banking Finance Companies at the terms uniformly applicable/offered to all shareholders/public, subject to disclosure of the same along with the disclosure of related party transactions every six months to the stock exchange(s), in the format as specified by the Board:
Provided further that this definition shall not be applicable for the units issued by mutual funds which are. listed on a recognised stock exchange(s);

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India - CS Professional Study Material

II. in regulation 23,
a. in sub-regulation (1), the existing Explanation shall be substituted with the following, namely,
“Provided that a transaction with a related party shall be considered material, if the transaction(s) to be entered into individually or taken together with previous transactions during a financial year, exceeds rupees one thousand crore or ten per cent of the annual consolidated turnover of the listed entity as per the last audited financial statements of the listed entity, whichever is lower.”

b. in sub-regulation (2), after the words “party transactions” the words “and subsequent material modifications” shall be inserted and the words and symbol “audit committee.” shall be substituted with the words and symbol “audit committee of the listed entity:”

c. in sub-regulation (2), after the existing proviso, the following shall be inserted, namely, –
“Provided further that:
(a) the audit committee of a listed entity shall define “material modifications” and disclose it as part of the policy on materiality of related party transactions and on dealing with related party transactions;

(b) a related party transaction to which the subsidiary of a listed entity is a party but the listed entity is not a party, shall require prior approval of the audit committee of the listed entity if the value of such transaction whether entered into individually or taken together with previous transactions during a financial year exceeds ten per cent of the annual consolidated turnover, as per the last audited financial statements of the listed entity;

(c) with effect from April 1,2023, a related party transaction to which the subsidiary of a listed entity is a party but the listed entity is not a party, shall require prior approval of the audit committee of the listed entity if the value of such transaction whether entered into individually or taken together with previous transactions during a financial year, exceeds ten per cent of the annual standalone turnover, as per the last audited financial statements of the subsidiary;

(d) prior approval of the audit committee of the listed entity shall not be required for a related party transaction to which the listed subsidiary is a party but the listed entity is not a party, if regulation 23 and sub-regulation (2) of regulation 15 of these regulations are applicable to such listed subsidiary.
Explanation: For related party transactions of unlisted subsidiaries of a listed subsidiary as referred to in (d) above, the prior approval of the audit committee of the listed subsidiary shall suffice.”

d. in sub-regulation (4), afterthe words “related party transactions” the words and symbol “and subsequent material modifications as defined by the audit committee under sub-regulation (2),” shall be inserted and after the words “shall require” the word “prior” shall be inserted.

e. in sub-regulation (4), before the existing proviso, the following shall be inserted, namely, -‘
“Provided that prior approval of the shareholders of a listed entity shall not be required for a related party transaction to which the listed subsidiary is a party but the listed entity is not a party, if regulation 23 and sub-regulation (2) of regulation 15 of these regulations are applicable to such listed subsidiary.
Explanation: For related party transactions of unlisted subsidiaries of a listed subsidiary as referred above, the prior approval of the shareholders of the listed subsidiary shall suffice.”

f. in sub-regulation (4), in the existing proviso, the word “further” shall be inserted after the word “Provided”.

g. in sub-regulation (5), after clause (b), the following new clause shall be inserted, namely,
“(c) transactions entered into between two wholly-owned subsidiaries of the listed holding company, whose accounts are consolidated with such holding company and placed before the shareholders at the general meeting for approval.”

h. sub-regulation (7) shall be omitted.

i. sub-regulation (9) shall be substituted with the following, namely, –
“(9) The listed entity shall submit to the stock exchanges disclosures of related party transactions in the format as specified by the Board from time to time, and publish the same on its website:
Provided that a ‘high value debt listed entity’ shall submit such disclosures along with its standalone financial results for the half year:
Provided further that the listed entity shall make such disclosures every six months within fifteen days from the date of publication of its standalone and consolidated financial results: Provided further that the listed entity shall make such disclosures every six months on the date of publication of its standalone and consolidated financial results with effect from April 1,2023.”

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India - CS Professional Study Material

iii. In Schedule II,
a. in Part C, in para B, point 2 shall be omitted.

IV. in Schedule V,
a. in para A, in point 1, after the words “listed entity” the words and symbol, “which has listed its non-convertible securities” shall be inserted.
b. in para A, point 3, shall be substituted with the following, namely,
“3. The above disclosures shall not be applicable to listed banks.”
c. in para C, in point 10, after clause (I), the following new clause shall be inserted, namely,
“(m) disclosure by listed entity and its subsidiaries of ‘Loans and advances in the nature of loans to firms/companies in which directors are interested by name and amount’:
Provided that this requirement shall be applicable to all listed entities except for listed banks.”
AJAY TYAGI, Chairman
[ADVT.-lll/4/Exty./409/2021 -22]

Footnotes:
1. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 were published in the Gazette of India on 2nd September 2015 vide No. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2015-16/013.

2. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, were subsequently amended on:
(a) December 22,2015 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Amendment) Regulations, 2015 vide notification no. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2015-16/27.

(b) May 25, 2016 by Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Amendment) Regulations, 2016 vide notification no. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/ 2016-17/001.

(c) July 8, 2016 by Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Second Amendment) Regulations, 2016 vide notification no. SEBI/ LAD-NRO/GN/2016-17/008.

(d) January 4,2017 by Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing , Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Third Amendment) Regulations, 2016 vide notification no. SEBI/ LAD-NRO/GN/2016-17/025.

(e) February 15, 2017 by Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Amendment) Regulations, 2017 vide notification no. SEBI/LAD/NRO/GN/2016-17/029.

(f) March 6, 2017 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Payment of Fees and Mode of Payment) (Amendment) Regulations, 2017 vide Notification No. LAD-NRO/GN/2016-17/037 read with March 29, 2017 by Securities and Exchange Board of India (Payment of Fees and Mode of Payment) (Amendment) Regulations, 2017 vide notification no. SEBI/LAD/NRO/GN/2016-17/38.

(g) May 9,2018 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Amendment) Regulations, 2018 vide notification no. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2018/10.

(h) May 30, 2018 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India
(Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Second Amendment) Regulations, 2018 vide notification no. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2018/13.

(i) June 1,2018 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Third Amendment) Regulations, 2018 vide notification no. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2018/21.

(j) June 8,2018 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Fourth Amendment) Regulations, 2018 vide notification no. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2018/24.

(k) September 6,2018 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Fifth Amendment) Regulations, 2018 vide notification no. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2018/30.

(l) November 16,2018 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Sixth AmSnamem) Regulations, 2018 vide notification no.
SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2018/47.

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India - CS Professional Study Material

(m) March 29, 2019 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Amendment) Regulations, 2019 vide notification no. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2019/07.

(n) May 7,2019 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Second Amendment) Regulations, 2019, vide notification no. SEBI/ LAD-NRO/GN/2019/12.

(o) June 27, 2019 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Third Amendment) Regulations, 2019, vide notification no. SEBI/ LAD-NRO/GN/2019/22,

(p) July 29,2019 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing
Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Fourth Amendment) Regulations, 2019, vide notification no. SEBI/
LAD-NRO/GN/2019/28.

(q) December 26,2019 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Fifth Amendment) Regulations, 2019, vide notification no. SEBI/ LAD-NRO/GN/2019/45.

(r) January 10, 2020 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India
(Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Amendment) Regulations, 2020, vide notification no. SEBI/
LAD-N RO/G N/2020/02.

(s) April 17, 2020 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Regulatory Sandbox) (Amendment) Regulations, 2020 vide no. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2020/10.

(t) August 5, 2020 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Second Amendment) Regulations, 2020. vide notification no. SEBI/ LAD-N RO/GN/2020/25.

(u) October 8, 2020 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Third Amendment) Regulations, 2020, vide notification no. SEBI/ LAD-NRO/GN/2020/33.

(v) January 8, 2021 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India
(Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Amendment) Regulations, 2021, vide notification no. SEBI/
LAD-NRO/GN/2021/02.

(w) May 5,2021 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing
Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Second Amendment) Regulations, 2021, vide notification no. SEBI/
LAD-NRO/G N/2021 /22.

(x) August 3, 2021 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Regulatory Sandbox) (Amendment) Regulations, 2021 vide notification no. No. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2021/30.

(y) August 3, 2021 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India
(Listing Obligations and ’ Disclosure Requirements) (Third Amendment) Regulations, 2021, vide notification no. SEBI/
LAD-NRO/GN/2021/35.

(z) August 13, 2021 by the Securities and Exchange Board of India
(Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Fourth Amendment) Regulations, 2021, vide notification no. SEBI/
LAD-N FO/GN/2021 /42.

(aa) September 7,2021 by the Securities and Exchange Board Of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) (Fifth
Amendment) Regulations, 2021, vide notification no. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2021/47.

Circular

SEBI/HO/CFD/CMD1/CIR/P/2021/662
November 22, 2021

To,
All entities that have listed their specified securities
All the Recognized Stock Exchanges
Madam /Sir,

Subject: Disclosure obligations of listed entities in relation to Related Party Transactions
1. Vide notification dated November 9, 2021, Regulation 23 of the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements), Regulations 2015 (‘LODR Regulations’) was amended, interalia, mandating listed entities that have listed specified securities to submit to the stock exchanges disclosure of Related Party Transactions (RPTs) in the format specified by the Board from time to time.

2. Further, it has been decided to prescribe the information to be placed before the audit committee and the shareholders for consideration of RPTs.

3. Accordingly, the following provisions shall apply to entities that have listed specified securities on a Recognized Stock Exchange.

A. Information to be reviewed by the Audit Committee for approval of RPTs

4. The listed entity shall provide the following information, for review of the audit committee for approval of a proposed RPT:
a. Type, material terms and particulars of the proposed transaction;

b. Name of the related party and its relationship with the listed entity or its subsidiary, including nature of its concern or interest (financial or othetwise);

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India - CS Professional Study Material

c. Tenure of *he proposed transaction (particular tenure shall be specified);

d. Value of the proposed transaction;

e. The percentage of the listed entity’s annual consolidated turnover, for the immediately preceding financial year, that is represented by the value of the proposed transaction (and for a RPT involving a subsidiary, such percentage calculated on the basis of the subsidiary’s annual turnover on a standalone basis shall be additionally provided);

f. If the transaction relates to any loans, inter-corporate deposits, advances or investments made or given by the listed entity or its. subsidiary:
(i) details of the source of funds in connection with the proposed transaction;
(ii) where any financial indebtedness is incurred to make or give loans, intercorporate deposits, advances or investments,

  • nature of indebtedness;
  • cost of funds; and
  • tenure;

(iii) applicable terms, including covenants, tenure, interest rate and repayment schedule, whether secured or unsecured; if secured, the nature of security; and
(iv) the purpose for which the funds will be utilized by the ultimate beneficiary of such funds pursuant to the RPT.

g. Justification as to why the RPT is in the interest of the listed entity;

h. A copy of the valuation or other external party report, if any such report has been relied upon;

i. Percentage of the counter-party’s annual consolidated turnover that is represented by the value of the proposed RPT on a voluntary basis;

j. Any other information that may be relevant

5. The audit committee shall also review the status of long-term (more than one year) or recurring RPTs on an annual basis.

B. Information to be provided to shareholders for consideration of RPTs

6. The notice being sent to the shareholders seeking approval for any proposed RPT shall, in addition to the requirements under the Companies Act, 2013, include the following information as a part of the explanatory statement:
a. A summary of the information provided by the management of the listed entity to the audit committee as specified in point 4 above;
b. Justification for why the proposed transaction is in the interest of the listed entity;
c. Where the transaction relates to any loans, inter-corpprate deposits, advances or investments made or given by the listed entity or its subsidiary, the details specified under point 4(f) above; (The requirement of disclosing source of funds and cost of funds shall not be applicable to listed banks/NBFCs.)
d. A statement that the valuation or other external report, if any, relied upon by the listed entity in relation to the proposed transaction will be made available through the registered email address of the shareholders;
e. Percentage of the counter-party’s annual consolidated turnover that is represented by the value of the proposed RPT, on a voluntary basis;
f. Any other information that may be relevant.

C. Format for reporting of RPTs to the Stock Exchange

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India - CS Professional Study Material

7. The listed entity shall make RPT disclosures every six months in the format provided at Annex.

8. This Circular shall come into force with effect from April 1, 2022. The Stock Exchanges are advised to bring the provisions of this circular to the notice of ail listed entities that have issued specified securities and also disseminate on their websites.

9. The Circular is issued in exercise of the powers conferred under Section 11(1) of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 read with Regulation 101 of the LODR.

10. This Circular is available at www.sebi.gov.in under the link “Legal Circulars”.

Yours faithfully,

Amy Durga Menon
Deputy General Manager
Corporation Finance Department
Compliance and Monitoring Division-1
+91-22-26449584
amydurga@sebi.gov. in

Anti-Corruption and Anti-Bribery Laws in India Notes

‘Facilitation payment’:
‘Facilitation payment’ means a payment made to government or private official that acts as an incentive for the official to complete some action or process expeditiously to the benefit of the party making the payment.

‘Foreign public official’:
‘Foreign public official’ means any person holding a legislative, executive, administrative or judicial office of a foreign country, whether appointed or elected, whether permanent or temporary, whether paid or unpaid and includes a person who performs a public function or provides service for a foreign country.

Bribery:
‘Bribery’ includes giving or receiving bribe and third party gratification. The act of giving bribe is when committed intentionally in the course of economic, financial or commercial activities and when it is established that there is a promise, offering or giving, directly or indirectly, of an undue advantage to any person who directs or works, in any capacity, for a commercial entity, for the person himself or for another person, in order that he in breach of his duties, act or refrain from acting.

PCA:
The Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 is an Act of the Parliament of India enacted to pombat corruption in government agencies and public sector businesses in India.

CVC:
Gentral Vigilance Commission is an apex Indian governmental body created in 1964 to address governmental corruption. Recently, in 2003, the Parliament enacted a law conferring statutory status on the CVC.

Board Effectiveness – CS Professional Study Material

Chapter 3 Board Effectiveness – CS Professional Governance Risk Management Compliances and Ethics Notes is designed strictly as per the latest syllabus and exam pattern.

Board Effectiveness – Governance, Risk Management, Compliances and Ethics Study Material

Question 1.
Write short note on the following:
(i) Shadow director (Dec 2013, 3 marks)
Answer:
Shadow Director: Shadow Director is a person who is not formally appointed as a director, but in accordance with whose directions or instructions the director of a company are accustomed to act. However, a person is hot a shadow director merely because the directors act on advice given by him in a professional capacity.

Question 2.
Write short notes on the following.
(i) Lead independent director
(ii) Performance evaluation of directors. [Old Syllabus] (June 2014, 3 marks each)
Answer:
(i) Lead Independent Director: Internationally, it is considered a good practice to designate an independent director as a lead independent director or senior independent director. He co-ordinates the activities of other non-employee directors and advices chairman on issues ranging from the schedule of board meetings to recommending retention of advisors and consultants to the management.

  • Acts as the principal liaison between the independent directors of the Board and the Chairman of the Board;
  • Develops the agenda for and preside at executive sessions of the Board’s independent directors;
  • Advices the Chairman of the Board as to an appropriate schedule for Board Meetings, seeking to ensure that the independent directors can perform their duties responsibly while not interfering with the flow of Company operations;
  • Recommends to the Board the retention of advisors and consultants who report directly to the Board;
  • Interviews, along with the chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, all Board candidates and make recommendations to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee;
  • Serves as a liaison for consultation and communication with shareholders.

(ii) The board should undertake a formal and rigorous annual evaluation of its own performance and that of its committees and individual directors. The chairman should act on the results of the performance evaluation by recognising the strengths and addressing the weaknesses of the board. The board should state in the annual report how performance evaluation of the board, its committees and its individual directors has been conducted. Evaluation of the board of FTSE 350 companies should be externally facilitated at least every three years,
A statement should be made available of whether an external facilitator has any other connection with the company. The non-executive directors, led by the senior independent director, should be responsible for performance evaluation of the chairman, taking into account the views of executive directors.

Question 3.
Write short note on the following:
Board Charter. (June 2014, 3 marks)
Answer:
Board Charter
As a good practice companies may have a Board Charter which is intended as a tool to assist directors in fulfilling their responsibilities as Board members. It sets out the respective roles, responsibilities and authorities of the Board and of Management in the governance, management and control of the organization. This charter should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Memorandum and Articles.

(Or)
Write short notes on the following:
(i) Importance of Board meetings in a good corporate governance structure.
(ii) Role of independent director. (June 2014, 3 marks each)
Answer:
(i) Importance of Board Meetings in a Good Corporate Governance Structure
The heart of corporate governance is transparency, disclosure, accountability and integrity. Legal and regulatory framework of corporate governance in India is mainly covered under the SEBI guidelines, SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 and Companies Act, 2013. Hence, as per the above said matter board meeting is very important in a good corporate governance.
According to Section 173(1) of the Companies Act, 2013, every company shall hold the first meeting of the Board of Directors within 30 days of the date of its incorporation.

Further, as per Section 173 of the Companies Act, 2013, every company must hold a minimum number of 4 meetings of its Board of Directors every year and the gap between 2 Board meetings must not be more than 120 days.
A meeting of the Board shall be called by giving not less than seven days’ notice in writing to every director at his address registered with the company and such notice shall be sent by hand delivery or by post or by electronic means.
A meeting of the Board may be called at shorter notice to transact urgent business subject to the condition that at least one independent director, if any, shall be present at the meeting.
According to Section 174(1) of the Companies Act, 2013, the quorum for a meeting of the Board of Directors shall be 1/3rd of its total strength (any fraction contained in that 1/ 3rd to be rounded off to one) or two directors, whichever is higher. “Total strength” shall not include directors whose places are vacant. Again, interested director(s) shall not be counted for the purposes of quorum. “Interested director” means a director within the meaning of sub-section (2) of Section 184.

The participation of the directors by video conferencing or by other audio visual means’shall also be counted for the purposes of quorum. Interested Directors: If, at any time, the number of interested directors exceed or equal to 2/3rd of the total strength, the remaining directors, that is to say, the number of directors who are not interested, present at the meeting, being not less than two, shall be the quorum of such meeting. [Section 174(3)]
Regulation 18(2)(a) and 18(2)(b) of the SEBI (Listing Obligations & Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 requires that the Board shall meet at least four times a year, with a maximum gap of 120 days between any two meetings. It also specifies the minimum information which is to be made available to the Board.

(ii) Role of Independent Director
As per Schedule IV of the Companies Act, 2013, the independent directors shall:

  • help in bringing an independent judgement to bear on the Board’s deliberations especially on issues of strategy, performance, risk management, resources, key appointments and standards of conduct;
  • bring an objective view in the evaluation of the performance of board and management;
  • scrutinize the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;
  • satisfy themselves on the integrity of financial information and that financial controls and the systems of risk management are robust and defensible;
  • safeguard the interests of all stakeholders, particularly the minority shareholders; balance the conflicting interest of the stakeholders;
  • determine appropriate levels of remuneration of executive directors, key managerial personnel and senior management and have a prime role in appointing and where necessary recommend removal of executive directors, key managerial personnel and senior management;
  • moderate and arbitrate in the interest of the company as a whole, in situations of conflict between management and shareholder’s interest.

Board Effectiveness - CS Professional Study Material

Question 4.
Write short note on the following:
Woman director. [Old Syllabus] (Dec 2014, 3 marks)
Answer:
Woman Director
Every Listed Company /Public Company with paid up capital of ₹ 100 Crores or more / Public Company with turnover of ₹ 300 Crores or more shall have at least one Woman Director.

Question 5.
Write short note on the following:
Lead independent director (Dec 2014, 3 marks)
Answer:
Lead Independent Director: Internationally, it is considered a good practice to designate an independent director as a lead independent director or senior independent director. He coordinates the activities of other non-employee directors and advises chairman on issues ranging from the schedule of board meetings to recommending retention of advisors and consultants to the management.

California Public Employees’.Retirement System (Cal PERS) provides that where the Chairman of the board is not an independent director and the role of Chairman and CEO is not separate, the board should name a director as lead independent director who should have approval over information flow to the board, meeting agendas and meeting schedules to ensure a structure that provides an appropriate balance between the powers of the CEO and those of the independent directors.

Other roles of the lead independent director should include chairing meetings of non-management directors and of independent directors, presiding over board meetings in the absence of the chair, serving as the principle liaison between the independent directors and the chair and leading the
board/director evaluation process. Given these additional responsibilities, the lead independent director is expected to devote a greater amount of time to board service than the other directors.

Question 6.
Write a note on Secretarial Standard related to minutes of meeting. (June 2017, 5 marks)
Answer:
Secretarial Standard seeks to prescribe a set of principles for the recording of Minutes of the Meetings of:
(a) the Board or Committees of the Board,
(b) members,
(c) debenture holders,
(d) creditors,
(e) others as may be required under the Act, and matters related thereto. The expression “minutes” means a brief summary of the proceedings of a meeting. Minutes should contain a fair and correct summary of the proceedings of the meeting and should normally convey why, how and what conclusions were arrived at in relation to each business transacted at the meeting. It need not be an exact transcript of the proceedings.

Every company is required to keep Minutes of all meetings. Minutes kept in accordance with the provisions of the Act evidence the proceedings recorded therein. Minutes help in understanding the deliberations and decisions taken at the Meeting. The Company Secretary or authorized official of the company should record the proceedings of the meetings.

Question 7.
Write short note on the following:
(i) Key Managerial Personnel (KMP)
(v) Training of Independent Directors. (Dec 2018, 2 marks each)
Answer:
(i) Key Managerial Personnel:
According to Section 2(51) of the Companies Act, 2013, key managerial personnel in relation to a company means

  • the Chief Executive Officer or the managing director or the manager;
  • the company secretary;
  • the whole-time director;
  • the Chief Financial Officer;
  • such other officer, not more than one level below the directors who is in whole-time employment, designated as key managerial personnel by the Board; and
  • such other officer as may be prescribed.

(v) Training of Independent Directors:
As per Regulation 25 of SEBI (LODR) Regulations:

  • The company shall provide suitable training to independent directors to familiarize them with the company, their roles, rights, responsibilities in the company, nature of the industry in which the company operates, business model of the company, etc.
  • The details of such training imparted shall be disclosed in the Annual Report.

Question 8.
Distinguish between ‘unitary board’ and ‘two-tier board’. (June 2014, 3 marks)
Answer:
Unitary Board
The unitary board, remains in full control of every aspect of the company’s activities. It initiates action and it is responsible for ensuring that the action which it has initiated is carried out. All the directors, whether executive or outside, share same aims and responsibilities and are on the same platform.

Two-tier Boards
The alternative board model to unitary board is the two-tier board, which was developed in its present form in Germany. A two-tier board fulfils the same basic functions as a unitary board, but it does so through a clear separation between the tasks of monitoring and that of management. The supervisory board (Asfusichtsrat) oversees the direction of the business and the management board (Vorstand) is responsible for the running of the company. The supervisory board controls the management board through appointing its members and through its statutory right to have the final say in major decisions affecting the company. The structure rigorously separates the control function from the management function and members of the one board cannot be members of the other. This separation is enshrined in law and the legal responsibilities of the two sets of board members are different.

Question 9.
Discuss briefly the following:
Chief Executive Officer (CEO). (June 2012, 3 marks)
Answer:
As per Regulation 17(8) of the SEBI (Listing Obligations & Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer shall provide the compliance certificate to the board of directors as specified in Part B of Schedule II.
Compliance Certificate: [See Regulation 17(8)]

The following compliance certificate shall be furnished by chief executive officer and chief financial officer:
A. They have reviewed financial statements and the cash flow statement for the year and that to the best of their knowledge and belief:
(1) these statements do not contain any materially untrue statement or omit any material fact or contain statements that might be misleading;
(2) these statements together present a true and fair view of the listed entity’s affairs and are in compliance with existing accounting standards, applicable laws and regulations.

B. There are, to the best of their knowledge and belief, no transactions entered into by the listed entity during the year which are fraudu.ent, illegal or violative of the listed entity’s code of conduct.

C. They accept responsibility for establishing and maintaining internal controls for financial reporting and that they have evaluated the effectiveness of internal control systems of the listed entity pertaining to financial reporting and they have disclosed to the auditors and the audit committee, deficiencies in the design or operation of such internal controls, if any, of which they are aware and the steps they have taken or propose to take to rectify these deficiencies.

D. They have indicated to the auditors and the Audit committee
(1) significant changes in internal control over financial reporting during the year;
(2) significant changes in accounting policies during the year and that the same have been disclosed in the notes to the financial statements; and
(3) instances of significant fraud of which they have become aware and the involvement therein, if any, of the management or an employee having a significant role in the listed entity’s internal control system over financial reporting.

Board Effectiveness - CS Professional Study Material

Question 10.
The independence of independent directors is one of the most debated aspects in Corporate Governance. Are they liable and can they be punished?” Discuss this statement in the light of available case studies. (Dec 2012, 6 marks)
Answer:
Independent director are invited to sit on the board purely on account of their special skills and expertise in particular field and they represent the conscience of the investing public and also take care of public interest. Independent director bear a fiduciary responsibility towards shareholders and the creditors. Yet, the independence of independent directors is one of the most debated aspects in corporate governance.

In Bhopal Gas tragedy verdict, the Court has held Keshub Mahindra reputed industrialist, the then non executive chairman of Union Carbide India Limited (UCIL) guilty and sentenced him to two years of imprisonment alongwith seven other accused. He attended only a few meetings in a year and took only macro view of the company’s developments. A non-vigilant act of non-executive chairman accounted for death of thousands. “Ignorance” of the system by the director of the company is unacceptable. Role of non-executive director in this case is questionable. Later he was granted bail.

Question 11.
Discuss the barriers to visionary leadership. (Dec 2012, 5 marks)
Answer:
Barriers to Visionary Leadership
1. Time Management: Lack of time to attend meetings read materials and maintain contact with each other in between meetings.
2. Resistance to risk taking: Board leadership must strike a balance between taking chances and maintaining the traditional stewardship role.
3. Strategic Planning: Boards are not involved in strategic planning at all. Therefore, the boards lose an important opportunity to hone exercise visionary leadership skills.
4. Complexity: Board members frequently lack a deep understanding of critical changes; trends and developments that challenge fundamental assumptions about how it defines its work and what success looks like.
5. Micro Management: When board is tempted to micro manage or to meddle in lesser matters an opportunity to provide visionary leadership is lost.
6. Clinging to Tradition: Board often resist change in order to preserve tradition.
7. Confused Roles: Some board assumes that it is the job of the executive director to do the visionary thinking and that the board will sit and wait for direction and inspiration. This lack of clarity can result in boards that do not exercise visionary leadership because they do not think it is their job.
8. Past Habit: Time was when clients, members and consumers would just walk in the door on their own. Viewing things in this way, board did not consider market place pressures or for that matter a competitive market place. All that has changed. Yet for many boards their leadership style has not kept pace with this new awareness.

Question 12.
Discuss briefly the following:
Directors development programme (Dec 2012, 3 marks)
Answer:
Directors Development should not be treated as merely another training schedule rather it should be structured so as to sharpen the existing skills and knowledge of directors. It is good practice for boards to arrange for an ongoing updation of their members with changes in governance, technologies markets, products, and so on through:
1. Ongoing education
2. Site visits
3. Seminars; and
4. Various short term and long term courses.

Question 13.
Discuss briefly the following:
CEO/CFO certification (June 2013, 3 marks)
Answer:
(i) As per Regulation 17(8) of the SEBI (Listing Obligations & Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer shall provide the compliance certificate to the board of directors as specified in Part B of Schedule II. Compliance Certificate: [See Regulation 17(8)]

The following compliance certificate shall be furnished by chief executive officer arid chief financial officer:
A. They have reviewed financial statements and the cash flow statement for the year and that to the best of their knowledge and belief:
(1) these statements do not contain any materially untrue statement or omit any material fact or contain statements that might be misleading;
(2) these statements together present a true and fair view of the . listed entity’s affairs and are in compliance with existing
accounting standards, applicable laws and regulations.

B. There are, to the best of their knowledge and belief, no transactions entered into by the listed entity during the year which are fraudulent, illegal or violative of the listed entity’s code of conduct.

C. They accept responsibility for establishing and maintaining internal controls for financial reporting and that they have evaluated the effectiveness of internal control systems of the listed entity pertaining to financial reporting and they have disclosed to the auditors and the audit committee, deficiencies in the design or operation of such internal controls, if any, of which they are aware and the steps they have taken or propose to take to rectify these deficiencies.

D. They have indicated to the auditors and the Audit committee
(1) significant changes in internal control over financial reporting during the year;
(2) significant changes in accounting policies during the year and that the same have been disclosed in the notes to the financial statements; and
(3) instances of significant fraud of which they have become aware and the involvement therein, if any, of the management or an employee having a significant role in the listed entity’s internal control system over financial reporting.

Question 14.
Discuss briefly the following:
(i) Training of directors (Dec 2013, 3 marks)
Answer:
Training of directors
An important aspect of Board effectiveness would be appropriate attention to development and training of directors on the lines of management development and training. Director induction should be seen as the first step of the board’s continuing improvement. Investing in board development strengthens the board and individual directors. As the Board of Director is primarily responsible for good governance practices, which is quite different from management, it calls for new areas of knowledge and different skills. Training should encompass both a through induction programme and an ongoing training and development opportunities for the board members.

Question 15.
“Women can play a significant role in the Board of directors.” Comment on the rationale for having a woman director on a company’s Board. [Old Syllabus] (June 2014, 4 marks)
Answer:
Although the Constitution of India has granted men and women equal rights, we still find that employment of women is not preferred. Thus, opportunities for women are limited e.g. women are not preferred in Army/Air Force in certain areas like combat field, in flying zones. But today the scenario has changed. You find women employed as pilots flying aircrafts, occupying top posts in many companies be it a manufacturing sector or banking/financial sector. Women have also entered the board rooms of many companies of course in limited way. Our laws also have conferred many privileges or protection or relaxed provisions considering the fact that women are disadvantaged in some ways. In this scenario, Companies Act, 2013 has made a provision for employing women directors on the Boards of certain class of companies and this is a welcome move. Thus article focuses on the issue of representation of women directors on the board and its effect.

It is quite interesting to note certain facts about women directors from the statistics. According to ‘Catalyst’ a non profit research organisation in. America many of the fortune 500 companies which have highest representation of women directors on board have achieved better financial performance than those have less representation of women directors on board. Yes in 45 women held about 17% of the board seats of fortune 500 companies in the year 2012. In UK it is 19%. In Norway it is surprisingly 41 %. In India it is roughly 7% of the directors on listed companies in which is a very dismal percentage. Thrust given by the New Act, 2013 is certainly going to help in improving the representation of women directors on the board.

(Or)

Explain the following:
(ii) Separation of role of Chairman and Chief Executive. (Dec 2014, 3 marks)
Answer:
Separation of Roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer:
It is perceived that separating the roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) increases the effectiveness of a company’s board. This is also provided in the Section 203 of the Companies Act, 2013.
It is the board’s and chairman’s job to monitor and evaluate a company’s performance. A CEO, on the other hand, represents the management team. If the two roles are performed by the same person, then it’s an individual evaluating himself. When the roles are separate, a CEO is far more accountable.

A clear demarcation of the roles and responsibilities of the Chairman of the Board and that of the Managing Director/CEO promotes balance of power. The benefits of separation of roles of Chairman and CEO can be:
1. Director Communication:
A separate chairman provides a more effective channel for the board to express its views on management.

2. Guidance:
A separate chairman can provide the CEO with guidance and feedback orr his/her performance.

3. Shareholders’ Interest:
The chairman can focus on shareholder interests, while the CEO manages the company.

4. Governance:
A separate chairman allows the board to more effectively fulfill its regulatory requirements.

5. Long-Term Outlook:
Separating the position allows the chairman to focus on the long-term strategy while the CEO focuses on short-term profitability.

6. Succession Planning:
A separate chairman can more effectively concentrate on corporate succession plans.

Board Effectiveness - CS Professional Study Material

Question 16.
“Independent directors are known to bring an objective view in Board deliberations. They act as guardians of the interest of all stakeholders, especially in the areas of potential conflicts.” Discuss. (Dec 2014, 4 marks)
Answer:
Independent Directors are known to bring an objective view in board deliberations. They also ensure that there is no dominance of one individual or special interest group or the stifling of healthy .debate. They act as the guardians of the interest of all shareholders and stakeholders, especially in the areas of potential conflict.

Independent Directors bring a valuable outside perspective to the deliberations. They contribute significantly to the decision-making process of the Board. They can bring on objective view to the evaluation of the performance of Board and Management. In addition, they can play an important role in areas where the interest of management, the company and shareholders may diverge such as executive remuneration, succession planning, changes in corporate control, audit function etc.

Independent directors are required because they perform the following important role:

  • Balance the often conflicting interests of the stakeholders.
  • Facilitate withstanding and countering pressures from owners.
  • Fulfill a useful role in succession planning.
  • Act as a coach, mentor and sounding Board for their full time colleagues.
  • Provide independent judgement and wider perspectives.

Question 17.
Discuss and elaborate the following:
(iii) Senior independent directors. [Old Syllabus] (Dec 2014, 3 marks)
Answer:
Senior Independent Directors
The board should appoint one of the independent non-executive directors to be the senior independent director to provide a representing board for the chairman and to serve as an intermediary for the other directors when necessary. The senior independent director should be available to shareholders if they have concerns which contact through the normal channels of chairman, chief executive or other executive directors has failed to resolve or for which such contact is inappropriate. The senior independent director is also expected to attend sufficient meetings with a range of major shareholders to listen to their views in order to help develop a balanced understanding of the issues and concerns of major shareholders.

Question 18.
“When violations occur, the ethics committee should have . ways to identify why they occurred.” Comment. [Old Syllabus] (Dec 2014, 5 marks)
Answer:
When violations occur, the ethics committee should have ways to identify why they occurred. It is also important that lessons learned from prior violations are systematically applied to reduce the chance that similar violations takes place in future.
It is very essential that if any violation occurs, the same be reported and dealt with in a timely manner. Appropriate punishment must be imposed and suitable remediation completed. The ethics committee should ensure that the same rules are applied at all levels of the organization including senior management. The Committee should develop on going monitoring and measurements to evaluate, remedy and continuously improve the organization’s violations detection techniques. If deficiencies are found committee should ensure that improvements and corrections are made as soon as possible. Committee should institute a follow-up plan to verify that corrective or remedial actions have been taken. The committee should establish measurement criteria to monitor and improve violations detection. These measures should be provided to the board on an ongoing basis.

Question 19.
Being the Company Secretary of a large scale company, how will you prepare Board agenda and what are the steps you will follow for circulation of notice and agenda. (June 2015, 5 marks)
Answer:
Board Agenda:
Preparation of Agenda:
The board agenda determines the issues to be discussed. The items for agenda should be collected from heads of all the departments. Secretary may segregate the ones that can be discussed and decided internally and the ones which need to be put up before the Board, in consultation with the Chairman and/or Managing Director and inputs from the CEO.

Any director can request that the chairman include a matter on the board agenda. It is the chairman’s obligation to offer directors the opportunity to suggest items, which cannot be reasonably denied. In the end, it is each director’s responsibility to ensure that the right matters are tabled.

Key success factors for setting the agenda include:

  • Agendas should strike a balance between reviews of past performance and forward-looking issues.
  • Strategic issues require more time for debate so it is a good practice that the allocated discussion time is indicated in the agenda.
  • Some issues will need to be brought to the board several times as projects progress and circumstances develop.

Factors to keep in mind:

  • Care should be taken not to consume too much board time on routine or administrative matters.
  • The agenda should show the amount of time allocated for each item, without unduly restricting discussion.

Circulation of Notice & Agenda:
Notice: Even if meetings have been scheduled in advance, the members of the Board should be adequately and timely sent notice to enable them to plan accordingly.

Agenda:
The agenda should be made available to the Board along with supporting papers at least seven days before the date of the meeting. The mode of circulation of agenda should ensure that all directors receive the agenda notes on time. All the material information should be sent to all Directors simultaneously and in a timely manner to enable them to prepare for the Board Meeting. This would enable the board and especially to non-executive independent directors to promptly prepare for the discussions based on the papers.
A system should exist for seeking and obtaining further information and clarifications on the agenda items before the meeting. Directors, including nominee directors, requiring any clarification before the meeting may be asked to contact the Secretary for additional inputs.

Board Briefing Papers:
Board materials should be summarized and formatted so that board members can readily grasp and focus on the most significant issues in preparation for the board meeting. It is not necessary that more information
means better quality. If relevant and complete information is presented in an orderly manner will be more useful than a bulky set of documents which has. been put together without any order.

The Papers for Board meetings should be:

  • Short.
  • Distributed at least seven business, days before the meeting.
  • Focused and action-oriented.

Question 20.
How can an organisation facilitate visionary Board leadership? (June 2015, 5 marks)
Answer:
According to Frank Martinelli an organisation can facilitate visionary board leadership by identifying the following barriers and removing them:
1. Lack of Time Management: Lack of time to attend meetings, read materials and maintain contact with each other in between meetings. The board members need to organize themselves for maximum effectiveness and avoid wasting time on trivial matters.

2. Resistance to risk taking: In order to be innovative and creative in its decision-making, boards must be willing to take chances, to try new things, to take risks. Success in new venture is never granted. Boards need to acknowledge the tension point and discuss it with fenders and other key supporters. Board leadership must strike a balance between taking chances and maintaining the traditional stewardship role.

3. Lack of Strategic Planning: Strategic planning offers boards an opportunity to think about changes and trends that will have significant impact and develop strategies to respond to challenges. Some boards are not involved in strategic planning at all; others are involved in a superficial way. Therefore, the boards lose an important opportunity to hone/exercise visionary leadership skills.

4. Complexity: Board members frequently lack a deep understanding of critical changes, trends and developments that challenge fundamental assumptions about how it defines its work and what success looks like. This lack of knowledge results in a lack of confidence on the part of the board to act decisively and authoritatively.

5. Micro Management: It is necessary’ that the board focuses its attention on items of critical importance to the organization. If the board is tempted to micro manage or to meddle in lesser matters, an opportunity to provide visionary leadership is lost.

6. Clinging to Tradition: Boards often resist change in order to preserve tradition. However, changing environment requires the Boards to be open to change. Maira and Scott-Morgan in “The Accelerating Organisation” point out that continuous shedding of operating rules is necessary because of changing environmental conditions. But shedding becomes more complicated in systems involving human beings, because their sense of self-worth is attached to many old rules. This human tendency to hold on to the known prevents boards from considering and pursuing new opportunities which conflict with the old rules.

7. Confused Roles: Some boards assume’ that it is the job of the executive director to do the visionary thinking and that the board will sit and wait for direction and inspiration. This lack of clarity can result in boards that do not exercise visionary leadership because they do not think it is their job.

8. Past Habit: Time was when clients, members and consumers would just walk in the door on their own. Viewing things in this way, boards did not consider market place pressures, or for that matter a competitive marketplace. All that has changed, yet for many boards their leadership style has not kept pace with this new awareness.

Board Effectiveness - CS Professional Study Material

Question 21.
(i) Is shadow directpr equally liable with the other directors for obligations of the firm? (Dec 2015, 2 marks)
(v) Briefly explain the legal provisions regarding appointment of women director in a public company. (Dec 2015, 2
Answer:
(i) Shadow Director is a person who is not formally appointed as a director, but in accordance with whose directions or instructions the directors of a company are accustomed to act. This is a concept adopted from English law. However, a person is not a shadow director merely because the directors act on advice given by him in a professional capacity.
(v) Proviso to Section 149(1) read with Rule 3 of Companies (Appointment and Qualification of Directors) Rules, 2014 provides that the following class of companies shall appoint at least one woman director:
(i) Every listed company;
(ii) Every other public company having:
(a) Paid-up share capital of one hundred crore rupees or more; or
(b) Turnover of three hundred crore rupees or more.
Any intermittent vacancy of a woman director shall be filled-up by the board at the earliest but not later than immediate next Board Meeting or three months from the date of such vacancy whichever is later.

Question 22.
Board of Directors of IT Solutions Ltd. conducted its adjourned meeting on a public holiday in the month of October, 2015. The Board Meeting was adjourned due to lack of quorum. Can the articles of association of a company fix such a quorum? (Dec 2015, 5 marks)
Answer:
As per Section 174 (4) of the Act, where a meeting of the board could not be held for want of quorum, then, unless the articles of the company otherwise provide, the meeting shall automatically stand adjourned to the same day at the same time and place in the next weel from if that day is a national holiday, till the next succeeding day, which is not a national holiday, at the same time and place.
Further the Articles of Association of company can stipulate a higher quorum.

Question 23.
Answer the following in brief: (Dec 2016, 2 marks)
(i) Board should have a proper blend of skills for effective and good corporate governance. Explain.
(ii) Which type of a company should have at least one woman director?
(iii) For a successful Board Meeting it is important to have a proper Board agenda. What are the key factors for setting the Board agenda?
Answer:
(i) The Board must possess the necessary blend of qualities, skills, knowledge and experience, to be able to undertake its functions efficiently and effectively. Each of the directors should make quality contribution. A Board should have a mix of the following skills, knowledge and experience:

  • Operational or technical expertise, commitment to establish leadership
  • Financial skills
  • Legal skills
  • Knowledge of Government and regulatory requirement.

(ii) As per Section 149(1) and Rule (3) of Companies (Appointment and Qualification of Directors) Rules, 2014:
(A) every listed company;
(B) every other public company having:
1. paid-up share capital of ₹ 100 crores or more; or
2. turnover of ₹ 300 crore or more shall appoint at least one woman director.
Regulation 17(1)(a) of SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 also provides that the Board of Directors of the Listed Entity shall have at least one woman director,

(iii) Key factors for setting the agenda include:

  • Agendas should strike a balance between reviews of past performance and forward-looking issues.
  • Strategic issues require more time for debate so it is a good practice that the allocated discussion time is indicated in the agenda.
  • Some issues will need to be brought to the board several times as projects progress and circumstances develop.

Question 24.
(i) What are different types of directors on a Corporate Board? (Dec 2016, 5 marks)
(ii) Independent directors bring valuable outside perspective and have objective view in Board deliberations. What are the various roles of an independent director?
Answer:
(i) Different types of directors on a Corporate Board are:

  • Residential Director [Section 149 (3) of Companies Act, 2013]
  • Independent Director [Section 149 (6) of Companies Act, 2013]
  • Small Shareholders Director
  • Woman Director [Section 149 (1) (a) of Companies Act, 2013]
  • Additional Director [Section 161 (1) of Companies Act, 2013]
  • Alternate Director [Section 161 (2) of Companies Act, 2013]
  • Shadow Director
  • Nominee Director
  • Executive Director & Non-Executive Director
  • Executive Director/ Managing Director [Section 2(54) of Companies Act, 2013]
  • Lead Independent Director.

(Or)

(iii) “For the first time in the history of Company Law in India, the Companies Act, 2013 has given statutory recognition to the Secretarial Standards issued by the Institute of Company Secretaries of India.” Discuss. (June 2017, 5 marks)
Answer:
The term ‘Secretarial Standards’ is* defined as an explanation to Section 205(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 to mean Secretarial Standards issued by the Institute of Company Secretaries of India constituted under section 3 of the Company Secretaries Act, 1980 and approved by the Central Government.

Secretarial Standards lay down a set of principles which companies are expected to adopt and adhere to, in discharging their responsibilities. The Secretarial Standards seek to integrate, harmonize and standardize the diverse secretarial practices being followed by various corporates through assimilation of best practices. Secretarial Standards provide a clear direction to complement the laws, which at times have varied interpretations, thereby ensuring that the law is followed both in letter and spirit.

The Institute of Company Secretaries of India (ICSI), recognising the need for integration, hai monisation and standardisation of diverse secretarial practices, has constituted the Secretarial Standards Board (SSB) with the objective of formulating Secretarial Standards.

The Secretarial Standards Board (SSB) formulates Secretarial Standards taking into consideration the applicable laws, business environment and the best secretarial practices prevalent. Secretarial Standards are developed:

  • in a transparent manner;
  • after extensive deliberations, analysis, research; and
  • after taking views of corporates, regulators and the public at large.

Question 25.
(a) Mr. Allen has recently joined Delta Limited as the secretary and has been asked by the Board of Directors to draft the charter of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee for its approval in the BOD meeting. Provide a sample draft which Mr. Allen would be Supplementing to the BOD meeting in the light of provisions of LODR and Companies Act, 2013. (June 2017, 5 marks)
(b) Are there any separate provisions of the meetings of the Independent Directors? If yes, state such provisions and also their rationale. (June 2017, 5 marks)
(c) What are the primary responsibilities of the Chairman for leading the Board and ensuring its effectiveness? (June 5 marks)
Answer:
(a) The charter of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee of Delta Limited may contain information under the following heads:

  • Purpose and Objective
  • Constitution and Organisation
  • Responsibilities
  • Compensation policies including performance related pay and stock options plans and other beneficial plans
  • Nomination of Directors
  • Performance Evaluation and Leadership Development
  • Coordinating with Committees of the Board for good corporate governance
  • Advisors at forums of the organisation
  • Any other responsibilities
  • Meetings and Report- Details regarding meetings to be conducted, quorum, reporting at adequate forums and other disclosures.
  • Compensation of Committee Members.

(b) In accordance with Part VII of Schedule IV of the Companies Act, 2013, the Independent Directors of the company are required to hold at least one Meeting in a financial year, without the attendance of non-independent Directors and members of the management. The meeting shall:
(a) review the performance of non-independent directors and the Board as a whole;
(b) review the performance of the Chairperson of the company, taking into account the views of executive directors and non-executive directors;
(c) assess the quality, quantity and timeliness of flow of information between the company management and the Board that is necessary for the Board to effectively and reasonably perform their duties.
Further, SEBI (LODR) Regulations also mandates the separate meeting of independent directors for all the listed companies. The provisions given in the Companies Act and that in the SEBI (LODR) Regulations regarding separate meeting are same.
These meetings give an opportunity to independent directors for exchanging valuable views on the issues to be raised at the Board Meetings. Such meetings are chaired by the senior/ lead independent director.

(c) The Chairman’s primary responsibility is for leading the Board and ensuring its effectiveness.
1. Being chairman of the board, he/she is expected to act as the company’s leading representative which will involve the presentation of the company’s aims and policies to the outside world;
2. to take the chair at general meetings and at board meetings. With regard to the latter this will involve;
3. the determination of the order of the agenda;
4. ensuring that the board receives proper information;
5. keeping track of the contribution of individual directors and ensuring that they are all involved in discussions and decision making. At all meetings the chairman should direct discussions towards the emergence of a consensus view and sum up discussions so that everyone understands what has been agreed;
6. to take a leading role in determining the composition and structure of the board. This will involve regular reviews of the overall size of the board, the balance between executive and non-executive directors and the balance of age, experience and personality of the directors (diversity).

The chairman is responsible for leadership of the board, ensuring its effectiveness on all aspects of its role and setting its agenda. The chairman is also responsible for ensuring that the directors receive accurate, timely and clear information. The chairman should ensure effective communication with shareholders. The chairman should also facilitate the effective contribution of non-executive directors in particular and ensure constructive relations between executive and non-executive directors.

Board Effectiveness - CS Professional Study Material

Question 26.
A meeting of Board of Directors is to be held to review the financial performance of the company as well as declaration of dividend. Draft a notice and agenda of this meeting to be circulated to the Board of Directors in accordance with the relevant provisions of Companies Act, 2013. (June 2017, 5 marks)
Answer:
XYV Co. Ltd. New Delhi
Notice of ___________ (Serial Number of Meeting) Board Meeting 12th June, 2017
The ___________ (Serial Number of Meeting) meeting of the Board of Directors will be held on ___________ (Day) the 22nd day of June 2017 at Meeting Lounge of the registered office of the Company situated at ___________ (Complete Address) at 10:00 am. All directors are hereby requested to kindly make it convenient to attend the same.

The agenda for the meeting are as follows:

  • To elect a Chairman of the meeting (if applicable);
  • To grant leave of absence to Directors not present at the Meeting;
  • To take note of the minutes of the previous meeting;
  • To note the action taken in respect to earlier decisions of the Board;
  • To note the minutes of meetings of Board’s Committee(s);
  • To discuss the financial performance and decide on dividend declaration;
  • Any other matter, with the permission of the Chairman and majority of directors.

Annexure:
(a) Audited financial statements of last three quarters
(b) Copy of minutes of last meeting
(c) Action Taken Report (ATR) as received from the Administrative Division
(d) Resolution on dividend policy and report on dividend payment and declaration of the company of last three financial years
(e) Copy of minutes of the meeting of Audit Committee, Investment Committee, Remuneration Committee and Research Committee.
Sd/-
Company Secretary

Sd/-
Chairman, Board of Directors

Question 27.
Answer the following:
Should there be an induction programme for Directors? Discuss. (Dec 2017, 2 marks)
Answer:
An induction programme should be available to enable new directors to gain an understanding of:

  • the company’s financial, strategic, operational and risk management position
  • the rights, duties and responsibilities of the directors
  • the roles and responsibilities of senior executives
  • the role of board committees.

Question 28.
“Board and executive leaders need to work together based on mutual respect, trust and commitment”. In the light of this statement discuss in brief the relationship between the Board and Executive Management. (June 2018, 5 marks)
Answer:
Board and executive leadership need to work together based on mutual respect, trust and commitment. A board provides counsel to management and should not get involved in the day-to-day affairs of the organization. Clear expectations for ‘<ie board and the director need to be established and maintained, because a board that is overly active in management can inhibit the organization’s effectiveness.

The Executive Management can help the board govern more and manage less by adopting the following three methods:
(1) Use a comprehensive strategic plan that has been developed in conjunction with the board, and supplement it with regular progress reports.
(2) Provide the board with relevant materials before board meetings, and explain why the materials are coming to the attention of the board.
(3) Facilitate board and board committee discussions so that the board stays focused on the larger issues.

(Or)
(i) You have been appointed as a Company Secretary of a Company. What would you ensure to comply with the provisions of Companies Act, 2013 regarding Quorum for Board Meeting? Narrate the Decision Making Process at Board as enunciated in the Act. (Dec 2018, 5 marks)
(ii) Describe the key role of Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and the benefits of separation of roles of Chairman and the CEO. (5 marks)
Answer:
(i) Quorum for a Board Meeting:
As per Section 174 of the Companies Act, 2013 and as per Secretarial Standard on Meetings of the Board of Directors (SS-1) provides that one third of total strength or two directors, whichever is higher, shall be the quorum for a meeting. If due to resignations or removal of director(s), the number of directors of the company is reduced below the quorum as fixed by the Articles of Association of the company, then, the continuing Directors may act for the purpose of increasing the number of Directors to that required fer the quorum or for summoning a general meeting of the Company. It shall not act for any other purpose.

For the purpose of determining the quorum, the participation by a director through Video Conferencing or other audio visual means shall also be counted. If at any time the number of interested directors exceeds or is equal to two-thirds of the total strength of the Board of directors, then number of directors who are not interested and present at the meeting, being not less than two shall be the quorum during such time.

The meeting shall be adjourned due to want of quorum, unless the articles provide shall be held to the same day at the same time and place in the next week or if the day is National Holiday, the next working day at the same time and place.

Decision making process at the Board Meeting:

  • The Chairman and/or Managing Director should explain the proposal put up before the Board, the background and the expectation of the proposal in the short as well as the long-term to contribute to the growth of the company. If needed, a presentation may be made by the executive concerned for easing the considerations and discussions of the Board as they tend to highlight the key elements within the written data.
  • The criticality and viability of the proposal should be explained and their views should be elicited from all angles.
  • The Board could then deliberate all these issues and come to a decision.

(ii) Chief Executive Officer:
As per Section 2(18) of the Companies Act, 2013, “Chief Executive Officer” means an officer of a company, who has been designated as such by it.
The Board appoints the CEO based on the criterion of his capability and competence to manage the company effectively. His main responsibilities include developing and implementing high-level strategies, making major corporate decisions, managing the overall operations and resources of a company, and acting as the main point of communication between the board of directors and the corporate operations.

The most important skill of a CEO is to think strategically. His key role is leading the long term strategy and its implementation, it further includes:

  • Developing the implementation plan of the actions, planned to meet the competition and keeping in mind the long term existence of the company.
  • Adequate control systems.
  • Monitoring the operating and financial outcomes against the set plan.
  • Remedial action.
  • Keeping the Board informed.

Separation of role of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer The first proviso of Section 203(1) of Companies Act, 2013 states that an individual shall not be appointed or reappointed as the chairperson of the company, in pursuance of the articles of the company, as well as the managing director or Chief Executive Officer of the company at the same time after the date of commencement of this Act unless, (a) the articles of such a company provide otherwise; or (b) the company does not carry multiple businesses.

It is perceived that separating the roles of chairman and chief executive officer (CEO) increases the effectiveness of a company’s board. It is the board’s and chairman’s job to monitor and evaluate a company’s performance. A CEO, on the other hand, represents the management team. If the two roles are performed by the same person, then it’s an individual evaluating himself. When the roles are separate, a CEO is far more accountable.
A clear demarcation of the roles and responsibilities of the chairman of the Board and that of the Managing Director/CEO promotes balance of power.

The benefits of separation of roles of Chairman and CEO can be:
Direct Communication :
A separate chairman provides a more effective channel for the board to express its views on management.

Guidance:
A separate chairman can provide the CEO with guidance and feedback on his/her performance.

Shareholders’ interest:
The chairman can focus on shareholder interests, while the CEO manages the company.

Governance:
A separate chairman allows the board to function more effectively and fulfill its regulatory requirements.

Long – Term Outlook:
Separating the position allows the chairman to focus on the long – term strategy while the CEO focuses on short – term profitability.

Succession Planning :
A separate chairman can more effectively concentrate on corporate succession plans.

Question 29.
What are qualifications of an Independent Director (ID)? Describe provisions under Companies Act, 2013 about separate meetings of Independent Directors (IDs). (Dec 2018, 5 marks)
Answer:
Qualification of an Independent Director
Section 149(6) of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 5 of Companies (Appointment and Qualification of Directors) Rules, 2014 provides that an independent director shall possess appropriate skills, experience and knowledge in one or more fields of finance, law, management, sales, marketing, administration, research, corporate governance, technical operations or other disciplines related to the company’s business. Separate meetings of the Independent Directors Schedule IV of the Companies Act, 2013 provides the following regarding separate meeting of the Independent Directors:
(i) The independent directors of the company shall hold at least one meeting in a year, in absence of non-independent directors and members of management.
(ii) All the independent directors of the company shall strive to be present at such meeting.
(iii) The meeting shall:
a. review the performance of non-independent directors and the Board as a whole;
b. review the performance of the Chairperson of the company, taking
into account the views of executive directors and non-executive directors;
c. assess the quality, quantity and timeliness of flow of information between the company management and the Board that is necessary for the Board to effectively and reasonably perform their duties.
Answer:
The term “Pecuniary relationship” as provided in section 149(6)(c) of the Companies Act, 2013 does not include receipt of remuneration, from one or more companies, by way of fee provided under sub-section (5) of section 197, reimbursement of expenses for participation in the Board and other meetings and profit related commission approved by the members, in accordance with the provisions of the Act.
Hence, receipt of sitting fees would not be considered as pecuniary interest while considering his appointment in the holding company, subsidiary company or associate company of such company.

Board Effectiveness - CS Professional Study Material

Question 30.
(i) In Pramod Ltd., vacancy of an independent director arose on 15th June, 2014. In the Board Meeting held on 14th October, 2014, the Board of Directors unanimously passed a resolution to appoint one of the nominee directors as an independent director for next two consecutive terms. Enumerate the selection criteria of an independent director. (5 marks)
(ii) Pawan, carrying 5.23% shares of Combo Ltd., a listed company, was offered directorship in the company. What will be the consequences of accepting the offer on his holdings? (Dec 2015, 5 marks)
Answer:
(i) “Independent Director5’ means a Non-Executive Director, other than a Nominee Director who fulfils the following criteria:
(i) who, in the opinion of the board of directors, is a person of integrity and possesses relevant expertise and experience;
(ii) who is or was not a promoter of the listed entity or its holding, subsidiary or associate company or member of the promoter group of the listed entity;
(iii) who is not related to promoters or directors in the listed entity, its holding, subsidiary or associate company;
(iv) who, apart from receiving director’s remuneration, has or had no material pecuniary relationship with the listed entity, its holding, subsidiary or associate company, or their promoters, or directors, during the three immediately preceding financial years or during the current financial year;

(v) none of whose relatives:
(A) is holding securities of or interest in the listed entity, its holding, subsidiary or associate company during the three immediately preceding financial years or during the current financial year of face value in excess of fifty lakh rupees or two percent of the paid-up capital of the listed entity, its holding, subsidiary or associate company, respectively, or such higher sum as may be specified;
(B) is indebted to the listed entity, its holding, subsidiary or associate company or their promoters or directors, in excess of such amount as may be specified during the three immediately preceding financial years or during the current financial year;
(C) has given a guarantee or provided any security in connection with the indebtedness of any third person to the listed entity, its holding, subsidiary or associate company or their promoters or directors, for such amount as may be specified during the three immediately preceding financial years or during the current financial year; or
(D) has any other pecuniary transaction or relationship with the listed entity, its holding, subsidiary or associate company amounting to two percent or more of its gross turnover or total income. However, the pecuniary relationship or transaction with the listed entity, its holding, subsidiary or associate company or their promoters, or directors in relation to points
(A) to (D) above shall not exceed two percent of its gross turnover or total income or fifty lakh rupees or such higher amount as may be specified from time to time, whichever is lower.

(vi) who, neither himself /herself, nor whose relative(s):
(A) holds or has held the position of a key managerial personnel or is or has been an employee of the listed entity or its holding, subsidiary or associate company or any company belonging to the promoter group of the listed entity, in any of the three financial years immediately preceding the financial, year in which he is proposed to be appointed. However, in case of a relative, who is an employee other than key managerial personnel, the restriction under this clause shall not apply for his / her employment.

(B) is or has been an employee or proprietor or a partner, in any of the three financial years immediately preceding the financial year in which he is proposed to be appointed, of
(1) a firm of auditors or company secretaries in practice or cost auditors of the listed entity or its holding, subsidiary or associate company; or
(2) any legal or a consulting firm that has or had any transaction with the listed entity, its holding, subsidiary or associate company amounting to ten per cent or more of the gross turnover of such firm;

(C) holds together with his relatives two per. cent or more of the total voting power of the listed entity; or

(D) is a chief executive or director, by whatever name called, of any non-profit organisation that receives twenty-five per cent or more of its receipts or corpus from the listed entity, any of its promoters, directors or its holding, subsidiary or associate company or that holds two per cent or more of the total voting power of the listed entity;

(E) is a material supplier, service provider or customer or a lessor or lessee of the listed entity;
(vii) who is not less than 21 years of age.
(viii) who is not a non-independent director of another company on the board of which any non-independent director of the listed entity is an independent director:
Explanation- In case of a ‘high value debt listed entity’:
(a) which is a body corporate, mandated to constitute its board of directors in a specific manner in accordance with the law under which it is established, the non- executive directors on its board shall be treated as independent directors;
(b) which is a Trust, mandated to constitute its ‘board of trustees’ in accordance with the law under which it is established, the non-employee trustees on its board shall be treated as independent directors.
(iii) A company can appoint a maximum of 15 directors. It is possible for a company to increase the number of directors beyond 15 by passing a special resolution to this effect. Moreover, one of the directors of the company must be resident in India, that is, he must have stayed in India for a period of not less than 182 days in the previous calender year.
A person who is intended to become a director must apply to the Registrar for obtaining a Director Identification Number (DIN) in Form No. DIR-3. The prospective director should give a declaration to the company that he holds a DIN and is not otherwise disqualified to become a director. A person who has been appointed as a director must notify the company about his consent to act as director in Form No. DIR – 2 and to the Registrar within thirty days of appointment in Form No. DIR -12.

Alternate Answer:
According to Section 184 of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule 9 of the Companies (Meetings of Board and its Powers) Rules, 2014, every Director shall at the first meeting of the Board in which he participates as a Director and thereafter at the first meeting of the Board in every financial year or whenever there is any change in the disclosures already made, then at the first Board Meeting held after such change, disclose his concern or interest in any company or companies or bodies corporate, firms, or other association of individuals which shall include the shareholding, by giving a notice in writing in Form MBP 1.
Regulation 7(1) (b) of SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015 provides that every person on appointment as a key Managerial Personnel or a Director of the Company or upon becoming a promoter shall disclose his holding of securities of the company as on the date of appointment or becoming a promoter, to the company within seven days of such appointment or becoming a promoter.
Thus, Mr. Pawan shall disclose his shareholding under above laws and regulations in the Combo Ltd. on accepting the offer of Directorship.

Question 31.
Ayesha Ltd. is engaged in managing events. A Board meeting is recently held at the head office of the company to expand its business operations to new areas. As a Company Secretary of the company, you are required to prepare minutes of this Board meeting. (June 2016, 5 marks)
Answer:
Specimen Minutes of a Board Meeting:
Minutes of the ___________ Meeting of the Board of Directors of ___________ (Company Name) held on ___________ (Day), ___________ (Date, Month and Year), at ___________ (Venue) from ___________ (Time of Commencement) till ___________ (Time of Conclusion)
PRESENT:
A.B. Chairman
C.D. Directors
E. F.I.J.K.L. Managing Director

IN ATTENDANCE:
X …………….. Secretary

INVITEES:
Y ……… Chief Financial Officer
Z ………. Designation and Organisation
1. Chairman for the Meeting:
Mr/Ms …….. was elected as the Chairman for the Meeting.

2. Leave of absence:
Leave of absence from attending the Meeting was granted to Mr. M.N. and Mr. O.P. who expressed their inability to attend the Meeting owing to their preoccupation.

3. Quorum:
The business before the Meeting was taken up after having established that the requisite quorum was present.

4. Minutes of the previous Board Meeting:
The Minutes of the ……………. Meeting of the Board of Directors of the company held on ………., as circulated, were noted by the Board and signed by the Chairman.

5. Minutes of the Committee Meetings:
The Minutes of the ……………. Meeting of the …………………… Committee held on ……….. as circulated, were noted by the Board.

6. Resolution passed by circulation since the last Meeting:
The following Resolution was passed by circulation on (date of passing of the Resolution) in terms of the provisions of Section 175 of the Companies Act, 2013. “RESOLVED THAT ……………………………………………… ”
Mr ……………… Director dissented on the Resolution.

7. Action Taken Report:
The following action taken was noted by the Board: Item No. Item Action Taken.

8. Register of contracts:
The Register of Contracts in which Directors are interested under Section 189 of the Companies Act, 2013 and the Rules thereunder was signed by all the Directors present.

9. Notices of Disclosure of Interest of Directors:
(a) The following Notices received from the Directors of the company, notifying their interest in other bodies corporate pursuant to the provisions of Section 184 of the Companies Act, 2013, were read and recorded: Name of the Director, Nature of Interest, Date of Notice.
(b) A Notice dated ……………… received from Mr. I.J. pursuant to the provisions of Section 170 of the Companies Act, 2013, disclosing his shareholding and the shareholding of Mrs. I.J. in the company was read and recorded.

10. Expansion of business operations in new areas:
The Chairman informed the Board that it was proposed to expand business operations in other states like ___________. The matter was discussed in this connection and it was decided to expand operations in ___________.

11. Conclusion of the Meeting:
There being no other business, the Meeting concluded with a vote of thanks to the Chair.
………… Chairman
Date ………….
Place ……………
Entered on
(to be initialled by the Company Secretary)

Board Effectiveness - CS Professional Study Material

Question 32.
(c) A meeting of Board of Directors of Ashoka Business Corporation Ltd. is held on 30th June, 2017 at its registered office, .1, Ashoka Marg New Delhi, in which board considered and approved company’s financial statement for the F/Y ending 31s1 March, 2017 and made declaration of 20% dividends on its equity shares. You being the Company Secretary, draft the minutes of Board Meeting. (Dec 2017, 5 marks)
Answer:
Minutes of the ___________ (Serial Number of the Meeting) Meeting of the Board of Directors of Ashoka Business Corporation Ltd., held on Friday, the 30th June 2017 at ___________ (Time of Commencement) at Registered Office of the Company i.e. 1, Ashoka Marg, New Delhi.

PRESENT:
A Chairman
B Director
C Director
E Managing Director

IN ATTENDANCE:
X Company Secretary

INVITEES:
Y Chief Financial Officer
1. Chairman for the Meeting
Mr A being the Chairman of the Board chaired the Meeting.

2. Leave of absence
Leave of absence from attending the Meeting was granted to ………… and ………… who expressed their inability to attend the Meeting to the
Company Secretary owing to their preoccupation.

3. Quorum
The business before the Meeting was taken up after having established that the requisite quorum was present.

4. Minutes of the previous Board Meeting
The Minutes of the ……….. Meeting of the Board of Directors of the company held on at as circulated along with the agenda, were noted by the Board.

5. Minutes of the Committee Meetings
The Minutes of the …………….. Meeting of the …………….. Committee(s) held on ……………… as circulated along with the agenda, were noted by the Board.

6. Financial Statements
The draft balance sheet as at 31st March, 2017, the statement of profit and loss for the year ended 31st March, 2017 and the cash flow statement for the year ended 31st March, 2017 of the Company were placed before the Board for its approval.
Mr. Y made a detailed presentation to the Board on the financial statements. The Chairman of the Audit Committee confirms that there were no adverse remarks/observations of auditor on financial statements.
The Board, after discussion, passed the following Resolution: “RESOLVED THAT pursuant to the provisions of Section 134 of the Companies Act, 2013, the Financial Statements for the year ended 31sl March, 2017 comprising the Balance Sheet as at 31st March, 2017. Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended 31st March, 2017 alongwith the Notes to the Financial Statements and Cash Flow Statement derived from the Financial Statement for the year ended 31st March, 2017, as recommended by the Audit Committee at its meeting
held on ………………. ; May 2017 be and are hereby approved.
RESOLVED FURTHER THAT the Balance Sheet as at 31st March, 2017, the Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended 31st March, 2017 and the Cash Flow Statement derived from the Accounts for the year ended 31st March, 2017 be and are hereby signed on behalf of the
Board by Mr. ___________ (DIN:), Director, Mr. ___________ Managing
Director (DIN:), Mr. ___________, Chief Financial Officer and Mr. ___________, Company Secretary.”
The meeting was adjourned for receipt of Auditors’ Report. Thereafter, the Statutory Auditor submitted his report on the Financial Statement for the year ended 31st March, 2017 and the meeting resumed. The Board noted thatthere were no qualification/adverse remarks in the said Report and after deliberation passed the following Resolution:
“RESOLVED THAT the Annual Financial Statements of the Company for the year ended 31st March, 2017, as approved by the Board and the Auditors’ Reports thereon, be presented to the shareholders for adoption.”

7. Dividend
The payment of Dividend for the year ending 31s1 March, 2017 was considered on the basis of the audited Financial Statements of the company for the period from 1st April, 2016 to 31st March, 2017. The Directors opined that there were adequate profits/free reserves to permit payment of Dividend.

The Board, after discussion, recommended payment of final dividend @ 20% per equity share and passed the following Resolution: “RESOLVED THAT pursuant to the provisions of Section 123 of the Companies Act, 2013 and the rules made thereunder, final Dividend @ 20% amounting to ₹ ………… per equity share is and hereby recommended to be paid on all equity shares, out of the profits of the company for the year ending 31s’ March, 2017, after providing for depreciation in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, whose names appear in the Register of members of the company on the ………… of …………. (date).
RESOLVED FURTHER THAT the transfer books and the Register of Members be closed from the ……. of ………… to the ………….. of (dates), both days inclusive, for the purpose of payment of such dividend. RESOLVED FURTHER that the Dividend Distribution Tax shall be borne by the Company.”

8. Opening of a Bank Account for payment of Dividend
The Board passed the following resolution for opening a bank account for the purpose of payment of Dividend:
“RESOLVED THAT a Bank Account be opened in the name and style of ‘Ashoka Business Corporation Ltd. – Dividend’ (Bank Account) with the for payment of Dividend for the financial year ending 31st March, 2017.
RESOLVED FURTHER THAT the said Bank be and is hereby authorised to honour cheques/bank advices etc. drawn, accepted or made on behalf of the company and to act on any instruction(s) so given concerning the said Account by any two of the following signatories:
RESOLVED FURTHER THAT the said Bank be and is hereby authorised to change the name and style of the Bank Account to ‘Ashoka

Business Corporation Ltd. – Unpaid ‘Dividend ’on and from RESOLVED FURTHER THAT the authorised signatories be and are hereby authorised, in the manner stated above, to give instructions to the said Bank to close the Bank Account on disbursement of the Dividend.
RESOLVED FURTHER THAT the authorised signatories be and are hereby authorised, in the manner stated above, to sign and execute such documents, letters etc., as may be required by the said Bank.”

9. Conclusion of the Meeting
There being no other business, the Meeting concluded at ………… (Time) with a vote of thanks to the Chair.
……………… Chairman
Date ……………..
Place ……………
Entered on
(to be initialled by the Company Secretary)

Question 33.
RST Ltd. recently issued the Equity Shares on basis of right issue. Due to this, the paid-up capital of the Company has been increased from ₹ 7.5 crore to ₹ 15 crore. The Company Secretary in the Board Meeting put up the proposal for constitution of various committees including Audit Committee and Nomination & Remuneration Committee. All members of the Committee were proposed to be Independent Directors. In the scope of Nomination & Remuneration Committee, it was inter-alia added that the Committee shall also evaluate the performance of Chairman & Managing Director (CMD) of the company. The Directors present in the Board meeting strictly objected on the said proposal. CMD has also expressed dissent on the proposal.
In view of this, check the validity of the proposal of the Company Secretary. (Dec 2019, 5 marks)
Answer:
As per rule 6 of the Companies (Meeting of Board and its power) Rules, 2014 read with rule 4 of the Companies (Appointment and qualification of Directors) Rule 2014, every listed company or public company having :
(i) Paid up capital of ₹ 10 crore or more or
(ii) Turnover of ₹ 100 Crore or more or
(iii) Aggregate outstanding loan, debenture and deposit exceeding ₹ 50 Crore Shall constitute the Audit Committee and Nomination and Remuneration Committee.
Further, as per section 178 of the Companies Act, 2013 Nomination and Remuneration Committee shall have at least three members out of which not less than one half shall be Independent Director.
Section 178 (2) of the Companies Act, 2013 stipulates that the Nomination and Remuneration Committee shall identify persons who are qualified to become directors and who may be appointed in senior management in accordance with the criteria laid down, recommend to the Board their appointment and removal and shall specify the manner for effective evaluation of performance of Board, its committees and individual directors to be carried out either by the Board, by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee or by an independent external agency and review its implementation and compliance.
The performance of the Chairperson is linked to both the functioning of the Board as a whole as well as the performance of each director. The Nomination and Remuneration Committee provides that the Independent Director should review the performance of the Chairperson of the company taking into account the views of the executive directors and non-executive directors.
In view of this, the proposal of the Company Secretary is valid as per the law.

Question 34.
Rakesh is the Managing Director of ABC Co. Ltd., a listed company having its registered office in Bangalore. In December, 2018 an allegation of the Managing Director’s immediate family members and Alfa Co. Ltd. which got a ₹ 1,000 crore contract from ABC Co. Ltd. entering into a quid pro quo deal surfaced in the public domain. The matter was personally enquired by the Chairman of the Board of Directors and nothing improper was found. In March, 2019 another complaint from an anonymous “Whistle Blower” was received alleging non-adherence to code to conduct, conflict of interest and quid pro quo by the Managing Director while dealing “with certain customers.”
The allegations were refused by the Board of Directors of ABC Co. Ltd. as “being malicious and baseless” but when the controversy started getting blown out of proportion the company stated in a regulatory filing that its Board had decided to institute an independent enquiry in the matter and pending such enquiry, the Managing Director had been asked to go on leave. The enquiry revealed that Rakesh did not make proper disclosure about his family links with the corporate customer to the Board. It also transpired that Rakesh gave scant respect to “conflict of interest and due disclosure or recusal requirements” while awarding contracts to Alfa Co. Ltd. with which his close family members had business interests. Upon the findings of the enquiry being made public, Rakesh resigned and the company stated that it will treat his resignation as “termination for cause” and will also stop payments of unpaid benefits due to him.
In the background of the aforesaid case, answer the following questions:
(a) How, if so, has Rakesh failed to discharge his duties as a director of ABC Co. Ltd.? Which regulations of the SEBI LODR have been breached by him?
(b) State the characteristics of an effective Board of Directors.
(c) Analyze the performance of the Board of Directors in handling the complaints against Rakesh, the Managing Director of ABC Co. Ltd.
(d) Discuss the principles for Corporate Governance in order to improve the
practices followed by ABC Co. Ltd. to prevent such situations from recurring. (Dec 2020, 5 marks each)
Answer:
(a) The directors of a company are required to act in the best interest of the company since they occupy a position of trust and owe a fiduciary duty to the shareholders of the company.
Under section 166 of the Companies Act, 2013 the duties of the directors include:
(a) duty to exercise his duties with due and reasonable care, skill and diligence and to exercise independent judgment.
(b) not to involve in a situation in which he may have a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interest of the company.
(c) not to achieve or attempt to achieve any undue gain or advantage either to himself or to his relatives, partners, or associates and if such director is found guilty of making any undue gain, he shall be liable to pay an amount equal to that gain to the company.
In the instant case Rakesh has failed to disclose the business interest of his immediate family member have with Alfa Co. Ltd. which has business relations with ABC Co. Ltd. And had been given contract worth ₹ 1000 crores. Thus Rakesh has violated the provisions of section 166 of the Companies Act, 2013 in discharge of his duties. Further Rakesh should have made disclosure of his interest as per section 184 of the Companies Act, 2013.
Regulation 4(2)(f) of the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 contains the responsibilities of the board of directors of a listed entity.

As regards, disclosure of information, it states the following:
Disclosure of information:
(1) Members of board of directors and key managerial personnel shall disclose to the board of directors whether they, directly, indirectly, or on behalf of third parties, have a material interest in any transaction or matter directly affecting the listed entity.
(2) The board of directors and senior management shall conduct themselves so as to meet the expectations of operational transparency to stakeholders while at the same time maintaining confidentiality of information in order to foster a culture of good decision-making.
Thus in view of the above Rakesh has breached the provisions of Regulation 4 of the SEBI (LODR) Regulations, 2015.

(b) The role of the board of directors in a company is to provide entrepreneurial leadership to the company. An effective board defines the purpose and then sets a strategy to achieve it shapes its culture and the way it conducts its business.

Following are the main characteristic of an effective board of directors:
(i) It should have a judicious mix of internal and independent directors with a variety of experience and core competence. The majority of the board of directors should be independent from the organization.
(ii) It should have a set of required competencies articulated for the board and committees, and current board members should as a whole display the entire set of required competencies.
(iii) It should have a board manual that articulates terms of reference for the board, board committees, individual directors, and the code of conduct? It should have a forward list of topics for the year.
(iv) At least one member of the board should have extensive experience in the industry of the organization.
(v) Each director should get a comprehensive orientation on the business of the organization and meet key senior staff before the first board meeting.
(vi) Directors should be offered continuing education in governance or a program of director certification.
(vii) Each director should display a keen interest or passion in the undertaking of the organization.
(viii) Directors should regularly attend both board and committee meetings.
(ix) Directors should been couraged and supported when asking difficult or awkward questions of management.
(x) The Chairman should solicit views from each director specifically.
(xi) The Chairman should ask board members to refrain from expressing their personal views at the outset of a discussion.
(xii) The Chair should manage the timing of the board meetings to ensure there is sufficient time for discussion after each topic addressed by management.
(xiii) The board should regularly have outside experts to advice on specific topics.
(xiv) The board should have an in-camera meeting both before and after each board meeting.
(xv) The board should retain an independent consultant to help evaluate director and board performance.
(xvi) At the beginning of a board meeting, the committee chairman should have an opportunity to summarize (verbally or in writing) the issues addressed and decisions taken at prior committee meetings.
(xvii) The board should have an effective system to provide board members with timely, relevant and reliable financial and strategic information about the organization.
(xviii) The board should review the risk identification and management system of the organization.
(xix) The board should approve the business plan and major expenditures.
(xx) The board should work with the CEO and senior staff to develop and review the strategic plan.

(c) It has been stated that initially the Chairman had enquired into the matter personally and had found nothing improper. However, this seems more of an opinion rather than based on any detailed enquiry. Thereafter when another complaint was received, the Board simply refuted the matter citing it as “malicious and baseless”.

The approach of the board in rejecting the allegations as “malicious and baseless” without conducting any enquiry into the matter raises serious questions on its functioning. Instead of addressing the concerns raised the board tried to sweep the matter under the carpet. The board should have tried to reassure the stakeholders immediately by taking steps to conduct an investigation into the matter to set the matter right. A voluntary investigation carried on behalf of the board would have increased the reputation of the board. The board could then have taken steps to protect the interest of the company. Only when the matter went out of hand, the Board decided to institute an independent enquiry. Later it was found that Rakesh had not followed the dictum of law.
Thus, overall the performance of the Board in handling the compliant against Rakesh doesn’t seem satisfactory. The Board should have acted proactively in the interest of the stakeholders.

(d) To improve its functioning and efficiency, ABC Co. Ltd. should align its corporate governance practices with the board principles for corporate governance by listed entities as given below:
(i) The company should ensure timely and accurate disclosure of all material matters including the financial position, performance, ownership and governance of the company.
(ii) The responsibilities of the board of directors should be clearly defined.
(iii) The board of directors shall lay down a code of conduct for all members of board of directors and senior management of the listed entity.
(iv) All members of the board of directors and senior management personnel shall affirm compliance with the code of conduct of board of directors and senior management on an annual basis.
(v) The Board should monitor and manage potential conflicts of interest of management, members of the board of directors and shareholders, including misuse of corporate assets and abuse in related party transactions.
(vi) The board of directors shall exercise objective independent judgement on corporate affairs.
(vii) The board of directors shall consider assigning a sufficient number of non-executive members of the board of directors capable of exercising independent judgement to tasks where there is a potential for conflict of interest.
(viii) Members Of the board of directors shall act on a fully informed basis, in good faith, with due diligence and care, and in the best interest of the listed entity and the shareholders.
(ix) The board of directors shall set a corporate culture and the values . by which executives throughout a group shall behave.
(x) The board of directors shall maintain high ethical standards and shall take into account the interests of stakeholders.

(Or)
(i) KLIP Travels Ltd. (KLIP) is a BSE listed company in the travel industry. Arun Kumar is the Chairperson of KLIP. There has been a major re-shuffle in the composition of the Board of Directors of KLIP with several old directors retiring and many new individuals inducted as directors. The Chairperson of the company, Arun, is keen to give an Induction kit to the newly inducted members on the Board but is unsure of its contents. As the Company Secretary of KLIP, prepare the induction kit. (Dec 2020, 5 marks)
Answer:
An induction kit to new directors which contain the following:

  • Memorandum and Articles of Association with a summary of most important provisions
  • Brief history of the company
  • Current business plan, market analysis and budgets
  • All relevant policies and procedures, such as a policy for obtaining independent professional advice for directors;
  • Protocol, procedures and dress code for Board meetings, general meetings, staff social events, site visits etc including the involvement of partners;
  • Press releases in the last one year
  • Copies of recent press cuttings and articles concerning the company
  • Annual report for last three years
  • Notes on agenda and Minutes of last six Board meetings
  • Board’s meeting schedule and Board committee meeting schedule
  • Description of Board procedures.

Question 35.
(d) SBL Limited is an unlisted public company having paid-up share capital of ₹ 10 crores and turnover of ₹ 300 crores. The Board of directors comprise of one nominee director, five non-executive directors, two non-resident directors and one managing director. Is the composition of the Board of directors valid? Answer with reasons. (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
Rule 3 of Companies (Appointment and Qualification of Directors) Rules, 2014 prescribes that the following class of companies shall appoint at least one women director:

  • Every listed company; and
  • Every public company having paid-up share capital of one hundred crore rupees or more; or
  • Every public company having turnover of three hundred crore rupees or more.

Further, Rule 4 of Companies (Appointment and Qualification of Directors) Rules, 2014 prescribes the following class of companies shall have at least two independent directors:

  • Public Companies having paid-up share capital of 10 crore rupees or more; or
  • Public Companies having turnover of 100 crore rupees or more; or
  • Public Companies which have, in aggregate, outstanding loans, debentures and deposits, exceeding 50 crore rupees.

Section 149(6) of the Companies Act, 2013 specifically excluded nominee director from being considered as Independent. Hence, nominee director cannot be treated as an independent Director.
In view of above legal provisions, the present composition of Board of Directors is not in compliance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 as the Company satisfying the threshold criteria given above should have atleast:

  • Two Independent directors, and
  • One Women director.

Hence, it should appoint atleast two independent directors and one women director.

(Or)

(i) You are the company secretary of Q Ltd. a listed company. The Chairman of the Board of Directors of Q Ltd. is concerned that the CEO of the company will be reaching his retirement age in a couple of years. He is vaguely aware that the company has a succession planning policy in place, but seeks your advice on the nature and best practices for succession planning. (Dec 2021, 5 marks)
Answer:
Board succession planning is an ongoing process linked closely to a company’s strategy. It is essential for good governance, as it sets the stage for board engagement, performance and effective leadership. Succession plans address the inevitable changes that occur when directors resign, retire or die. It helps ensure the inclusion of directors with a balanced level of institutional knowledge and fresh perspectives.

It is of utmost importance that the board of directors are prepared for resignation and / or retirement of its members. Succession planning for the board includes planning for all board positions and for the composition of the board as a whole.

The nomination and remuneration committee should review the skills required, identify the gaps, develop transparent appointment criteria and inform succession planning. The committee may also carry out regular reviews of the composition of the board, and report to the board on recommendations for changes in the future. Executive directors may be recruited from external sources, but companies should also develop internal talent and capability. Initiatives might include middle management development programmes, facilitating engagement from time to time with non executive directors and partnering and mentoring schemes.

In view of the approaching retirement of the CEO, the nomination committee should start the process of identification of the successor, which may be an internal or external appointment.

Some leading practices for board succession planning are:

  • Using a skills metric to proactively shape board composition that incorporates strategic direction and opportunities, regulatory and industry developments, challenges, and transformation.
  • Conducting robust annual performance evaluations, including facilitation by an independent third party.
  • Establishing and enhancing written director’s qualification standards that align with the company’s business and corporate strategy, and including these standards in corporate governance policies and bylaws as appropriate.
  • Reviewing evolving committee and board leadership needs, including the time commitments required.
  • Considering director election results and engagement by investors regarding board composition, independence, leadership and diversity.
  • Prioritizing an independent mindset on boards, including through board diversity, to foster debate, challenge norms and invigorate board oversight processes and strategy development.
  • Making sure mentoring and development opportunities are available for incoming directors.

Board Effectiveness - CS Professional Study Material

Question 36.
M Ltd. is a listed entity having a paid up equity share capital of ₹ 100 crores. The company has 1500 small shareholders. It received a notice from 1200 small shareholders proposing Mr. X, a small shareholder as a candidate for the post of small shareholder director. The board of directors of M Ltd. are not interested in the appointment of Mr. X as small shareholder director, as they feel that there are sufficient numbers of independent directors on the board who are taking adequate steps to protect the interests of all shareholders including small shareholders. Can such nomination be rejected. Discuss. (Dec 2021, 3 marks)
Answer:
Section 151 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with the Rules made thereunder provides that a listed company, may upon notice of not less than one thousand small shareholders or one-tenth of the total number of such shareholders, whichever is lower, have a small shareholders’ director elected by the small shareholders.
However, the use of “may” in both the Section and the Rules gives an impression that it is the prerogative of the Company with no obligation on the company to process the notice received from the small shareholders for appointment of a director representing small shareholders.
In the instant case, M Ltd. has sufficient number of independent directors who are taking adequate care of the interests of all shareholders including small shareholders. Under the circumstances, the board of M Ltd. may reject the appointment of Mr. X as small shareholder director by explaining the circumstances to the shareholders and the rationale for taking such decision. Space to write important points for revision

Question 37.
HP Ltd., a Non-Government unlisted company, have paid up share capital of ₹ 20 crores as on 31st March, 2019, it was increased to ₹ 25 crores during the financial year 2019-20. The company secretary advised that the company should have formal annual evaluation of performance of the Board, its committees and all the individual directors. Answer the following questions with reasons:
(i) Discuss the legal provisions in this regard.
(ii) Whether the annual performance evaluation is mandatory based on the provided facts ?
(iii) In the above case, if the company had been a Government Company, what would be your answer? (Dec 2021, 3 marks)
Answer:
(i) Section 134(3) (p) of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 8(4) of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014 provides that the Board Report of every listed company and every other public company having paid up share capital of ₹ 25 crores or more calculated at the end of the preceding financial year except Government Companies has to do formal annual evaluation of the Board, its committees and all individual directors. The Board’s report of such companies must include a statement indicating the manner and criteria of formal Board Evaluation.

Further, Section 178 of the Companies Act, 2013 contains that the Nomination and Remuneration Committee shall identify persons who are qualified to become Directors and who may be appointed in senior management in accordance with the criteria laid down, recommend to the Board their appointment and removal and shall specify the manner for effective evaluation of performance of Board, its committees and individual Directors to be carried out either by the Board, by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee or by an independent external agency and review its implementation and compliance.

(ii) As per the provided facts, HP Ltd. is a Non- Government, public, unlisted company having paid up share capital of ₹ 25 crores in the preceding financial year (2019-20), thus the annual performance evaluation is mandatory in the Financial year 2020-21 in this case.

(iii) The Exemption has been granted to Government Company from compliance of the provisions of section 134(3) (p) of the Companies Act, 2013.

Board Effectiveness - CS Professional Study Material

Question 38.
Write a short note on Succession Planning.
Answer:
Succession planning is a strategy for identifying and developing future leaders. Succession plans are used to address the inevitable changes that occur when directors resign, retire or die. Attention to succession planning can help ensure the board includes directors with a balanced level of institutional knowledge and fresh perspectives.

Succession planning for the Board includes succession and renewal for the Board as a whole and the Board’s leadership positions. The key to getting succession planning right is maintaining an ongoing and dynamic process. The nomination and remuneration committee should review the skills required, identify the gaps, develop transparent appointment criteria and inform succession planning. The nomination and remuneration committee should periodically assess whether the desired outcome has been achieved, and propose changes to the process as necessary.

Some leading practices for board succession planning are:

  • Using a skills matrix to proactively shape board composition that incorporates strategic direction and opportunities, regulatory and industry developments, challenges, and transformation
  • Conducting robust annual performance evaluations, including facilitation by an independent third party
  • Establishing and enhancing written director qualification standards that align with the company’s business and corporate strategy, and including these standards in corporate governance policies and bylaws as appropriate
  • Reviewing evolving committee and board leadership needs, including the time commitments required
  • Considering director election results and engagement by investors regarding board composition, independence, leadership and diversity
  • Prioritizing an independent mindset on boards, including through board diversity, to foster debate, challenge norms and invigorate board oversight processes and strategy development
  • Making sure mentoring and development opportunities are available for incoming directors.

Board Effectiveness Notes

“Board of Directors”:
As per Section 2(10) of the Companies Act, 2013 “Board of Directors” or “Board”, in relation to a company means the collective body of directors of the company appointed to the Board of the Company.

Unitary Board:
The unitary board, remains in full control of every aspect of the company’s activities. It initiates action and it is responsible for ensuring that the action which it has initiated is carried out. All the directors, whether executive or outside, share the same aims and responsibilities and are on the same platform.

Non Executive Director:
They are not in the employment of the company. They are the members of the Board, who normally do not take part in the day-to-day implementation of the company policy. They are generally appointed to provide the company with the benefits of professional expertise and outside perspective to the board. They play an effective role in governance of listed companies, but they may or may not be independent directors.

Shadow Director:
Shadow Director is a person who is not formally appointed as a director, but in accordance with whose directions or instructions the directors of a company are accustomed to act. This is a concept adopted from English law. However, a person is not a shadow director merely because the directors act on advice given by him in a professional capacity.

Resident Director:
Section 149 (3) of the Act has provided for residence of a director in India as a compulsory i.e. every company shall have at least one director who has stayed in India for a total period of not less than 182 days during the financial year. MCA has also issued clarification with regard to Resident Directors.
“Key managerial personnel”

  • the Chief Executive Officer or the managing director or the manager;
  • the company secretary;
  • the whole-time director;
  • the Chief Financial Officer;
  • such other officer, not more than one level below the directors who is in whole-time employment, designated as key managerial personnel by the Board; and
  • such other officer as may be prescribed.
  • In the light of provisions of Section 2(60) of Companies Act, 2013 Company Secretary is also an officer in default.

Barriers to Visionary Leadership

  • Lack of Time Management
  • Resistance to risk taking
  • Lack of Strategic Planning
  • Complexity
  • Micro Management
  • Clinging to Tradition
  • Confused Roles
  • Past Habit

Familiarization Programmes:
The Familiarization Programmes are aimed to familiarize the independent directors with the company, their roles responsibilities in the company, nature of industry in which the company operates and business model of the company by imparting suitable training sessions.

Particulars:
Size of the Board

Companies Act, 2013:
Section 149(1) provides every company shall have a Board of Directors consisting of individuals as directors and shall have –

  • A minimum number of three directors in the case of a public company,
  • Atleast two directors in the case of a private company, and
  • Atleast one director in the case of a One Person Company; and
  • A maximum of fifteen directors provided that a company may appoint more than fifteen directors after passing a special resolution.
    Note: Maximum directors’ clause not applicable to Government Company and Section 8 Company.

SEBI (LODR) Regulations, 2015:

  • Regulation 17(1)(a) provides that Board of directors shall have an optimum combination of executive and non-executive directors with at least one woman director and not less than fifty per cent, of the board of directors shall comprise of nonexecutive directors;
  • The top listed 500 companies shall have atleast one independent woman director by 1 April 2019 and for the top listed 1000 entities by 1 April 2020.
  • Regulation 17(1)(c) provides the board of directors of the top 1000 listed entities (with effect from April 1, 2019) and the top 2000 listed entities (with effect from April 1, 2020) shall comprise of not less than six directors.
  • Regulation 17(1)(d) where the listed company has outstanding SR equity shares, atleast half of the board or directors shall comprise of independent directors.
    Explanation: The top 500, 1000 and 2000 entities shall be determined on the basis of market capitalisation, as at the end of the immediate previous financial year.

Particulars:
Board Composition

Companies Act, 2013
Section 149(4) provides that every public listed company shall have at- least one third of total number of directors as independent directors and Central Government may prescribe the minimum number of independent directors jn any class or classes of companies.
Note: Not applicable to Government Company and IFSC Public Company Rule 4 of the Companies (A ppointment and Qualification of Directors) Rules, 2014 prescribes that the following class or classes of companies shall have at least two independent directors:

  • Public Companies having paid- up share capital of 10 crore rupees or more; or
  • Public Companies having turnover of 100 crore rupees or more; or
  • Public Companies which have, in aggregate, outstanding loans, debentures and deposits, exceeding 50 crore rupees.

The following classes of unlisted public company shall not be covered under sub-rule (1), namely:
(a) a joint venture;
(b) a wholly owned subsidiary; and
(c) a dormant company as defined under section 455 of the Act.”]

SEBI (LODR) Regulations, 2015)
Regulation 17 (1) (b)
provides that the composition of board of directors of the listed entity shall be as follows:
where the chairperson of the board of directors is a non-executive director, at least one-third of the board of directors shall comprise of independent directors and where the listed entity does not have a regular non-executive chairperson, at least half of the board of directors shall comprise of independent directors: Provided that where the regular non-executive chairperson is a promoter of the listed entity or is related to any promoter or person occupying management positions at the level of board of director or at one level below the board of directors, at least half of the board of directors of the listed entity shall consist of independent directors.
(1C) The listed entity shall ensure that approval of shareholders for appointment of a person on the Board of Directors is taken at the next general meeting or within a time period of three months from the date of appointment, whichever is earlier. Explanation: For the
purpose of this clause, the expression “related to any promoter” shall have the following meaning:

(a) if the promoter is a listed entity, its directors other than the independent directors, its employees or its nominees shall be deemed to be related to it;

(b) If the promoter is an unlisted entity, its directors, its employees or its nominees shall be deemed to be related to it.

(c) The board of directors of the top 1000 listed entities (with effect from April 1, 2019) and the top 2000 listed entities (with effect from April 1, 2020) shall comprise of not less than six directors.
Explanation: The top 1000 and 2000 entities shall be determined on the basis of market capitalisation as at the end of the immediate previous financial year.
(d) where the listed company has outstanding SR equity shares, atleast half of the board of directors shall comprise of independent directors.

Regulation 17 (1A) specifies that no listed entity shall appoint a person or continue the directorship of any person as a non-executive director who has attained the age of seventy five years unless a special resolution is passed to that effect, in which case the explanatory statement annexed to the notice for such motion shall indicate the justification for appointing such a person.